AT Commands Interface Guide 011

AT Commands Interface Guide - 011 AT Commands Interface Guide - 011

AT Commands Interface Guide - 011 AT Commands Interface Guide - 011

User Manual: AT Commands Interface Guide - 011

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 337 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

PLUG IN TO THE WIRELESS WORLD
GIVE W INGS TO
YOUR IDEAS
pochette MUSE 15/11/01 17:12 Page 1
confidential © Page: 1 / 64
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement.
Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut être communiqué ou divulgué à
des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT Commands Interface Guide
Revision: 011
Date: June 2003
AT Commands Interface
Guide
confidential © Page : 1 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Revision : 011
Date : 20 June 2003
Reference : WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 2 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Level Date History of the evolution
001/9.1 01/11/01 Full revision
002 27/02/02 Updates : +VGR, +WSST, +WOPEN, +CMER, +CLCK,
+WLCK, +WBW, +WBR
Add: +WBM, +WBR, +WBW
Modifications on Gpio and Bus commands
003 27/02/02 New commands: +WATH, +WLOC
add WIND level:
level 11 for checksum of phonebooks
level 12 for interrupt
new fetures: “loca” and “interrupt”
Correction : +ATO
004 05/04/02 +WBW / +WBR parameters modification
005 Jul 02 GPRS commands
Add commands : +WIMEI, +CPLS
Update : +CPOL +CMER +CPLW +CGSN +WFM,
+WCDP, +CRMP, +ECHO, +VGT, +ICF, +VIP,
+SPEAKER, +CCFC
Add CME ERROR 27
006 Aug 02 Update DOPT description, add details for AT&F
Correct AT%C default value
Update Table 19.10 for +CPHS command.
Update AT examples
Correct AT+DR=? response
Add optional lac parameter for AT+WOPN
007 Oct 02 Update commands +VTD, +VTS, +CCFC, +CCWA,
+SIDET, +CSQ, +WDTMF, +WBCI, +CIEV, +CMEC,
+CIND, +COPN, +CMBS, +WSVN, +CMER, +WALS,
+WNON, +WDCI, +WCPI, +WCSP, +CPHS, +WVMI,
+WMBN, +WDCI, +CCFC, +WOPEN, +WFM,
+CGEREP, +CGATT, \N, +CGDCONT, +CGSMS,
+CGANS, +CGPADDR
008 Jan 03 Modify +WMBS,
Add GPRS commands
Update or correct +W32K, +WBM, +WBR, +WBW,
+WCFM, +ILLR, +CR, +CRC, +CLIR, +DS, +CCWA,
+CGSMS, +CGCLASS, +WGPRS, +CGACT, +WRST,
+WALS, +CGREG, &F, +CMER, +ECHO, +WALS,
+WCSP, +WMBS, +WFM
Update GPIO configuration
Update operator table
Update parallel bus parameters
Add alphabetical index for commands and responses
009 03/03 Update operator names, presentation, add Overview
paragraph
010 20/05/03 Updates for X40a release. Update §19.10 Table for
+IPR, +CGDCONT, +CPHS commands.
Update examples for +WCDP, +CRLP.
Update commands +VIP, +DS, +CIND, +CCLK.
Update the network service codes (BS) in §19.11.2,
Insert the HR_ECHO feature,
Added Appendix H for interoperability commands
011 20/06/03
Additional detail corrections.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 3 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Contents
1 Introduction ............................................................................. 11
1.1 Scope of this document.........................................................................11
1.2 Related documents................................................................................11
1.3 ETSI secretariat .....................................................................................12
1.4 Definitions .............................................................................................12
1.5 Presentation rules .................................................................................12
2 AT commands features............................................................. 13
2.1 Wavecom line settings ..........................................................................13
2.2 Command line .......................................................................................13
2.3 Information responses and result codes ................................................13
3 General behaviors ..................................................................... 14
3.1 SIM Insertion, SIM Removal ..................................................................14
3.2 Background initialization .......................................................................15
4 General commands ................................................................... 16
4.1 Manufacturer identification +CGMI ......................................................16
4.2 Request model identification +CGMM..................................................16
4.3 Request revision identification +CGMR ................................................17
4.4 Product Serial Number +CGSN.............................................................17
4.5 Select TE character set +CSCS .............................................................18
4.6 Wavecom Phonebook Character Set +WPCS........................................19
4.7 Request IMSI +CIMI .............................................................................20
4.8 Card Identification +CCID .....................................................................21
4.9 Capabilities list +GCAP.........................................................................21
4.10 Repeat last command A/.......................................................................22
4.11 Power off +CPOF..................................................................................22
4.12 Set phone functionality +CFUN ............................................................23
4.13 Phone activity status +CPAS ................................................................24
4.14 Report Mobile Equipment errors +CMEE ..............................................25
4.15 Keypad control +CKPD .........................................................................26
4.16 Clock Management +CCLK ...................................................................27
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 2 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.17 Alarm Management +CALA..................................................................28
4.18 Ring Melody Playback +CRMP .............................................................29
4.19 Ringer Sound Level +CRSL ...................................................................30
5 Call Control commands ............................................................ 31
5.1 Dial command D....................................................................................31
5.2 Hang-Up command H...........................................................................33
5.3 Answer a call A ....................................................................................34
5.4 Remote disconnection ...........................................................................34
5.5 Extended error report +CEER................................................................35
5.6 DTMF signals +VTD, +VTS ..................................................................36
5.7 Redial last telephone number ATDL......................................................37
5.8 Automatic dialing with DTR AT%Dn .....................................................38
5.9 Automatic answer ATS0 ......................................................................39
5.10 Incoming Call Bearer +CICB .................................................................40
5.11 Single Numbering Scheme +CSNS .......................................................41
5.12 Gain control +VGR, +VGT.....................................................................42
5.13 Microphone Mute Control +CMUT .......................................................44
5.14 Speaker & Microphone selection +SPEAKER ........................................45
5.15 Echo Cancellation +ECHO.....................................................................46
5.16 SideTone modification +SIDET .............................................................49
5.17 Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP............................................................50
6 Network service commands ..................................................... 51
6.1 Signal Quality +CSQ.............................................................................51
6.2 Operator selection +COPS ....................................................................52
6.3 Network registration +CREG ................................................................54
6.4 Read operator name +WOPN ...............................................................55
6.5 Selection of Preferred PLMN list +CPLS................................................56
6.6 Preferred operator list +CPOL ...............................................................57
6.7 Read operator name +COPN ................................................................60
7 Security commands .................................................................. 61
7.1 Enter PIN +CPIN ...................................................................................61
7.2 Enter PIN2 +CPIN2...............................................................................63
7.3 PIN remaining attempt number +CPINC ...............................................65
7.4 Facility lock +CLCK ...............................................................................66
7.5 Change password +CPWD...................................................................68
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 3 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8 Phonebook commands ............................................................. 70
8.1 Select phonebook memory storage +CPBS...........................................70
8.2 Read phonebook entries +CPBR ...........................................................71
8.3 Find phonebook entries +CPBF ............................................................72
8.4 Write phonebook entry +CPBW............................................................73
8.5 Phonebook phone search +CPBP .........................................................75
8.6 Move action in phonebook +CPBN .......................................................76
8.7 Subscriber number +CNUM .................................................................78
8.8 Avoid phonebook init +WAIP................................................................79
8.9 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP............................................................80
8.10 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM.............................................................81
9 Short Messages commands...................................................... 82
9.1 Parameters definition ............................................................................82
9.2 Select message service +CSMS ...........................................................83
9.3 New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA...........................................84
9.4 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS .....................................................86
9.5 Preferred Message Format +CMGF ......................................................87
9.6 Save Settings +CSAS ...........................................................................89
9.7 Restore settings +CRES........................................................................89
9.8 Show text mode parameters +CSDH....................................................90
9.9 New message indication +CNMI ..........................................................91
9.10 Read message +CMGR.........................................................................93
9.11 List message +CMGL ...........................................................................95
9.12 Send message +CMGS.........................................................................97
9.13 Write Message to Memory +CMGW.....................................................98
9.14 Send Message From Storage +CMSS...................................................99
9.15 Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP ....................................................100
9.16 Delete message +CMGD ....................................................................102
9.17 Service center address +CSCA ...........................................................103
9.18 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB.....................................104
9.19 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM.......................................105
9.20 Message status modification +WMSC................................................106
9.21 Message overwriting +WMGO ...........................................................107
9.22 Unchange SMS Status +WUSS ...........................................................108
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 4 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10 Supplementary Services commands ....................................... 109
10.1 Call forwarding +CCFC .......................................................................109
10.2 Call barring +CLCK .............................................................................110
10.3 Modify SS password +CPWD.............................................................111
10.4 Call waiting +CCWA...........................................................................112
10.5 Calling line identification restriction +CLIR..........................................113
10.6 Calling line identification presentation +CLIP ......................................114
10.7 Connected line identification presentation +COLP ..............................115
10.8 Advice of charge +CAOC ....................................................................116
10.9 Accumulated call meter +CACM.........................................................117
10.10 Accumulated call meter maximum +CAMM .......................................118
10.11 Price per unit and currency table +CPUC ............................................119
10.12 Call related supplementary services +CHLD........................................119
10.13 List current calls +CLCC ......................................................................120
10.14 Supplementary service notifications +CSSN .......................................121
10.15 Unstructured supplementary service data +CUSD ..............................123
10.16 Closed user group +CCUG..................................................................124
11 Data commands ..................................................................... 125
11.1 Using AT Commands during a data connection...................................125
11.2 Bearer type selection +CBST ..............................................................125
11.3 Select mode +FCLASS........................................................................127
11.4 Service reporting control +CR.............................................................127
11.5 Cellular result codes +CRC .................................................................128
11.6 DTE-DCE local rate reporting +ILRR......................................................129
11.7 Radio link protocol parameters +CRLP................................................130
11.8 Others radio link parameters +DOPT ..................................................131
11.9 Select data compression %C...............................................................132
11.10 V42 bis data compression +DS ..........................................................132
11.11 V42 bis data compression report +DR ................................................133
11.12 Select data error correcting mode \N...................................................134
12 Fax commands ....................................................................... 135
12.1 Transmit speed +FTM ........................................................................135
12.2 Receive speed +FRM ..........................................................................136
12.3 HDLC transmit speed +FTH................................................................136
12.4 HDLC receive speed +FRH..................................................................137
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 5 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
12.5 Stop transmission and wait +FTS ......................................................137
12.6 Receive silence +FRS..........................................................................138
12.7 Setting up the PC fax application:........................................................138
13 Fax class 2 commands............................................................ 139
13.1 Transmit Data +FDT...........................................................................139
13.2 Receive Data +FDR.............................................................................139
13.3 Transmit page ponctuation +FET .......................................................139
13.4 Page transfer status parameters +FPTS .............................................140
13.5 Terminate Session +FK.......................................................................140
13.6 Page transfer bit order +FBOR............................................................141
13.7 Buffer size report +FBUF ....................................................................141
13.8 Copy quality checking +FCQ...............................................................142
13.9 Capability to receive +FCR..................................................................142
13.10 Current sessions parameters +FDIS ...................................................143
13.11 DCE capabilities parameters +FDCC ...................................................145
13.12 Local ID string +FLID ..........................................................................145
13.13 Page transfer timeout parameter +FPHCTO........................................146
13.14 Fax Class 2 indication messages .........................................................147
14 V24-V25 commands ............................................................... 148
14.1 Fixed DTE rate +IPR ...........................................................................148
14.2 DTE-DCE character framing +ICF .......................................................149
14.3 DTE-DCE local flow control +IFC .......................................................150
14.4 Set DCD signal &C .............................................................................151
14.5 Set DTR signal &D..............................................................................151
14.6 Set DSR signal &S..............................................................................152
14.7 Back to online mode O........................................................................153
14.8 Result code suppression Q .................................................................153
14.9 DCE response format V......................................................................154
14.10 Default configuration Z .......................................................................154
14.11 Save configuration &W.......................................................................155
14.12 Auto-tests &T.....................................................................................155
14.13 Echo E ................................................................................................156
14.14 Restore factory settings &F ................................................................156
14.15 Display configuration &V ....................................................................157
14.16 Request identification information I ....................................................158
14.17 Data / Commands Multiplexing +WMUX ............................................159
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 6 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15 Specific AT commands ........................................................... 160
15.1 Cell environment description +CCED ..................................................160
15.2 General Indications +WIND ................................................................162
15.3 Analog digital converters measurements +ADC..................................165
15.4 Mobile Equipment event reporting +CMER.........................................167
15.5 Indicator control +CIND.......................................................................168
15.6 Mobile equipment control mode +CMEC .............................................170
15.7 Read Language Preference +WLPR.....................................................170
15.8 Write Language Preference +WLPW...................................................172
15.9 Read GPIO value +WIOR ....................................................................172
15.10 Write GPIO value +WIOW...................................................................173
15.11 Input/Output Management +WIOM....................................................173
15.12 Abort command +WAC ......................................................................175
15.13 Play tone +WTONE.............................................................................176
15.14 Play DTMF tone +WDTMF .................................................................178
15.15 Wavecom Downloading +WDWL .......................................................179
15.16 Wavecom Voice Rate +WVR ...............................................................179
15.17 Data Rate +WDR ...............................................................................180
15.18 Hardware Version +WHWV ................................................................181
15.19 Date of Production +WDOP ................................................................181
15.20 Wavecom Select Voice Gain +WSVG ...................................................182
15.21 Wavecom Status Request +WSTR ......................................................183
15.22 Wavecom Scan +WSCAN....................................................................184
15.23 Wavecom Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM...............................................185
15.24 Wavecom 32kHz Power down Mode +W32K......................................186
15.25 Wavecom Change Default Melody +WCDM ........................................187
15.26 Wavecom Software version +WSSW..................................................188
15.27 Wavecom Custom Character Set +WCCS............................................188
15.28 Wavecom LoCK +WLCK .....................................................................190
15.29 CPHS command: +CPHS .....................................................................191
15.30 Unsolicited result : Wavecom Voice Mail Indicator : +WVMI ...............194
15.31 Unsolicited result : Wavecom diverted call indicator: +WDCI...............195
15.32 Wavecom network operator name: +WNON........................................196
15.33 Wavecom CPHS information: +WCPI...................................................197
15.34 Wavecom customer service profile: +WCSP ........................................198
15.35 Wavecom Battery Charge Management +WBCM ...............................199
15.36 Unsolicited result : Wavecom Battery Charge Indication +WBCI..........201
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 7 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.37 Features Management +WFM............................................................202
15.38 Commercial Features Management +WCFM ......................................205
15.39 Wavecom Customer storage mirror +WMIR .......................................206
15.40 Wavecom Change Default Player +WCDP ..........................................207
15.41 Wavecom CPHS Mail Box Number: +WMBN ......................................208
15.42 Wavecom Alternate Line Service: +WALS............................................209
15.43 Wavecom Open AT control command +WOPEN ................................210
15.44 Wavecom Reset +WRST....................................................................212
15.45 Set Standard Tone +WSST.................................................................213
15.46 Wavecom Location +WLOC................................................................213
15.47 Wavecom Bus Read +WBR ................................................................216
15.48 Wavecom Bus Write +WBW...............................................................218
15.49 Wavecom Bus Management +WBM ..................................................219
15.50 Wavecom Hang-up +WATH ...............................................................223
15.51 Write IMEI +WIMEI ............................................................................224
15.52 Write IMEI SVN: +WSVN .....................................................................225
15.53 Wavecom multi-band selection command: +WMBS............................226
16 SIM TOOLKIT .......................................................................... 227
16.1 Overview of SIM Application ToolKit ...................................................227
16.2 Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit operation. ........................229
16.3 SIM TOOLKIT COMMANDS.................................................................230
17 GPRS commands .................................................................... 242
17.1 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT .........................................................242
17.2 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGQREQ .................................244
17.3 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable) +CGQMIN .................247
17.4 GPRS attach or detach +CGATT ..........................................................249
17.5 PDP context activate or deactivate +CGACT........................................250
17.6 Enter data state +CGDATA..................................................................251
17.7 GPRS mobile station class +CGCLASS ................................................252
17.8 Select service for MO SMS messages +CGSMS ..................................254
17.9 GPRS event reporting +CGEREP ..........................................................255
17.10 GPRS network registration status +CGREG .........................................256
17.11 Request GPRS IP service 'D' .................................................................258
17.12 Network requested PDP context activation..........................................259
17.13 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation
+CGAUTO .....................................................................................................260
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 8 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.14 Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation
+CGANS ......................................................................................................261
17.15 Show PDP address +CGPADDR ..........................................................263
17.16 Cellular result codes +CRC ..................................................................264
17.17 Service reporting control +CR.............................................................265
17.18 Extended error report +CEER ..............................................................266
17.19 GPRS PARAMETERS CUSTOMIZATION: +WGPRS..............................266
17.20 Full AT GPRS commands examples.....................................................268
18 Other AT commands............................................................... 270
18.1 V.25 ter recommendation ....................................................................270
18.2 GSM 07.05 recommendation...............................................................270
18.3 GSM 07.07 recommendation...............................................................270
19 Appendixes ............................................................................. 271
19.1 ME error result code : +CME ERROR: <error> .....................................271
19.2 Message service failure result code: +CMS ERROR : <er> ..................272
19.3 Specific error result codes ...................................................................273
19.4 Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 recommendation (+CEER)...................274
19.5 Specific Failure Cause for +CEER .........................................................275
19.6 GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile originating SM-transfer......................276
19.7 Unsolicited result codes.......................................................................278
19.8 Final result codes ................................................................................278
19.9 Intermediate result codes ....................................................................279
19.10 Parameters storage .............................................................................279
19.11 GSM sequences list.............................................................................283
19.12 Operator names...................................................................................285
19.13 Data / Commands multiplexing protocol ..............................................298
19.14 CPHS Information field ........................................................................301
19.15 CSP constants .....................................................................................302
20 APPENDIX A (informative) ...................................................... 305
20.1 Examples with the PIN required ..........................................................305
20.2 Examples where a voice call is originated............................................306
20.3 Example with incoming calls ...............................................................306
20.4 Example of a call forwarding ...............................................................307
20.5 Example of a multiparty call.................................................................307
20.6 Examples about phonebooks...............................................................308
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 9 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.7 Examples about short messages .........................................................309
20.8 Examples about Fax class 2 ................................................................310
21 APPENDIX B: Support of SIM ToolKit by the M.E.................... 312
22 APPENDIX C: Structure of TERMINAL PROFILE....................... 314
23 APPENDIX D: Command Type and Next Action Indicator........ 316
24 APPENDIX E: Coding of Alpha fields in the SIM for UCS2 ....... 317
25 APPENDIX F: Specification of Power Down Control via RS232 319
26 APPENDIX G: Conditions for command execution and
dependence to SIM.......................................................................... 321
26.1 General commands..............................................................................321
26.2 Call Control commands .......................................................................322
26.3 Network service commands ................................................................322
26.4 Security commands.............................................................................322
26.5 Phonebook commands ........................................................................322
26.6 Short Messages commands ................................................................323
26.7 Supplementary Services commands....................................................323
26.8 Data commands ..................................................................................324
26.9 Fax commands....................................................................................324
26.10 Class 2 Commands..............................................................................324
26.11 V24-V25 commands............................................................................325
26.12 Specific AT commands........................................................................325
26.13 SIM Toolkit commands........................................................................326
26.14 GPRS commands.................................................................................326
27 APPENDIX H: Interoperability commands always reply OK...... 327
28 Alphabetical Index for AT commands and responses .............. 328
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 10 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Overview
The aim of this document is to provide WAVECOM customers with a full
description of the AT commands associated with AT software release X40a.
WAVECOM®, WISMO®, MUSE Platform™ are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Wavecom S.A. in France or in other countries. All other company
and/or product names mentioned may be trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective owners.
WAVECOM S.A. may, at any time and without notice, make changes or
improvements to the products and services offered and/or cease producing or
commercializing them.
This document is copyrighted material of WAVECOM S.A. © 2003. All rights
reserved.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 11 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope of this document
This document describes the AT-command based messages exchanged
between an application and the WAVECOM products in order to manage GSM
related events or
services.
Wavecom Module
AT
External
Application
Send AT command
Receive AT response Serial Link
1.2 Related documents
This interface specification is based on the following recommendations:
[1] ETSI GSM 07.05: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2);
Use of DTE-DCE interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast
Service (CBS)
[2] ETSI GSM 07.07: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2);
AT command set for GSM Mobile Equipment (ME)
[3] ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter: Serial asynchronous automatic dialling
and control
[4] ETSI GSM 03.40: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2);
Technical implementation of the Short Message Service (SMS) Point-to-Point
(PP)
[5] ETSI GSM 03.38: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2);
Alphabets and language-specific information
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 12 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
[6] ETSI GSM 04.80: Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2):
Mobile radio interface layer 3, Supplementary service specification, Formats
and coding
1.3 ETSI secretariat
The following addresses may be of use in obtaining the latest GSM
recommendations:
Postal address: F-06921 Sophia Antipolis CEDEX – France
Office address: 650 Route des Lucioles – Sophia Antipolis – Valbonne – France
e-mail: secretariat@etsi.fr
Tel: +33 4 92 94 42 00
Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16
1.4 Definitions
The words, “Mobile Station” (MS) or “Mobile Equipment” (ME) are used for
mobile terminals supporting GSM services.
A call from a GSM mobile station to the PSTN is called a “mobile originated
call” (MOC) or “outgoing call”, and a call from a fixed network to a GSM mobile
station is called a “mobile terminated call” (MTC) or “incoming call”.
In this document, the word “product” refers to any Wavecom product
supporting the AT commands interface.
1.5 Presentation rules
In the following, the AT commands are presented with as much precision as
possible, through three paragraphs. A “Description” paragraph provides
general information on the AT command (or response) behaviour. A
“Syntax”paragraph describes the way to use it, the possible answers, through
a readable format. A “Defined values” paragraph provides parameters values,
as well for the AT command as for the corresponding responses.
Schemas are provided where necessary.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 13 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
2 AT commands features
2.1 Wavecom line settings
A serial link handler is set with the following default values (factory settings):
autobaud, 8 bits data, 1 stop bit, no parity, RTS/CTS flow control.
Please use the +IPR, +IFC and +ICF commands to change these settings.
2.2 Command line
Commands always start with AT (which means ATtention) and finish with a
<CR> character.
2.3 Information responses and result codes
Responses start and end with <CR><LF> (except for the ATV0 DCE response
format) and the ATQ1 (result code suppression) commands.
• If command syntax is incorrect, the “ERROR” string is returned,.
• If command syntax is correct but transmitted with wrong parameters,
the +CME ERROR: <Err> or +CMS ERROR: <SmsErr> strings is returned
with adequate error codes if CMEE was previously set to 1. By default,
CMEE is set to 0, and the error message is only “ERROR”.
• If the command line has been executed successfully, an “OK” string is
returned.
In some cases, such as “AT+CPIN?” or (unsolicited) incoming events, the
product does not return the “OK” string as a response.
In the following examples <CR> and <CR><LF> are intentionally omitted.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 14 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
3 General behaviors
3.1 SIM Insertion, SIM Removal
SIM card Insertion and Removal procedures are supported. There are software
functions relying on positive reading of the hardware SIM detect pin. This pin
state (open/closed) is permanently monitored.
When the SIM detect pin indicates that a card is present in the SIM connector,
the product tries to set up a logical SIM session. The logical SIM session will
be set up or not depending on whether the detected card is a SIM Card or not.
The AT+CPIN? command delivers the following responses:
• If the SIM detect pin indicates “absent”, the response to AT+CPIN? is
“+CME ERROR 10” (SIM not inserted).
• If the SIM detect pin indicates “present”, and the inserted card is a SIM
card, the response to AT+CPIN? is “+CPIN: xxx” depending on SIM PIN
state.
• If the SIM detect pin indicates “present”, and the inserted card is not a
SIM card, the response to AT+CPIN? is “+CME ERROR 10”.
• These last two states are not provided immediately due to background
initialization. Between the hardware SIM detect pin indicating “present”
and the final results, the AT+CPIN? sends “+CME ERROR: 515” (Please
wait, init in progress).
When the SIM detect pin indicates card absence, and if a SIM Card was
previously inserted, an IMSI detach procedure is performed, all user data is
removed from the product (Phonebooks, SMS etc.). The product then switches
to emergency mode.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 15 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
3.2 Background initialization
After entering the PIN (Personal Identification Number), some SIM user data
files are loaded into the product (phonebooks, SMS status, etc.). Please be
aware that it might take some time to read a large phonebook.
The AT+CPIN? command response occurs after the PIN checking. After this
response user data is loaded in background. This means that some data may
not be available just when PIN entry is confirmed by ’OK’. The reading of
phonebooks will then be refused by “+CME ERROR: 515” or “+CMS ERROR:
515” meaning, “Please wait, service is not available yet, init in progress”.
This type of answer may be sent by the product at several points:
• when trying to execute another AT command before the previous one is
completed (before response),
• when switching from ADN to FDN (or FDN to ADN) and trying to read
the relevant phonebook immediately,
• when asking for +CPIN? status immediately after SIM insertion and
before the product has determined if the inserted card is a valid SIM
card.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 16 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4 General commands
4.1 Manufacturer identification +CGMI
4.1.1 Description :
This command gives the manufacturer identification.
4.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CGMI
Command Possible responses
AT+CGMI
Note : Get manufacturer identification
WAVECOM MODEM
OK
Note : Command valid, Wavecom modem
4.1.3 Defined values :
No parameter
4.2 Request model identification +CGMM
4.2.1 Description :
This command is used to get the supported frequency bands. With multi-band
products the response may be a combination of different bands.
4.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CGMM
Command Possible responses
AT+CGMM
Note : Get hardware version
900P
OK
Note : GSM 900 MHz primary band.
Other possible answers: “900E”
(extended band), “1800” (DCS), “1900”
(PCS) or “MULTIBAND”
4.2.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 17 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.3 Request revision identification +CGMR
4.3.1 Description :
This command is used to get the revised software version.
4.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CGMR
Command Possible responses
AT+CGMR
Note : Get software version
440_09gm.Q2406A 1266500 020503
17:06
OK
Note : Software release 4.40, generated
on the 05th of February 2003
4.3.3 Defined values :
No parameter
4.4 Product Serial Number +CGSN
4.4.1 Description :
This command allows the user application to get the IMEI (International Mobile
Equipment Identity, 15 digits number) of the product.
4.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CGSN
Command Possible responses
AT+CGSN
Note : Get the IMEI
012345678901234
OK
Note : IMEI read from EEPROM
AT+CGSN
Note : Get the IMEI
+CME ERROR: 22
Note : IMEI not found in EEPROM
4.4.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 18 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.5 Select TE character set +CSCS
4.5.1 Description :
This command informs the ME which character set is used by the TE. The ME
can convert each character of entered or displayed strings. This is used to
send, read or write short messages. See also +WPCS for the phonebooks’
character sets.
4.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSCS=<Character Set>
Command Possible responses
AT+CSCS=”GSM”
Note : GSM default alphabet
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CSCS=”PCCP437”
Note : PC character set code page 437
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CSCS=?
Note : Get possible values
+CSCS:
("GSM","PCCP437","CUSTOM","HEX")
OK
Note : Possible values
4.5.3 Defined values :
<Character Set>
“GSM” GSM default alphabet.
“PCCP437” PC character set code page 437.
“CUSTOM” User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command).
“HEX” Hexadecimal mode. No character set used ; the user can read or
write hexadecimal values.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 19 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.6 Wavecom Phonebook Character Set +WPCS
4.6.1 Description :
This specific command informs the ME which character set is used by the TE
for the phonebooks. The ME can convert each character of entered or displayed
strings. This is used to read or write phonebook entries. See also +CSCS for
the short messages character sets.
4.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WPCS=<Character Set>
Command Possible responses
AT+WPCS=”TRANSPARENT”
Note : Transparent mode
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+WPCS=”CUSTOM”
Note : Custom character set
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+WPCS=?
Note : Get possible values
+WPCS:
("TRANSPARENT","HEX","CUSTOM")
OK
Note : Possible values
4.6.3 Defined values :
<Character Set>
“TRANSPARENT” Transparent mode. The strings are displayed and entered
as they are stored in SIM or in ME.
“CUSTOM” User defined character set (cf. +WCCS command).
“HEX” Hexadecimal mode. No character set used ; the user can
read or write hexadecimal values.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 20 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.7 Request IMSI +CIMI
4.7.1 Description :
This command is used to read and identify the IMSI (International Mobile
Subscriber Identity) of the SIM card. The PIN may need to be entered before
reading the IMSI.
4.7.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+CIMI
Command Possible responses
AT+CIMI
Note : Read the IMSI
208200120320598
OK
Note : IMSI value (15 digits), starting
with MCC (3 digits) / MNC (2 digits, 3 for
PCS 1900)
See appendix 19.12 for MCC / MNC description.
4.7.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 21 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.8 Card Identification +CCID
4.8.1 Description :
This command orders the product to read the EF-CCID file on the SIM card.
4.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CCID
Command Possible responses
AT+CCID
Note : Get card ID
+CCID: “123456789AB111213141”
Note : EF-CCID is present, hexadecimal
format
AT+CCID?
Note : Get current value
+ CCID: “123456789AB111213141”
Note : Same result as +CCID
AT+CCID= ?
Note : Get possible value
OK
Note : No parameter but this command is
valid
4.8.3 Defined values :
No parameter
If there is no EF-CCID file present on the SIM, the +CCID answer will not be
sent, but the OK message will be returned.
4.9 Capabilities list +GCAP
4.9.1 Description :
This command gets the complete list of capabilities.
4.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+GCAP
Command Possible responses
AT+GCAP
Note : Get capabilities list
+GCAP: +CGSM +FCLASS
OK
Note : Supports GSM and FAX
commands
4.9.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 22 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.10 Repeat last command A/
4.10.1 Description :
This command repeats the previous command. Only the A/ command itself
cannot be repeated.
4.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : A/
Command Possible responses
A/
Note : Repeat last command
4.10.3 Defined values :
No parameter
4.11 Power off +CPOF
4.11.1 Description :
This specific command stops the GSM software stack as well as the hardware
layer. The AT+CFUN=0 command is equivalent to +CPOF.
4.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPOF
Command Possible responses
AT+CPOF
Note : Stop GSM stack
OK
Note : Command valid
4.11.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 23 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.12 Set phone functionality +CFUN
4.12.1 Description :
This command selects the mobile station’s level of functionality.
When the application wants to stop the product with a power off, or if the
application wants to force the product to execute an IMSI DETACH procedure,
then it must send:
AT+CFUN=0 (equivalent to AT+CPOF)
This command executes an IMSI DETACH and makes a backup copy of some
internal parameters in SIM and in EEPROM. The SIM card cannot then be
accessed.
If the mobile equipment is not powered off by the application after this
command has been sent, a re-start command (AT+CFUN=1) will have to
issued to restart the whole GSM registration process.
If the mobile equipment is turned off after this command, then a power on will
automatically restart the whole GSM process.
The AT+CFUN=1 command restarts the entire GSM stack and GSM
functionality: a complete software reset is performed. All parameters are reset
to their previous values if AT&W was not used.
If you write entries in the phonebook (+CPBW) and then reset the product
directly (AT+CFUN=1, with no previous AT+CFUN=0 command), some entries
may not be written (the SIM task does not have enough time to write entries in
the SIM card).
In addition, the OK response will be sent at the last baud rate defined by the
+IPR command. With the autobauding mode the response can be at a different
baud rate, it is therefore preferable to save the defined baud rate with AT&W
before directly sending the AT+CFUN=1 command.
4.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CFUN=<functionality level>
Command Possible responses
AT+CFUN?
Note : Ask for current functionality level
+CFUN: 1
OK
Note : Full functionality
AT+CFUN=0
Note : Set minimum functionality, IMSI
detach procedure
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CFUN=1
Note : Set the full functionality mode with a
complete software reset
OK
Note : Command valid
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 24 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.12.3 Defined values :
<functionality level>
0 : Set minimum functionality, IMSI detach procedure
1 : Set the full functionality mode with a complete software reset
4.13 Phone activity status +CPAS
4.13.1 Description :
This command returns the activity status of the mobile equipment.
4.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPAS
Command Possible responses
AT+CPAS
Note : Current activity status
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
4.13.3 Defined values :
<pas>
0 ready (allow commands from TA/TE)
1 unavailable (does not allow commands)
2 unknown
3 ringing (ringer is active)
4 call in progress
5 asleep (low functionality)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 25 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.14 Report Mobile Equipment errors +CMEE
4.14.1 Description :
This command disables or enables the use of the “+CME ERROR : <xxx>” or
“+CMS ERROR :<xxx>” result code instead of simply “ERROR”. See appendix
19.1 for +CME ERROR result codes description and appendix 19.2 for +CMS
ERROR result codes.
4.14.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CMEE=<error reporting flag>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMEE=0
Note : Disable ME error reports, use only
« ERROR »
OK
AT+CMEE=1
Note : Enable
«+CME ERROR:
<xxx>» or
«+CMS ERROR:
<xxx>»
OK
4.14.3 Defined values :
<error reporting flag>
0 : Disable ME error reports, use only « ERROR »
1 : Enable «+CME ERROR: <xxx>» or «+CMS ERROR: <xxx>»
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 26 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.15 Keypad control +CKPD
4.15.1 Description :
This command emulates the ME keypad by sending each keystroke as a
character in a <keys> string.
The supported GSM sequences are listed in the appendix.
If emulation fails, a +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
If emulation succeeds, the result depends on the GSM sequence activated:
Note: In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences
concerning “call forwarding” are allowed only if the entire sequence is written
in the FDN.
4.15.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CKPD=<keys>
Command Possible responses
AT+CKPD=”*#21#”
Note : Check every call forwarding status
+CCFC: 0,7
AT+CKPD=”1234”
Note : Sequence not allowed
+CME ERROR 3
4.15.3 Defined values :
<keys>
Keyboard sequence : string of the following characters (0-9,*,#).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 27 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.16 Clock Management +CCLK
4.16.1 Description :
This command is used to set or get the current date and time of the ME real-
time clock.
4.16.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CCLK=<date and time string>
Command Possible responses
AT+CCLK=”00/06/09,17:33:00”
Note : set date to June 9
th , 2000, and time
to 5:33pm
OK
Note : Date/Time stored
AT+CCLK=”00/13/13,12:00:00”
Note : Incorrect month entered
+CME ERROR 3
AT+CCLK?
Note : Get current date and time
+CCLK: “00/06/09,17:34:23”
OK
Note : current date is June 9
th , 2000
current time is 5:34:23 pm
4.16.3 Defined values :
<date and time string>
String format for date/time is: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”.
Valid years are 98 (for 1998) to 97 (for 2097). The seconds field is not
mandatory. Default date/time is “98/01/01,00:00:00” (January 1st, 1998 /
midnight).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 28 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.17 Alarm Management +CALA
4.17.1 Description :
This command is used to set alarms date/time in the ME.
The maximum number of alarms is 16.
4.17.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CALA=<date and time string> (set alarm)
AT+CALA=””,<index> (delete alarm)
Command Possible responses
AT+CALA=”00/06/09,07:30”
Note : set an alarm for June 9th , 2000 at
7:30 am
OK
Note : Alarm stored
AT+CALA=”99/03/05,13:00:00”
Note : set an alarm for March 5th , 1999 at
1:00 pm
+CME ERROR 3
Note : Invalid alarm (date/time expired)
AT+CALA?
Note : list all alarms
+CALA: “00/06/08,15:25:00”,1
+CALA: “00/06/09,07:30:00”,2
+CALA: “00/06/10,23:59:00”,3
Note : three alarms are set (index 1, 2, 3)
+CALA: “00/06/08,15:25:00”,1
Note : an alarm occurs (index 1)
AT+CALA=””,3
Note : delete alarm index 3
OK
Note : Alarm index 3 deleted
AT+CALA?
Note : list all alarms
+CALA: “00/06/09,07:30:00”,2
Note : Only one alarm (index 2)
4.17.3 Defined values :
<date and time string>
String format for alarms : “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss” (see +CCLK).
Note : Seconds are not taken into account.
<index>
offset in the alarm list, range 1 to 16.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 29 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.18 Ring Melody Playback +CRMP
4.18.1 Description
This command allows a melody to be played. All melodies are manufacturer
defined.
For incoming voice, data or fax calls, 10 manufacturer-defined melodies can be
played back (in a loop).
For an incoming short message, 2 manufacturer-defined sounds can be played
back (once). Melody #1: short beep / Melody #2: long beep.
Note:
loop melodies (for voice/data/fax call) must be stopped by a +CRMP command
with the <index> field set to 0 (example: +CRMP=0,,,0).
When the <volume> parameter is given, this overwrites the <sound level>
value of the +CRSL command. If the <volume> parameter is not given, the
<sound level> value of +CRSL is used as default value.
4.18.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CRMP=<call type>[,<volume>,<type>,<index>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CRMP=0,7,0,2
Note : Play voice call melody index 2 with
volume level 7.
OK
Note : Melody Playback.
AT+CRMP=0,,,0
Note : Stop the melody.
OK
Note : The melody is stopped.
AT+CRMP=?
Note : supported parameters
+CRMP: (0-3),(0-15),0,(0-10)
OK
4.18.3 Defined values :
<call type>
0 Incoming voice call
1 Incoming data call
2 Incoming fax call
3 Incoming short message (SMS)
<volume>
0 Min volume
…
6 Default volume
15 Max volume
<type>
0 Manufacturer Defined (default)
<index>
0 Stop Melody Playback
1-10 Melody ID for voice/data/fax call type (default : 1)
1-2 Melody ID for short message (default : 1)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 30 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
4.19 Ringer Sound Level +CRSL
4.19.1 Description :
This command is used to set/get the sound level of the ringer on incoming
calls. The set command changes the default <volume> value of the +CRMP
command.
4.19.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CRSL=<sound level>
Command Possible responses
AT+CRSL=0
Note : Set volume to Min.
OK
Note : Current ring playing with Min.
volume.
AT+CRSL=15
Note : Set volume to Max.
OK
Note : Current ring playing with Max.
volume.
AT+CRSL?
Note : get current ringer sound level
+CRSL: 15
OK
Note : Current level is 15 (max.)
AT+CRSL=?
Note : supported parameters
+CRSL: (0-15)
OK
4.19.3 Defined values :
<sound level>
0 Min volume
6 Default volume (default)
15 Max volume
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 31 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5 Call Control commands
5.1 Dial command D
5.1.1 Description :
The ATD command is used to set a voice, data or fax call. As per GSM 02.30,
the dial command also controls supplementary services.
For a data or a fax call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the
product (the bearer must be previously selected with the +CBST command):
ATD<nb> where <nb> is the destination phone number.
For a voice call, the application sends the following ASCII string to the product:
(the bearer may be selected previously, if not a default bearer is used).
ATD<nb>; where <nb> is the destination phone number.
Please note that for an international number, the local international prefix does
not need to be set (usually 00) but does need to be replaced by the ‘+’
character.
Example: to set up a voice call to Wavecom offices from another country, the
AT command is: “ATD+33146290800;”
Note that some countries may have specific numbering rules for their GSM
handset numbering.
The response to the ATD command is one of the following:
Verbose result
code
Numeric code
(with ATV0 set)
Description
OK 0 if the call succeeds, for voice call only
CONNECT
<speed>
10,11,12,13,14,
15
if the call succeeds, for data calls only,
<speed> takes the value negotiated by the
product.
BUSY 7 If the called party is already in
communication
NO ANSWER 8 If no hang up is detected after a fixed
network time-out
NO CARRIER 3 Call setup failed or remote user release. Use
the AT+CEER command to know the failure
cause
Direct dialling from a phonebook (stored in the SIM card) can be performed
with the following command:
ATD> <index>; to call <index> from the selected phonebook (by the
+CPBS command)
ATD> “BILL”; to call “BILL” from the selected phonebook
ATD> mem <index> (mem is “SM","LD","MC","ME","RC","MT" or "SN",
see +CPBS command) allows direct dialling from a phonebook number. Does
not function with "ON" mem.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 32 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATD<nb>[<I>][;]
ATD>[<mem>]<index>[<I>][;]
ATD>[<mem>]<name>[<I>][;]
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBS?
Note : Which phonebook is selected ?
+CPBS:”SM”,8,10
Note : ADN phonebook is selected, 8
locations are used and 10 locations are
available
ATD>SM6;
Note : Call index 6 from AND phonebook
OK
Note : Call succeeds
When the FDN phonebook has been locked, only numbers beginning with the
digits of FDN phonebook entries can be called.
For example, if “014629” is entered in the FDN phonebook all the phone
numbers beginning with these 6 digits can be called.
The CLIR supplementary service subscription can be overridden for this call
only.
“I” means “invocation” (restrict CLI presentation).
“i” means “suppression” (allow CLI presentation).
Control of CUG supplementary service information by “G” or “g” is allowed for
this call only. The index and info values set with the +CCUG command are
used.
An outgoing call attempt could be refused if the AOC service is active and
credit has expired (NO CARRIER).
When trying to set up an outgoing call while there is an active call, the active
call is first put on hold, then the call set up is carried out.
As per GSM 02.30, GSM sequences may be controlled using dial commands.
These sequences can contain “*”, “#”, but “;” is forbidden.
If the sequence is not supported or fails, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
In the case where the FDN phonebook is activated, the sequences concerning
call forwarding are allowed only if there are written in the FDN.
See paragraph 19.11 to have the list of supported sequences.
Command Possible responses
ATD*#21#
Note : Check any call forwarding status
+CCFC: 0,7
Note : No call forwarding
ATD**61*+33146290800**25#
Note : Register call forwarding on no reply,
with no reply timer fixed at 25 s.
OK
Note : done
ATD*2#
Note : Bad sequence
+CME ERROR 3
5.1.3 Defined values :
<nb>
destination phone number
<I> (optional parameter)
“I” means “invocation” (restrict CLI presentation).
“i” means “suppression” (allow CLI presentation).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 33 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<mem>
phonebook (one of “SM","LD","MC","ME","RC","MT" or "SN"). A default value can
be selected by +CPBS command.
<index>
call number at indicated offset from the phonebook selected by the +CPBS
command
<name>
call number corresponding to given name from the phonebook selected by the
+CPBS command
5.2 Hang-Up command H
5.2.1 Description :
The ATH (or ATH0) command is used by the application to disconnect the
remote user. In the case of multiple calls, all calls are released (active, on-hold
and waiting calls).
The specific Wavecom ATH1 command has been appended to disconnect the
current outgoing call, only in dialing or alerting state (ie. ATH1 can be used
only after the ATD command, and before its terminal response (OK, NO
CARRIER, ...). It can be useful in the case of multiple calls.
5.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATH<n>
Command Possible responses
ATH
Note : Ask for disconnection
OK
Note : Every call, if any, are released
ATH1
Note : Ask for outgoing call disconnection
OK
Note : Outgoing call, if any, is released
5.2.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Ask for disconnection (default value)
1 : Ask for outgoing call disconnection
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 34 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.3 Answer a call A
5.3.1 Description :
When the product receives a call, it sets the RingInd signal and sends the
ASCII “RING” or “+CRING: <type>” string to the application (+CRING if the
cellular result code +CRC is enabled). Then it waits for the application to accept
the call with the ATA command.
5.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATA
Command Possible responses
RING
Note : Incoming call
ATA
Note : Answer to this incoming call
OK
Note : Call accepted
ATH
Note : Disconnect call
OK
Note : Call disconnected
5.3.3 Defined values :
No parameter
5.4 Remote disconnection
This message is used by the product to inform the application that an active
call has been released by the remote user.
The product sends “NO CARRIER” to the application and sets the DCD signal.
In addition, for AOC, the product can release the call if credit has expired
(release cause 68 with +CEER command).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 35 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.5 Extended error report +CEER
5.5.1 Description :
This command gives the cause of call release when the last call set up
(originating or answering) failed.
5.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CEER
Command Possible responses
ATD123456789;
Note : Outgoing voice call
NO CARRIER
Note : Call setup failure
AT+CEER
Note : Ask for reason of release
+CEER : Error <xxx>
OK
Note : <xxx>is the cause information
element values from GSM
recommendation 04.08 or specific Call
accepted
For the cause information element from GSM 04.08 see chapter 18.4 or 18.5.
“NO CARRIER” indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for failure
diagnosis.
5.5.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 36 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.6 DTMF signals +VTD, +VTS
5.6.1 +VTD Description :
The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM
network. This command is used to define tone duration (the default value is
300ms).
5.6.2 +VTD Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+VTD=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+VTD=6
Note : To define 600 ms tone duration
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+VTD=0
Note : To set the default value
OK
AT+VTD?
Note : interrogate current tone duration
+VTD : <n>
OK
AT+VTD=? +VTD : (0-255)
OK
5.6.3 Defined values :
<n> : tone duration
<n>*100 is the duration in ms.
If n < 4, tone duration is 300 ms; if n > 255, the value is used modulo 256.
Default value is 300 ms, that is <n> = 3.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 37 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.6.4 +VTS Description :
The product enables the user application to send DTMF tones over the GSM
network. This command enables tones to be transmitted, only when there is
an active call.
5.6.5 +VTS Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+VTS=<Tone>
Command Possible responses
AT+VTS=A
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+VTS=11
+CME ERROR: 4
Note : If the <Tone> is wrong
AT+VTS=4
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : If there is no communication
AT+VTS=1;+VTS=3;+VTS=#
OK
Note : send tone sequence 13#
5.6.6 Defined values :
<Tone> : DTMF tone to transmit
<Tone> is in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D}
5.7 Redial last telephone number ATDL
5.7.1 Description :
This command is used by the application to redial the last number used in the
ATD command. The last number dialled is displayed followed by “;” for voice
calls only
5.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATDL
Command Possible responses
ATDL
Note : Redial last number
0146290800;
OK
Note : Last call was a voice call.
Command valid
5.7.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 38 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.8 Automatic dialing with DTR AT%Dn
5.8.1 Description :
This command enables and disables:
• automatic dialling of the phone number stored in the first location of the
ADN phonebook,
• automatic sending of the short message (SMS) stored in the first
location of the SIM.
The number is dialled when DTR OFF switches ON.
The short message is sent when DTR OFF switches ON.
5.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT%D<n>[ ;]
Command Possible responses
AT%D1;
Note : Activates DTR number dialling
OK
Note : Command has been executed
DTR is OFF
DTR switches ON
Note : The number in the first location of
the ADN is dialled automatically
DTR switches OFF
Note : The product goes on-hook
AT%D2
Note : Activates DTR short message
sending
OK
Note : Command has been executed
5.8.3 Defined values :
<n> (0-2)
to enable or disable automatic message transmission or number dialling.
Informs the product that the number is a voice rather than a fax or data
number.
AT%D0
Disables automatic DTR number dialling / message transmission.
AT%D1;
Enables automatic DTR dialling if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the
phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Voice call.
AT%D1
Activates automatic DTR dialling if DTR switches from OFF to ON; Dials the
phone number in the first location of the ADN phonebook. Data or Fax call.
AT%D2
Activates automatic DTR message transmission if DTR switches from OFF to
ON.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 39 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.9 Automatic answer ATS0
5.9.1 Description :
This S0 parameter determines and controls the product automatic answering
mode.
5.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATS0=<value>
Command Possible responses
ATS0=2
Note : Automatic answer after 2 rings
OK
ATS0?
Note : Current value
002
OK
Note : always 3 characters padded with
zeros
ATS0=0
Note : No automatic answer
OK
Note : Command valid
All others S-parameters (S6,S7,S8 …) are not implemented.
5.9.3 Defined values :
<value>
number of rings before automatic answer (3 characters padded with zeros).
Range of values is 0 to 255.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 40 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.10 Incoming Call Bearer +CICB
5.10.1 Description :
This specific command is used to set the type of incoming calls when no
incoming bearer is given (see +CSNS).
Note:
setting the +CICB command affects the current value of +CSNS.
5.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CICB=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CICB=1
Note : If no incoming bearer, force a fax call
OK
Note : Command accepted
AT+CICB=2
Note : If no incoming bearer, force a voice
call
OK
Note : Command accepted
AT+CICB?
Note : Interrogate value
+CICB: 2
OK
Note : Default incoming bearer: voice call
AT+CICB=?
Note : Test command
+CICB: (0-2)
OK
Note : Speech, data or fax default
incoming bearer
5.10.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0 : Data
1 : Fax
2 : Speech
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 41 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.11 Single Numbering Scheme +CSNS
5.11.1 Description :
This command selects the bearer to be used when an MT single numbering
scheme call is set up (see +CICB).
Note:
setting the +CSNS command affects the current value of +CICB.
5.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSNS
Command Possible responses
AT+CSNS=2
Note : force a fax call
OK
Note : Command accepted
AT+CSNS=0
Note : force a voice call
OK
Note : Command accepted
AT+CSNS?
Note : Interrogate value
+CSNS: 0
OK
Note : Default incoming bearer: voice call
AT+CSNS=?
Note : Test command
+CSNS: (0,2,4)
OK
Note : Voice, data or fax default incoming
bearer
5.11.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0 : Voice
2 : Fax
4 : Data
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 42 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.12 Gain control +VGR, +VGT
5.12.1 Description :
This command is used by the application to tune the receive gain of the
speaker and the transmit gain of the microphone.
5.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+VGR=<Rgain>
AT+VGT=<Tgain>
Command Possible responses
AT+VGR=25
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+VGT=45 OK
Note : Command valid
AT+VGR?
Note : Interrogate value
+VGR: 64
OK
Note : Default receive gain
AT+VGR=?
Note : Test command
+VGR : (0-255)
OK
Note : Possible values
AT+VGT?
Note : Interrogate value
+VGT: 64
OK
Note : Default transmit gain
AT+VGT=?
Note : Test command
+VGT : (0-255)
OK
Note : Possible values
Note : For the AT+VGT ? command with controller 1 set, the value is the lower
value of range, where as with controller 2, value correspond to the entered
value with AT+VGT=xx.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 43 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.12.3 Defined values :
<Rgain> : reception gain
<Tgain> : transmission gain
The application sends:
AT+VGR=<val> for receive
gain
AT+VGT=<val>
Controller 1
for transmit
gain
Controller 1
AT+VGT=<val>
Controller 2
for transmit
gain
Controller 2
0 to 15 +6 db 0 to 31 +30 db 0 +0 db
16 to 31 +4 db 32 to 63 +33 db 1 +0,5 db
32 to 47 +2 db 64 to 95 +36 db 2 +1 db
48 to 63 +0 db 96 to 127 +39 db 3 +1,5 db
64 to 79 -2 db 128 to 159 +42 db … …
80 to 95 -4 db 160 to 191 +45 db 19 +9,5 db
96 to 111 -6 db 192 to 223 +48 db 20 +10 db
112 to 127 -8 db 224 to 255 +51 db 21 (**) +10.5 db
128 to 143 -10 db 22 (**) +11 db
144 to 159 -12 db 23 (**) +11.5 db
160 to 175 -14 db …
176 to 191 -16 db 58 (**) +29 db
192 to 207 -18 db 59 (**) +29.5 db
208 to 223 -20 db 60 (**) +30 db
224 to 255 (*) -22 db 61 +30,5 db
(*) For Wismo Quik Q22xx : 224 to 239 : -22db / 240 to 255 : -24db 62 +31 db
… …
101 +50,5 db
102 +51 db
103 to 127 reserved
128 to 242 reserved
243 -6,5 db
244 -6 db
245 -5,5 db
246 -5 db
… …
255 -0,5 db
(**) For Wismo Quik Q22xx : 21 to 60 : -
+30db
The gain values listed here are relative, for absolute (electrical) values please
refer to the specific hardware documentation of the module used in the
application.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 44 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.13 Microphone Mute Control +CMUT
5.13.1 Description :
This command is used to mute the microphone input on the product (for the
active microphone set with the +SPEAKER command). This command is only
allowed during a call.
5.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CMUT=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMUT=?
Note : Test command
+CMUT : (0,1)
OK
Note : Enable / disable mute
AT+CMUT?
Note : Ask for current value
+CMUT : 0
OK
Note : Current value is OFF
AT+CMUT=1
Note : Mute ON (call active)
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CMUT?
Note : Ask for current value
+CMUT : 1
OK
Note : Mute is active (call active)
AT+CMUT=0
Note : Mute OFF (call not active)
+CME ERROR:3
Note : Command not valid
5.13.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0 : microphone mute off (default value).
1 : microphone mute on.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 45 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.14 Speaker & Microphone selection +SPEAKER
5.14.1 Description
This specific command is used to select the speaker and the microphone set.
5.14.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+SPEAKER=<ActiveSpkMic>
Command Possible responses
AT+SPEAKER=0
Note : Speaker ONE and Micro ONE
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+SPEAKER?
+SPEAKER: 0
OK
Note : Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are
active
AT+SPEAKER=? +SPEAKER: (0,1)
OK
5.14.3 Defined values :
<ActiveSpkMic>
0 : SPEAKER ONE, MICRO ONE
1 : SPEAKER TWO, MICRO TWO
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 46 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.15 Echo Cancellation +ECHO
5.15.1 Description :
This specific command is used to enable, disable or configure the Echo
Cancellation functions for voice calls (in rooms, in cars, etc.).
It is necessary to tune the Microphone gain (AT+VGT) and the Speaker gain
(AT+VGR) before activating the Echo Cancellation.
5.15.2 Syntax :
Command syntax :
AT+ECHO= <mode> [,<AlgoId>,
<Param1>,<Param2>,<Param3>,<Param4>,<Param5>,<Param6>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CMEE=1
Note: Enables the use of result code
OK
AT+SPEAKER?
+ SPEAKER: 0
OK
Note : Speaker ONE and Micro ONE are
active
AT+SIDET=0
Note: Deactivate the Sidetone
OK
AT+SIDET?
+SIDET: 0,0
AT+ECHO?
Note : Read current settings
+ECHO: 0,1,0,3,10,7
OK
AT+ECHO=1,1,0,3,10,7
Note : Active Echo cancellation 1 for
Mic/Spk one.
OK
AT+ECHO?
Note : Read current settings
+ECHO: 1,1,0,3,10,7
OK
AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256
Note : Activate the Echo cancellation 3
+CME ERROR: 519
Note : The new algorithm will be
activated after a reset of the product
AT+ECHO?
Note : Read the Echo cancellation settings
+ECHO: 3,3,30,8000,256
OK
AT+CFUN=1
Note: Reset the product
OK
AT+ECHO?
Note : Read current settings
+ECHO: 1,3,30,8000,256
OK
AT+ECHO=0
Note: Deactivate the Echo Cancellation
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 47 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.15.3 Defined values:
<mode>
0 : Deactivate Echo
1 : Activate Echo
When mode = 1 is choosen, AlgoId is mandatory.
<AlgoId>
1 : Echo cancellation 1
3 : Echo cancellation 3
To use Echo cancellation 3, the ECHO feature must be activated.
Echo cancellation 1 (4 parameters) :
• The parameter <Volout> specifies the maximum attenuation of the
switch
<Volout>
0: 31 db (default)
1: 29 db
2: 27 db
3: 25 db
…
14: 3 db
15: 1 db
• The parameter <Step> specifies the attenuation step between
attenuation and no attenuation.
<Step>
0: 1 db
1: 2 db
2: 3 db
3: 4 db (default)
• The <PcmThRel> parameter specifies the relative threshold between
max and min energy information.
The allowed range is [ 0 ; 31 ]. (10 by default)
• The <PcmThMax > parameter specifies threshold of max energy
information.
The allowed range is [ 0 ; 31 ]. (7 by default)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 48 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Echo Cancellation 3 (3 parameters) :
• <AlgoParam> high value leads to high echo attenuation but the full-
duplex quality will be less efficient.
The allowed range is [ 0 ; 63 ]. (30 by default)
• <NoiseThres> indicates the noise threshold. Low value leads to high
noise attenuation. The threshold 32767 indicates no noise attenuation.
The allowed range is [0 ;32767]. (8000 default)
• <NmbTaps> indicates the Number of Taps of the Adaptive Filter. The
allowed range is [64 ;256]. (256 by default)-64 taps is for short Echo-
256 taps is for long Echo.
Read Command: AT+ECHO?
This command returns the current settings of the Echo cancellation.
Returns:
+ECHO: <Status>,<AlgoId>, <Param1>,<Param2>, <Param3>,
<Param4>, <Param5>,<Param6>
The number of parameters displayed depends on the algorythm used. For Echo
cancellation 1, 4 parameters are displayed, 3 parameters are displayed for Echo
cancellation 3.
<Status>
0 Echo Deactivated.
1 Echo Activated for Mic/Spk one.
2 Echo Activated for Mic/Spk two.
3 Reset the product.
Note: You can activate/deactivate the echo cancellation during a call without
resetting the product if the <AlgoId> parameter is not changed. But you have
to use the syntax with all parameters : AT+ECHO=1,3,30,8000,256 for
instance.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 49 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.16 SideTone modification +SIDET
5.16.1 Description :
This specific command is used to set the level of audio feedback in the speaker
(microphone feedback in the speaker).
5.16.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+SIDET=<val1>[,<val2>]
Command Possible responses
AT+SIDET=1,0
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+SIDET?
Note : Current value
+SIDET: 1,0
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+SIDET=? +SIDET: (0-1),(0-3)
OK
5.16.3 Defined values :
<val1>
0: SideTone is disabled
1: SideTone is enabled
<val2> ( default value 0 will be used if this parameter is not given)
0: 0 db
1: - 6 db
2: - 12 db
3: - 18 db
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 50 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
5.17 Initialize Voice Parameters +VIP
5.17.1 Description :
This command allows factory settings for voice parameters to be restored from
EEPROM.
These voice parameters include:
• Gain control (+VGR & +VGT commands),
• Gain controller (+WSVG command),
• Microphone mute control (+CMUT command),
• Speaker & Microphone selection (+SPEAKER command),
• Echo cancellation (+ECHO command),
• Side tone modification (+SIDET command).
5.17.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+VIP=<n>
.Command Possible responses
AT+VIP?
+VIP: 1
OK
AT+VIP=2
Note : Syntax error
+CME ERROR: 3
AT+VIP=1
Note : Restore the factory settings from
EEPROM
OK
Note : The command has been executed
AT+VIP=1
Note : Restore the factory settings from
EEPROM with the current Echo
cancellation algo (different of the default
algo).
CME ERROR: 519
Note : Reset the product to accept the
new algo.
AT+VIP=?
Note : List of supported <n>s
+VIP: (1)
OK
5.17.3 Defined values :
<n>
1 : Restore all voice parameters
Other values are not supported.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 51 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6 Network service commands
6.1 Signal Quality +CSQ
6.1.1 Description :
This command is used to ascertain the
received signal strength indication
(<rssi>) and the
channel bit error rate
(<ber>) with or without a SIM card
inserted.
6.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSQ
Command Possible responses
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK
Note : <rssi> and <ber> as defined below
6.1.3 Defined values :
<rssi> :
0: -113 dBm or less
1: -111 dBm
2 to 30: -109 to –53 dBm
31: -51dBm or greater
99: not known or not detectable
<ber> : 0…7: as RXQUAL values in the table GSM 05.08
99: not known or not detectable
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 52 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6.2 Operator selection +COPS
6.2.1 Description :
There are three possible ways of selecting an operator (PLMN):
1) The product is in manual mode. It then tries to find the operator specified
by the application and if found, tries to register.
2) The product is in automatic mode. It then tries to find the home operator
and if found, tries to register. If not found, the product automatically searches
for another network.
3) The product enters into manual/automatic mode, and then tries to find an
operator as specified by the application (as in manual mode). If this attempt
fails it enters automatic mode. If this is successful, the operator specified by
the application is selected. The mobile equipment then enters into automatic
mode.
Note:
The read command returns the current mode and the currently selected
operator. In manual mode, this PLMN may not be the one set by the
application (as it is in the search phase).
These commands are not allowed during one communication.
6.2.2 Syntax :
To force an attempt to select and register on a network, the application must
send the following command:
Command syntax: AT+COPS=<mode>, [<format> [ , <oper> ] ]
Possible responses for AT+COPS=<mode>:
OK (Network is selected with full service)
+CME ERROR: 30 (No network service),
+CME ERROR: 32 (Network not allowed – emergency calls only)
+CME ERROR: 3 (not allowed during one Communication)
+CME ERROR: 4 (Incorrect parameters)
+CME ERROR: 527 (Please wait, and retry your selection later)
+CME ERROR: 528 (Location update failure – emergency calls only)
+CME ERROR: 529 (Selection failure – emergency calls only)
Response syntax for AT+COPS?:
+COPS: <mode> [, <format>, <oper> ]
Response syntax for AT+COPS=?:
+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>, short
alphanumeric <oper>s, numeric <oper>) s]
If an incoming call occurs during a PLMN list request, the operation is aborted
(+CME ERROR: 520) and the unsolicited RING appears
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 53 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+COPS?
Note : Ask for current PLMN
+COPS: 0,2,20801
OK
Note : Home PLMN is France Telecom
Orange
AT+COPS=?
Note : Ask for PLMN list
+COPS: (2,”F Itinéris”,”Itline”,”20801”),
(3,”F SFR”,”SFR”,”20810”)
OK
Note : Home PLMN is France Telecom
SFR network has been detected
AT+COPS=1,2,20810
Note : Ask for registration on SFR network
+CME ERROR: 32
Note : Network not allowed – emergency
calls only
AT+COPS=1,1,23433
Note : Ask for registration on UK Orange
network
+CME ERROR: 529
Note : Selection failed – emergency calls
only
AT+COPS=0
Note : Ask for registration on home network
OK
Note : Succeeded
AT+COPS=3,0
Note : Set <format> to long alphanumeric
OK
AT+COPS?
Note : Ask for current PLMN
+COPS: 0,0,”Orange F”
OK
Note : Home PLMN is France Telecom
Orange
AT+COPS=2
Note : Ask for deregistration from network
OK
Note : Succeeded
AT+COPS?
Note : Ask for current PLMN
+COPS: 2
Note : ME is unregistered until
<mode>=0 or 1 is selected
6.2.3 Defined values :
The parameters values are the following ones:
<mode>
0: automatic (default value)
1: manual
2: deregistration ; ME will be unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected.
3: set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?)
4: manual / automatic (<oper> shall be present), if manual selection fails,
automatic mode is entered.
<format>: format of <oper> field
0: long alphanumeric format <oper>
1: short alphanumeric format <oper>
2: numeric <oper> (default value)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 54 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<stat>: status of <oper>
0: unknown
1: available
2: current
3: forbidden
<oper>: operator identifier (MCC/MNC in numeric format only for operator
selection)
The long alphanumeric format can be up to 16 characters long (see appendix
19.12 for operator names description, field is “Name”)
The short alphanumeric format can be up to 8 characters long.
6.3 Network registration +CREG
6.3.1 Description
This command is used by the application to ascertain the registration status of
the product.
6.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CREG= <mode>
Response syntax : +CREG : <mode>, <stat> [ ,<lac>,<ci> ] for AT+CREG?
Command only
Command Possible responses
AT+CREG?
+CREG: <mode>,<stat>
OK
Note : As defined here-above
AT+CREG=0
Note : Disable network registration
unsolicited result code
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CREG=1
Note : Enable network registration
unsolicited result code
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CREG=2
Note : Enable network registration and
location information unsolicited result code
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CREG=? +CREG: (0-2)
Note : 0,1,2 <mode> values are
supported
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 55 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6.3.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: Disable network registration unsolicited result code (default)
1: Enable network registration code result code +CREG : <stat>
2: Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code +CREG: <stat>,<lac>,<ci> if there is a change of network cell.
<stat>
0: not registered, ME is not currently searching for a new operator.
1: registered, home network.
2: not registered, ME currently searching for a new operator to register to.
3: registration denied.
4: unknown.
5: registered, roaming.
<lac>: string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g.
“00C3” equals 195 in decimal).
<ci>: string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format.
6.4 Read operator name +WOPN
6.4.1 Description :
This specific command returns the operator name in alphanumeric format, the
numeric format being given.
With E-ONS feature, lac is an optional parameter to read names from OPL/PNN
sim files. If it is not entered, name will be given with current lac. Note that in
limited service, current lac is set to 0.
6.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WOPN=<format>,<NumOper>[ ,<lac>]
Response syntax: +WOPN: <format>,<AlphaOper>
Command Possible responses
AT+WOPN=?
Note : Test command
OK
AT+WOPN=0,20801
Note : Give an operator in numeric format
+WOPN : 0,”Orange F”
OK
Note : Alphanumeric answer
AT+WOPN=0,99999
Note : Give a wrong operator
+CME ERROR: 22
Note : Not found
AT+WOPN=0,20801,36
Note : Give an operator in numeric format
for lac 36
+WOPN : 0,”Orange F”
OK
Note : Alphanumeric answer
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 56 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6.4.3 Defined values :
<format> is the required format. Only long (0) and short (1) alphanumeric
formats are supported.
<NumOper> is the operator in numeric format.
<AlphaOper> is the operator in long or short alphanumeric format (see
appendix 19.12 for operator names description)
<lac> is the two bytes Location Area Code to be used to get the PLMN name.
If it is not entered, Current lac will be used (0 if limited service).
6.5 Selection of Preferred PLMN list +CPLS
6.5.1 Description :
This command is used to select one PLMN selector with access technology list
in the SIM card that is used by AT+CPOL command.
6.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CPLS= <List>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPLS?
Note : Ask for selection of the SIM file
+CPLS: 1
OK
Note :
EF_OPLMNwAct is selected
AT+CPLS=0
Note : selection of EF_PLMNwAct
Note : if EF_PLMNwAct is not present,
EF_PLMNsel will be selected
AT+CPLS=1
Note : selection of EF_OPLMNwAct
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : EF_OPLMNwAct is not present
AT+CPLS=?
Note : Get possible values
+CPLS: (0,1,2)
OK
Note : The 3 files with Acces technology
are present and can be selected
AT+CPLS=?
Note : Get possible values
+CPLS: (0)
OK
Note : Only EF_PLMNwAct or
EF_PLMNsel can be selected
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 57 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6.5.3 Defined values :
<List>:
0: User controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_PLMNwAct
Note: if this file is not found EF_PLMNSel will be selected
1: Operator controlled PLMN selector with access technology EF_OPLMNwAct
2: Home PLMN selector with access technology EF_HPLMNwAct
6.6 Preferred operator list +CPOL
6.6.1 Description :
This command is used to edit (or update) the SIM preferred list of networks.
This list is read in the SIM file selected by the command AT+CPLS.
6.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPOL=
[<index>] [,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcomp_Act>,<Utran_Act>]]]
The different possibilities are:
• AT+CPOL = <index> to delete an entry.
• AT+CPOL = , <format> to set the format used by the read command
(AT+CPOL?).
• AT+CPOL = , <format>, <oper> to put <oper> in the next free location.
• AT+CPOL = <index> , <format> , <oper> to write <oper> in the
<format> at the <index>.
• AT+CPOL =
<index>,<format>,<oper>,<GSM_AcT>,<GSMcp_Act>,<Utran_Act>
to write <oper> in the <format> at the <index> precising the acces
technology (in the case of EF_PLMNwact, EF_HPLMNwact or
EF_OPLMNwact is present).
Note: per default if Acces technology parameters are not given, the GSM
access technology will be choosen.
The supported format are those of the +COPS command.
The length of this list is limited to 85 entries for
EF_PLMNsel,
and 51 for
EF_PLMNwAct, EF_OPLMNwAct, EF_HPLMNwAct
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 58 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL:1,2,26201
+CPOL: 6,2,20810
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in
numeric format (read in EF_PLMNsel)
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With EF_PLMNwAct selected and present
+CPOL:1,2,26201,1,0,0
+CPOL: 6,2,20810,1,0,0
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in
numeric format (read in EF_PLMNwAct)
GSM acces technology selected
GSM compact acces technology not
selected
Utran acces technology not selected
AT+CPOL=,0
Note : Select long alphanumeric format
OK
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM”
+CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR”
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in long
alphanumeric format
AT+CPOL=7,2,20801
Note : Add a network to the list
OK
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM”
+CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR”
+CPOL: 7,0,”Orange F”
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in long
alphanumeric format
AT+CPOL=7
Note : Delete 7
th location
OK
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM”
+CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR”
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in long
alphanumeric format
AT+CPOL=8,2,77777
Note : Add a new network to the list
With only EF_PLMNsel present
OK
AT+CPOL=8,2,77777,0,0,1
Note : Add a new network to the list
With EF_PLMNwact present
OK
Note: Acces technology UTRAN is
selected
AT+CPOL=8,2,77777
Note : Add a new network to the list
With EF_PLMNwact present
OK
Note: Per default Acces technology GSM
is selected
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM”
+CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR”
+CPOL: 8,2,77777”
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in long
alphanumeric format but 8th entry is
unknown so the product edits it in the
numeric format
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 59 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+CPOL=9,0,”Orange F”
Note : Add a new network to the list (text
format)
AT+CPOL?
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
With only EF_PLMNsel present
+CPOL: 1,0,”D1-TELEKOM”
+CPOL: 6,0,”F SFR”
+CPOL: 8,2,77777”
+CPOL: 9,0,”Orange F”
OK
Note : Preferred list of networks in long
alphanumeric format
AT+CPOL=? +CPOL: (1-16),(0-2)
OK
Note : The EF can accept 16 records, and
supported format are 0,1 or 2.
6.6.3 Defined values :
<index> : position of the operator record in the sim preferred operator list. Do
AT+CPOL=? to get the maximum index of the selected EF.
<format> :
0 long alphanumeric format for <oper>
1 short alphanumeric format for <oper>
2 numeric format for <oper>
<oper> : characterstring or integer (see <format>) indicating operator
identifier.
<GSM_AcT> : GSM access technology
<GSMcomp_Act> : GSM compact access technology
<Utran_Act> : UTRA access technology
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 60 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
6.7 Read operator name +COPN
6.7.1 Description :
This command return the list of all operator names (in numeric and
alphanumeric format) stored in the module.
6.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+COPN
Command response : +COPN: <NumOper>,<AlphaOper>
Command Possible responses
AT+COPN
Note : Ask for preferred list of networks
+COPN: 23201,"A1"
+COPN: 23203,"A max."
+COPN: 23207,"A tele.ring"
+COPN: 23205,"one"
…
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+COPN=? OK
6.7.3 Defined values :
<NumOper> is the operator in numeric format.
<AlphaOper> is the operator in long alphanumeric format (see appendix 19.12
for operator names description)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 61 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7 Security commands
7.1 Enter PIN +CPIN
7.1.1 Description :
This command is used to enter the ME passwords (CHV1 / CHV2 / PUK1 /
PUK2, etc.), that are required before any ME functionality can be used.
CHV1/CHV2 is between 4 and 8 digits long, PUK1/PUK2 is only 8 digits long.
If the user application tries to make an outgoing call before the SIM PIN code
(CHV1) has been confirmed, then the product will refuse the “ATD” command
with a “+CME ERROR: 11” (SIM PIN required).
The application is responsible for checking the PIN after each reset or power on
- if the PIN was enabled.
7.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CPIN=<pin>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPIN=1234
Note : Enter PIN
OK
Note : PIN code is correct
AT+CPIN=5678
Note : Enter PIN
+CME ERROR : 3
Note : Operation not allowed, PIN
previously entered
After 3 unsuccessful attempts to enter the PIN (Personal Identification
Number), the PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) will be required. PUK validation
forces the user to enter a new PIN code as a second parameter and this will be
the new PIN code if PUK validation succeeds. CHV1 is then enabled if PUK1 is
correct. The application therefore uses this command:
AT+CPIN=<Puk>,<NewPin>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPIN=00000000,1234
Note : Enter PUK and new PIN
+CME ERROR: 16
Note : Incorrect PUK
AT+CPIN=12345678,1234
Note : Enter PUK and new PIN, 2nd attempt
OK
Note : PUK correct, new PIN stored
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 62 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
To ascertain which code must be entered (or not), the following query
command can be used:
AT+CPIN?
The possible responses are :
+CPIN: READY
ME is not pending for any password
+CPIN: SIM PIN
CHV1 is required
+CPIN: SIM PUK
PUK1 is required
+CPIN: SIM PIN2
CHV2 is required
+CPIN: SIM PUK2
PUK2 is required
+CPIN: PH-SIM PIN
SIM lock (phone-to-SIM) is required
+CPIN: PH-NET PIN
Network personnalisation is required
+CME ERROR: <err>
SIM failure (13) absent (10) etc…
Please note that in this case the mobile equipment does not end its response
with the OK string.
The response +CME ERROR : 13 (SIM failure) is returned after 10 unsuccessful
PUK attempts. The SIM card is then out of order and must be replaced by a
new one.
Example: 3 failed PIN validations + 1 successful PUK validation
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
Read the PIN status
The product requires SIM PIN
AT+CPIN=1235
+CME ERROR: 16
First attempt to enter a SIM PIN
Wrong PIN
AT+CPIN=1236
+CME ERROR: 16
Second attempt
Wrong PIN
AT+CPIN=1237
+CME ERROR: 16
Third attempt
Wrong PIN
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
Read PIN state
The product requires PUK
AT+CPIN=99999999,5678
OK
The PUK is entered, the new PIN shall
be 5678 PUK validation is OK. New Pin
is 5678
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
Read PIN state
The product is ready
If the user tries to do something which requires PIN2 (CHV2), the product will
refuse the action with a “+CME ERROR: 17” (SIM PIN2 required). The product
then waits for SIM PIN2 to be given.
Of course, if SIM PIN2 is blocked, SIM PUK2 is required instead of SIM PIN2.
For example, the product needs PIN2 to write in the fixed dialling phonebook
(FDN) , so if SIM PIN2 authentication has not been performed during the
current session, SIM PIN2 is required
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 63 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBS=”FD”
Note : Choose FDN
OK
AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky”
Note : Write in FDN at location 5
+CME ERROR: 17
Note : SIM PIN2 is required
AT+CPIN? SIM PIN2
Note : SIM PIN2 is required
AT+CPIN=5678
Note : Enter SIM PIN2
OK
AT+CPBW=2,”01290917”,129,”Jacky”
Note : Write in FDN at location 5
OK
Note : Now writing in FDN is allowed
Please note that the product only requests PIN2 or PUK2 once. Therefore, if
they are not entered properly, the next +CPIN? command will return “+CPIN:
READY”.
7.1.3 Defined values :
<pin> Personal Identification Number.
<puk> Personal Unblocking Key needed to change the PIN.
See above conditions of use.
7.2 Enter PIN2 +CPIN2
7.2.1 Description :
This specific command is used to validate the PIN2 code (CHV2), or to validate
the PUK2 code (UNBLOCK CHV2) and to define a new PIN2 code.
Of course, the +CPIN command allows PIN2 or PUK2 codes to be validated,
but only when the last command executed resulted in PIN2 authentication
failure.
PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits, PUK2 length is 8 digits only.
7.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPIN2=<pin2>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPIN2=1234
Note : Enter PIN2
OK
Note : PIN2 code is correct
AT+CPIN2=5678
Note : Enter PIN2
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : Operation not allowed, PIN2
previously entered
After 3 unsuccessful attempts, PUK2 will then be required. PUK2 validation
forces the user to enter a new PIN2 code as a second parameter and this will
be the new PIN2 code if PUK1 validation succeeds. The application therefore
uses this command:
AT+CPIN2=<puk2>,<NewPin2>
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 64 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+CPIN2=00000000,1234
Note : Enter PUK2 and new PIN2
+CME ERROR: 16
Note : Incorrect Password (PUK2)
AT+CPIN2=12345678,1234
Note : Enter PUK2 and new PIN2, 2nd
attempt
OK
Note : PUK2 correct, new PIN2 stored
To ascertain which code must be entered (or not), the following query
command can be used:
AT+CPIN2?
The possible responses are
+CPIN2: READY
No PIN2 is needed
+CPIN2: SIM PIN2
PIN2 is required
+CPIN2: SIM PUK2
PUK2 is required
+CME ERROR: <err>
Absent (10) etc…
7.2.3 Defined values:
<pin2> Personal Identification Number 2.
<puk2> Personal Unblocking Key 2 needed to change the PIN2.
<Newpin2>
Note : PIN2 length is between 4 and 8 digits, PUK2 length is 8 digits only.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 65 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7.3 PIN remaining attempt number +CPINC
7.3.1 Description :
This specific command is used to get the number of valid attempts for PIN1
(CHV1), PIN2 (CHV2), PUK1 (UNBLOCK CHV1) and PUK2 (UNBLOCK CHV2)
identifiers.
7.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPINC
Response syntax : +CPINC : <n1>,<n2>,<k1>,<k2>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPINC
Note : Get the number of attempts left
+CPINC : 2,3,10,10
OK
Note : First CHV1 attempt was a failure
AT+CPINC?
Note : Get current values
+CPINC : 2,3,10,10
OK
Note : First attempt was a failure
AT+CPINC=?
Note : Get possible values
OK
7.3.3 Defined values
<n1>, <n2> are the attempts left for PIN1, PIN2 (0 = blocked, 3 max)
<k1>, <k2> are the attempts left for PUK1, PUK2 (0 = blocked, 10 max)
For this to work, the card should be present at the time of initialization,
otherwise an error will be sent (+CME ERROR : 10).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 66 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7.4 Facility lock +CLCK
7.4.1 Description :
This command is used by the application to lock, unlock or interrogate an ME
or network facility <fac>.
Nota: Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) doesn’t check “PS”, “PN”,
“PU”, “PP” and “PC” locks.
7.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CLCK= <fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>] ]
Response syntax: +CLCK: <status> [ ,<class1> ]<CR><LF>+CLCK:
<status>,<class2> [ … ] ]
Command Possible responses
AT+CLCK=”SC”,1,1234
Note : Enable PIN
OK
Note : PIN was correct
AT+CLCK?
Note : Read PIN status
+CLCK:(“PS”,0),(“SC”,0),(“FD”,0),(“PN“,0)
,(“PU“,0),(“PP“,0),(“PC“,0)
OK
Note : PIN is enabled, no SIM lock, no
network lock, no information on Call
barring
(no longer supported in GSM 07.07)
AT+CLCK=”SC”,0,5555
Note : Disable PIN
+CME ERROR: 16
Note: PIN was wrong
AT+CPIN=1234
Note : Enter PIN
OK
Note : PIN was good
AT+CLCK=?
Note : Request supported facilities
+CLCK:
(“PS”,”SC”,”AO”,”OI”,”OX”,”AI”,”IR”,”AB
”,”AC”, ”FD”,"PN","PU","PP",”PN”)
OK
Note : Supported facilities
AT+CLCK=”PN”,1,12345678
Note : Activate network lock
OK
Network lock activated
AR+CLCK=”AO”,1,1234,2
Note : Activate all outgoing calls barring for
data calls
OK
Note : Call barring is activate
AT+CLCK=”AO”,2
Note : Query BAOC status
+CLCK : 1,2
OK
Note : BAOC activate for data calls only
AT+CLCK=”SC”,0,0000
Note : Disable PIN
+CME ERROR: 521
Note : PIN deactivation is forbidden with
this SIM card
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 67 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7.4.3 Defined values :
<fac> : supported facilities
• “PS” : SIM lock facility with a 8 digits password.
• “SC“ : PIN enabled (<mode> = 1) / disabled (<mode> = 0)
• “AO” : BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
• “OI” : BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
• “OX” : BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing. International Calls except to Home
Country)
• “AI” : BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
• “IR” : BIC-Roam (Barr Inc. When Roaming outside Home Country)
• “AB” : All Barring services
• “AG” : All outGoing barring services
• “AC” : All inComing barring services
• “PN” : Network lock with a 8 digits password (NCK).
• “PU” : Network Subset lock with a 8 digits password (NSCK).
• “PP” : Service Provider lock with a 8 digits password (SPCK).
• “PC” : Corporate lock with a 8 digits password (CCK).
• “FD”: SIM Fixed Dialing Numbers (FDN) memory feature (PIN2 is
required as <password>)
<mode>
0 : unlock the facility
1 : lock the facility
2 : query status
<class>
1 : Voice (telephony)
2 : Data (apply to all bearer services)
4 : Fax (facsimile services)
8 : Short Message service
7 : Voice, Data and Fax (Default value)
Any attempt to combine different classes will result in activation / deactivation /
interrogation of Voice, Data and Fax.
If <class> is omitted, default value 7 is used.
Password maximum length is given with the AT+CPWD=? Command.
Note: It will not possible to lock the FDN phonebook if this one is not loaded.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 68 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7.5 Change password +CPWD
7.5.1 Description :
This command is used by the application to change a password (PIN, call
barring, NCK, etc.). The facility values (<fac>) are the same as for the +CLCK
command with a “P2” facility to manage SIM PIN2.
For the network lock (“PN”), unlocking is forbidden after 10 failed attempts to
disable (unlock) the network lock with an incorrect password.
7.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPWD= <fac>, <oldpwd>, <newpwd>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPWD=?
Note : Possible values
+CPWD:
(“PS”,8),(“SC”,8),(“AO”,4),(“OI”,4),(“OX”,4
),(“AI”,4),(“IR”,4),(“AB”,4),(“AG”,4),(“AC”,
4),
(“P2”,8),(“FD”,8),("PN",8),("PU",8),("PP",8),
("PC",8)
OK
Note : CHV1/CHV2 must be on 8 digits
maximum (4mini)
For call barring, on 4 digits maximum
AT+CPWD=”SC”,1234,5555
Note : Change PIN
OK
Note : PIN was correct
AT+CPWD=”SC”,1234,5555
Note : Change PIN
+CME ERROR: 16
Note: PIN was wrong
AT+CPIN=5555
Note : Enter PIN
OK
Note : PIN was correct
AT+CPWD=”PN”,12345678,00000000
Note : Change NCK
OK
Note : NCK changed for net lock
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 69 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
7.5.3 Defined values :
<fac> : facility
• “PS”
• “SC”
• “AO”
• “OI”
• “OX”
• “AI”
• “IR“
• “AB”
• “AG”
• “AC”
• “P2”
• “FD”
• "PN"
• "PU"
• "PP"
• "PC"
<oldpwd>, <newpwd>
On 4 or up to 8 or 16 digits according to the facility.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 70 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8 Phonebook commands
8.1 Select phonebook memory storage +CPBS
8.1.1 Description :
This command selects phonebook memory storage.
8.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBS=<pb>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBS=”SM”
Note : Select ADN phonebook
OK
Note : ADN phonebook is selected
AT+CPBS=?
Note : Possible values
+CPBS:
("SM","LD","MC","ON","ME","RC","MT","SN")
OK
Note : only “EN” phonebook is not
supported with this SIM card.
AT+CPBS?
Note : Status
+CPBS :”SM”,10,20
OK
Note: ADN phonebook selected, 10
locations used, 20 locations available
The ADN phonebook could not be selected as FDN is active.
8.1.3 Defined values :
<pb> : phonebook
• “SM” : ADN (SIM phonebook)
• “FD” : FDN (SIM Fix Dialling, restricted phonebook)
• “ON” : MSISDN (SIM own numbers)
• “EN” : EN (SIM emergency number)
• “LD” : LND (combined ME and SIM last dialing phonebook)
• “MC” : MSD (ME missed calls list)
• “ME” : ME (ME phonebook)
• “MT” : MT (combined ME and SIM phonebook)
• “RC” : LIC (ME received calls list)
• “SN” :SDN (Services dialing phonebook)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 71 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.2 Read phonebook entries +CPBR
8.2.1 Description :
This command returns phonebook entries for a range of locations from the
current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Note :
for all phonebook read commands (+CPBR, +CPBF, +CPBN, +CPBP, +CNUM),
the TON/NPI MSB of each number is set to 1 (ex : a TON/NPI stored as 17 is
displayed as 145).
8.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBR=<first_entry>[,<last_entry>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBR=?
Note : Test command
+CPBR: (1-50),20,10
OK
Note : 50 locations (from 1 to 50), max
length for phone number is 20 digits, 10
characters max for the text
AT+CPBR=12,14
Note : Read entries from 12 to 14
+CPBR : 12,”112”,129,”Emergency”
+CPBR : 13,”+331290909”,145,”Fred”
+CPBR : 14,”0146290808”,129,”Zazi”
OK
Note : Display locations 12,13,14 with
location, number, type (TON/NPI), Text
AT+CPBR=10
Note : Read entry 10
+CPBR :10,”0146290921”,129,”Rob”
OK
Note: Display location 10
AT+CPBR=11
Note : Read entry 11 (UCS2 format)
+CPBR
:11,”0146290921”,129,”8000010002FFF
F”
OK
Note: Display location 11
AT+CPBR=52
Note : Read entry 52 (wrong)
+CME ERROR: 21
Note : Invalid index
8.2.3 Defined values :
<first_entry>, <last_entry>
location (or range of locations) where to read phonebook entry.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 72 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.3 Find phonebook entries +CPBF
8.3.1 Description :
This command returns phonebook entries with alphanumeric fields starting
with a given string. The AT+CPBF= “” command can be used to display all
phonebook entries sorted in alphabetical order.
This command is not allowed for "LD", "RC", "MC", "SN" phonebooks and for the
“EN” phonebook, which does not contain alphanumeric fields.
It is possible to use this command with UCS2 strings. If a wrong UCS2 format
is entered, the string is considered as an ASCII string.
8.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBF=<string>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBF=?
Note : Test command
+CPBF: 20,10
OK
Note : Max length for phone number is 20
digits, 10 characters for the text
AT+CPBF=“E”
Note : Read entries with “E”
+CPBF : 12,”112”,129,”Emergency”
+CPBF : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display locations with text field
starting with “E”
AT+CPBF=”H”
Note : Read entries with “H”
+CME ERROR: 22
Note: Entry not found
AT+CPBF=”800001FFFF”
Note : Read entries starting with 0001
UCS2 character
+CPBF : 11,
”0146290921”,129,”8000010002FFFF”
OK
Note : Display locations with text field
starting with 0001 UCS2 character
AT+CPBF=”8045C”
Note : Read entries with “8045C” (ASCII
format)
+CME ERROR: 22
Note: Entry not found. The string has a
wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore
considered as an ASCII string
8.3.3 Defined values :
<string>
Searched starting string (depends on the format of data stored in the
phonebooks)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 73 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.4 Write phonebook entry +CPBW
8.4.1 Description :
This command writes a phonebook entry in location number
<index>
in the
current phonebook memory storage.
“RC” and “MC” phonebooks could be only erased by +CPBW. Adding field
and/or modifying field is not allowed for these phonebooks.
This command is not allowed for “EN”, “LD”, “MC”, “RC”, “MT”, “SN”
phonebooks, which can not be written.
8.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBW=<index>[,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBW=?
Note : Test command
+CPBW: (1-50),20,(129,145),10
OK
Note : 50 locations, phone number = 20
digits max, TON/NPI of 129 or 145, text
length = 10
AT+CPBW= 3
Note : Erase location 3
OK
Note: Location 3 erased
AT+CPBW=5,”112”,129,”SOS”
Note : Write at location 5
OK
Note: Location 5 written
AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky”
Note : Overwrite location 5
OK
Note : Location 5 overwritten
AT+CPBW=6,”01292349”,129,”80004100
42”
Note : write location 6 (UCS2 format for the
<text> field)
OK
Note : Location 6 is written
AT+CPBW=,”+33145221100”,145,”SOS”
Note : Write at the first location available
OK
Note : First location available is written
AT+CPBW=,”0345221100”,129,”SOS”
Note : Write at the first location available
+CME ERROR: 20
Note : Phonebook full
AT+CPBW=57,”112”,129,”WM”
Note : Write at location 57 (wrong)
+CME ERROR: 21
Note : Invalid index
AT+CPBW=7,”012345678901234567890”
,129,”WAVE”
Note : Write at location 7 a phone number
exceeding the limit (21 digits)
+CME ERROR: 26
Note : Phone number too long
AT+CPBW=7,”0122334455”,129,”WAVEC
OM TEL”
Note : Write at location 7 along text (11
characters)
+CME ERROR: 24
Note : Text too long
AT+CPBW=8,”01292349”,129,”80xyz”
Note : write location
OK
Note : Location 8 is written. The string
has a wrong UCS2 format, it is therefore
considered as an ASCII string
When the fixed dialling phonebook (FDN) is locked, this command is not
allowed. Moreover, when the FDN is unlocked, PIN2 is required to write in the
FDN phonebook.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 74 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
But if PIN2 authentication has been performed during the current session, the
+CPBW command with FDN is allowed.
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBS=”FD”
Note : Choose FDN
OK
AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky”
Note : Write in FDN at location 5
+CME ERROR: 17
Note : SIM PIN2 is required
AT+CPIN?
SIM PIN2
Note: SIM PIN2 is required
AT+CPIN=5678
Note : Enter SIM PIN2
OK
AT+CPBW=5,”01290917”,129,”Jacky”
Note : Write in FDN at location 5
OK
Note : Writing in FDN is now allowed
8.4.3 Defined valuess :
<index> integer type value depending on the capacity of the phonebook
memory.
<number> phone number in ASCII format.
<type> TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format).
Note:
for the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB
will be set to 1 in all cases (ex : a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145).
<text> string type.
Note 1:
For the <text> parameter all strings starting with “80” , “81” or “81” are
considered in UCS2 format. See the APPENDIX E (Coding of Alpha fields in the
SIM for UCS2).
Note 2:
The +CSCS (Select Character set) command does not affect the format for
phonebook entries.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 75 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.5 Phonebook phone search +CPBP
8.5.1 Description :
This specific command orders the product to search the phonebook for an item
with the same phone number as that defined in the parameter.
8.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBP=<PhoneNumber>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBP=”+331290101”
Note : Search entries corresponding to this
phone number
+CPBP : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the entry corresponding to
the specified phone number
AT+CPBP=”+331290101”
Note : Search entries corresponding to this
phone number
+CPBP : 15,”01290101”,129,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the entry corresponding to
the specified phone number
AT+CPBP=”01290202”
Note : Search entries corresponding to this
phone number
+CPBP : 15,”+331290202”,145,”David”
OK
Note : Display the entry corresponding to
the specified phone number
AT+CPBP=”+331288575”
Note : Search entries corresponding to this
phone number
+CPBP :
15,”+331290101”,145,”8045682344FFFF
” (UCS2 format)
OK
Note : Display the entry corresponding to
the specified phone number
AT+CPBP=”0129”
Note : Search entries corresponding to this
phone number
+CME ERROR: 22
Note : Entry not found
8.5.3 Defined values :
<PhoneNumber>
coded according to GSM 07.07 or GSM 07.05.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 76 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.6 Move action in phonebook +CPBN
8.6.1 Description
This specific command instructs the product to make a forward or backward
move in the phonebook (in alphabetical order).
This command is not allowed for the “EN” phonebook - which does not
contain alphanumeric fields.
8.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPBN=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBN=?
Note : Test command
+CPBN: (0-5)
OK
Note : Possible modes
AT+CPBN=0
Note : Read the first location
+CPBN : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the first location
AT+CPBN=2
Note : Read the next location
+CPBN : 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank”
OK
Note : Display the second location
AT+CPBN=2
Note : Read the next location
+CPBN : 6,”+331290302”,145,”Marc”
OK
Note : Display the third location
AT+CPBN=3
Note : Read the previous location
+CPBN : 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank”
OK
Note : Display the second location
AT+CPBN=1
Note : Read the last location
+CPBN : 6,”+331290302”,145,”Marc”
OK
Note : Display the last location
AT+CPBN=2
Note : Read the next location
+CPBP : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the first location
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 77 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Using mode 4 and 5 with +CPBF command and CPBW :
Command Possible responses
AT+CPBF=”Er”
Note : Find ”Er” in phonebook
+CPBF : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the location
AT+CPBN=2
Note : Read the next location
+CPBN : 5,”+33147658987”,145,”Frank”
OK
Note : Display the following location
AT+CPBF=”Er”
Note : Find ”Er” in phonebook
+CPBF : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the location
AT+CPBN=4
Note : Get the last location read
+CPBF : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the last location read
AT+CPBW=,”0146290800”,129,”WM”
Note : Write an item at the first location
available
OK
Note : No information about this location
AT+CPBN=4
Note : Get the last location read
+CPBF : 15,”+331290101”,145,”Eric”
OK
Note : Display the last location read
AT+CPBN=38,”0146290800,129,”WM”
Note : Display the last item written with
its location
AT+CPBN=4
Note : Get the last item read
AT+CPBN=38,”0146290800,129,”WM”
Note : Now the last item read is the last
written item too
AT+CPBF=”800041FFFF”
Note : Find”800041” in phonebook
+CPBF :
15,”+3312345”,145,”8000414339FFFF”
OK
Note : Display this location
AT+CPBN=4
Note : Get the last location read
+CPBF :
15,”+3312345”,145,”8000414339FFFF”
OK
Note : Display the last location read
Please note that the AT+CPBN=5 command is useful after an AT+CPBW
command used without a location.
8.6.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: First item
1: Last item
2: Next valid item in alphabetical order
3: Previous valid item in alphabetical order
4: Last item read (usable only if a read operation has been performed on the
current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4))
5: Last item written (usable only if a write operation has been performed on
the current phonebook since the end of initialization (+WIND: 4))
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 78 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.7 Subscriber number +CNUM
8.7.1 Description :
This command returns the subscriber MSISDN(s).
If the subscriber has different MSISDNs for different services, each MSISDN is
returned in a separate line.
8.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CNUM
Response syntax: +CNUM : <alpha1>, <number1>, <type1>
<CR><LF> +CNUM : <alpha2>, <number2>, <type2> ….
Command Possible responses
AT+CNUM
Note : Get MSISDN(s)
+CNUM :”Phone”, “0612345678”,129
+CNUM :”Fax”, “0687654321”,129
+CNUM : “80001002FFFF”, “+0183773”,
145 (UCS2 format)
OK
Note : MSISDNs
AT+CNUM=?
OK
8.7.3 Defined values :
<alphax> optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>
<numberx> string type phone number with format as specified by <typex>
<typex> type of address byte in integer format
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 79 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.8 Avoid phonebook init +WAIP
8.8.1 Description :
This specific command allows the initialization of all phonebooks to be
inhibited during subsequent boots.
8.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WAIP=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+WAIP?
Note : Current values ?
+WAIP :0
OK
Note : Default value (init phonebooks)
AT+WAIP=?
Note : Possible values ?
+WAIP : (0,1)
OK
Note : Disable / enable
AT+WAIP =1
Note : Inhibit initialization of phonebooks
(next boot)
OK
Note : no answer
AT&W
Note : Save modifications in EEPROM
Caution:
the given value should be stored in EEPROM. Therefore, the AT&W command
must be used to save the new <mode> value.
Note:
No phonebook commands are allowed if +WAIP=1 (after boot).
If a phonebook command is entered, a “+CME ERROR: 3” is returned.
8.8.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: Normal initialization (with phonebooks)
1: No phonebook initialization
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 80 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.9 Delete Calls Phonebook +WDCP
8.9.1 Description :
This specific command allows to delete the calls listed in some phonebooks.
8.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WDCP=<calls phonebook>
Command Possible responses
AT+WDCP?
OK
AT+WDCP=?
Note : Possible values ?
+WDCP : ("LD","MC","RC")
OK
Note : Identifiers of the phonebooks
supporting a list of calls
AT+WDCP=”LD”
Note : Delete all the content of Last Dialing
phonebook.
OK
Note : Last Dialing phonebook is now
empty.
8.9.3 Defined values :
<calls phonebook>
“LD”: SIM (ME extended) Last dialing phonebook
“MC”: ME missed calls list phonebook
“RC”: ME received calls list phonebook
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 81 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
8.10 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM
8.10.1 Description :
This commands allows to set/get and enable/disable the voice mail number in
memory.
8.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]]
Command Possible responses
AT+CSVM?
Note : Get mail number
+CSVM: 1,”660”,129
OK
Note : Voice mail number “660” is
activated
AT+CSVM=?
Note : Possible values ?
+CSVM: (0-1),(129,145)
OK
Note : activation/deactivation and format
129 & 145 are supported
AT+CSVM=0,”888”,129
Note : Disable Voice Mail number and
change value to “888”.
OK
8.10.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: Disable the voice mail number
1: Enable the voice mail number
<number>
Phone number in ASCII format.
<type>
TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format).
Note :
For the <type> parameter, all values are allowed from 0 to 255, but the MSB
will be set to 1 in all cases (ex : a <type> value of 17 will be written as 145).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 82 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9 Short Messages commands
9.1 Parameters definition
<da> Destination Address, coded like GSM 03.40 TP-DA
<dcs> Data Coding Scheme, coded like in document [5].
<dt> Discharge Time in string format :
“yy/MM/dd,hh :mm :ss±zz”(Year [00-99], Month [01-12],
Day [01-31], Hour, Minute, Second and Time Zone [quarters of an
hour] )
<fo> First Byte, coded like SMS-SUBMIT first byte in document [4],
default value is 17 for SMS-SUBMIT
<index> Place of storage in memory.
<length> Text mode (+CMGF=1): number of characters
PDU mode (+CMGF=0): length of the TP data unit in bytes
<mem1> Memory used to list, read and delete messages (+CMGL, +CMGR
and +CMGD).
<mem2> Memory used to write and send messages (+CMGW, +CMSS).
<mid> CBM Message Identifier.
<mr> Message Reference.
<oa> Originator Address.
<pid> Protocol Identifier.
<pdu> For SMS : GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in
hexadecimal format, coded as specified in doc [4] For CBS : GSM
03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
<ra> Recipient Address.
<sca> Service Center Address
<scts> Service Center Time Stamp in string format :
“yy/MM/dd,hh :mm :ss±zz”
(Year/Month/Day,Hour:Min:Seconds±TimeZone)
<sn> CBM Serial Number
<st> Status of a SMS-STATUS-REPORT
<stat> Status of message in memory.
<tooa> Type-of-Address of <oa>.
<tora> Type-of-Address of <ra>.
<tosca> Type-of-Address of <sca>.
<total1> Number of message locations in <mem1>.
<total2> Number of messages locations in <mem2.
<used1> Total number of messages locations in <mem1>.
<used2> Total number of messages locations in <mem2.
<vp> Validity Period of the short message, default value is 167
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 83 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.2 Select message service +CSMS
9.2.1 Description :
The supported services are originated (SMS-MO) and terminated short
message (SMS-MT) + Cell Broadcast Message (SMS-CB) services.
9.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSMS=<service>
Command Possible responses
AT+CSMS=0
Note : SMS AT command Phase 2 version
4.7.0
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
Note : SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB
supported
AT+CSMS=1
Note : SMS AT command Phase 2 +
+CSMS: 1,1,1
Note : SMS-MO, SMS-MT and SMS-CB
supported
AT+CSMS?
Note : Current values ?
+CSMS: 0,1,1,1
OK
Note : GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (SMS AT
command Phase 2 version 4.7.0
AT+CSMS=?
Note : Possible services
+CSMS: (0,1)
OK
9.2.3 Defined values :
<service>
0: SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version
4.7.0.
1: SMS AT commands are compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 + version .
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 84 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.3 New Message Acknowledgement +CNMA
9.3.1 Description :
This command allows reception of a new message routed directly to the TE to
be acknowledged.
In TEXT mode, only positive acknowledgement to the network (RP-ACK) is
possible.
In PDU mode, either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR)
acknowledgement to the network is possible.
Acknowledge with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set to 1
(+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is shown (see +CNMI
command).
If no acknowledgement is given within the network timeout, an RP-ERROR is
sent to the network, the <mt> and <ds> parameters of the +CNMI command
are then reset to zero (do not show new message indication).
9.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax in text mode
:
AT+CNMA
Command syntax in PDU mode
:
AT+CNMA [ = <n> [ , <length> [ <CR>
PDU is entered
<ctrl-Z / ESC> ] ] ]
Note:
PDU is entered using <ackpdu> format instead of <pdu> format (e.g.. SMSC
address field is not present).
Example of acknowledgement of a new message in TEXT mode
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGF=1
Note : Set TEXT mode
OK
Note : TEXT mode valid
AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
Note : <mt>=2
OK
+CMT : “123456”,”98/10/01,12 :30
00+00”,129,4
,32,240, “15379”,129,5<CR><LF>
Received message
Note : message received
AT+CNMA
Note : acknowledge the message received
OK
Note : send positive acknowledgement to
the network
AT+CNMA
Note : try to acknowledge again
+CMS ERROR : 340
Note : no +CNMA acknowledgment
expected
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 85 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Example of acknowledgement of a new message in PDU mode:
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGF=0
Note : Set PDU mode
OK
Note : PDU mode valid
+CMT: ,29
07913366003000F1240B913366920547
F30000003003419404800B506215D42E
CFE7E17319
Note : message received
AT+CNMA=2,<length> <CR>
…
Pdu message …
<Ctrl-Z/ESC>
Note : negative acknowledgement for the
message.
OK
Note : send a negative acknowledgement
to the network (RP-ERROR) with PDU
message (<ackpdu> format).
9.3.3 Defined values :
<n> : Type of acknowledgement in PDU mode
0: send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT mode)
1: send RP-ACK with optional PDU message
2: send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message
<length>: Length of the PDU message
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 86 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.4 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS
9.4.1 Description :
This command allows the message storage area to be selected (for reading,
writing, etc).
9.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPMS=<mem1>,[<mem2>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CPMS=?
Note : Possible message storages
+CPMS: ((“SM”,”BM”,”SR”),(“SM”))
OK
Note :
Read, list, delete: SMS, CBM or SMS
Status Report
Write, send: SMS
AT+CPMS?
Note : Read
+CPMS: “SM”,3, 10,”SM”,3,10
OK
Note : Read, write…SMS from/to SIM
3 SMS are stored in SIM. 10 is the total
memory available in SIM
AT+CPMS=”AM”
Note : Select false message storage
+CMS ERROR: 302
AT+CPMS=”BM”
Note : Select CBM message storage
+CPMS: 2,20,3,10
OK
Note : Read, list, delete CBM from RAM 2
CBM are stored in RAM
AT+CPMS?
Note : Read
+CPMS: “BM”,2,20,”SM”,3,10
OK
Note :
Read list, delete CBM from RAM
Write SMS to SIM
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 87 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.4.3 Defined values :
<mem1>: Memory used to list, read and delete messages. It can be:
-“SM”: SMS message storage in SIM (default)
-“BM”: CBM message storage (in volatile memory).
-“SR” : Status Report message storage (in SIM if the EF-SMR file exists,
otherwise in the ME non volatile memory)
Note :
“SR” ME non volatile memory is cleared when another SIM card is inserted. It
is kept, even after a reset, while the same SIM card is used.
<mem2>: Memory used to write and send messages
- “SM” : SMS message storage in SIM (default).
If the command is correct, the following message indication is sent:
+CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>
When <mem1> is selected, all following +CMGL, +CMGR and +CMGD
commands are related to the type of SMS stored in this memory.
9.5 Preferred Message Format +CMGF
9.5.1 Description :
The message formats supported are
text mode
and
PDU mode
.
In PDU mode, a complete SMS Message including all header information is
given as a binary string (in hexadecimal format). Therefore, only the following
set of characters is allowed: {‘0’,’1’,’2’,’3’,’4’,’5’,’6’,’7’,’8’,’9’, ‘A’,
‘B’,’C’,’D’,’E’,’F’}. Each pair or character is converted to a byte (e.g.: ‘41’ is
converted to the ASCII character ‘A’, whose ASCII code is 0x41 or 65).
In Text mode, all commands and responses are in ASCII characters.
The selected format is stored in EEPROM by the +CSAS command.
9.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CMGF
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGF ?
Note : Current message format
+CMGF: 1
OK
Note : Text mode
AT+CMGF=?
Note : Possible message format
+CMGF: (0-1)
OK
Note : Text or PDU modes are available
Example, sending an SMS Message in PDU mode
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGF=0
Note : Set PDU mode
OK
Note : PDU mode valid
AT+CMGS=14<CR>
0001030691214365000004C9E9340B
Note : Send complete MSG in PDU mode,
no SC address
+CMGS: 4
OK
Note : MSG correctly sent, <mr> is
returned
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 88 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.5.3 Defined values :
The <pdu> message is composed of the SC address (00 means no SC address
given, use default SC address read with +CSCA command) and the TPDU
message.
In this example, the length in bytes of the TPDU buffer is 14, coded as GSM
03.40
In this case the TPDU is : 0x01 0x03 0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 0x00 0x00
0x04 0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B, which means regarding GSM 03.40 :
<fo> 0x01 (SMS-SUBMIT, no validity period)
<mr> (TP-MR) 0x03 (Message Reference)
<da> (TP-DA) 0x06 0x91 0x21 0x43 0x65 (destination address
+123456)
<pid> (TP-PID) 0x00 (Protocol Identifier)
<dcs> (TP-DCS) 0x00 (Data Coding Scheme : 7 bits alphabet)
<length> (TP-UDL) 0x04 (User Data Length, 4 characters of text)
TP-UD 0xC9 0xE9 0x34 0x0B (User Data : ISSY)
TPDU in hexadecimal format must be converted into two ASCII characters. For
example, the byte 0x2A is presented to the ME as two characters ‘2’ (ASCII 50)
and ‘A’ (ASCII 65).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 89 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.6 Save Settings +CSAS
9.6.1 Description :
All settings specified by the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are stored in
EEPROM if the SIM card is a Phase 1 card or in the SIM card if it is a Phase 2
SIM card.
9.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSAS
Command Possible responses
AT+CSAS
Note : Store +CSCA and +CSMP
parameters
OK
Note : Parameters saved
9.6.3 Defined values :
No parameter
9.7 Restore settings +CRES
9.7.1 Description :
All settings specified in the +CSCA and +CSMP commands are restored from
EEPROM if the SIM card is Phase 1 or from the SIM card if it is a Phase 2 one.
9.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CRES
Command Possible responses
AT+CRES
Note : Restore +CSCA and +CSMP
parameters
OK
Note : Parameters restored
9.7.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 90 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.8 Show text mode parameters +CSDH
9.8.1 Description :
This command gives additional information on text mode result codes. These
informations can be found in description of the +CMT, +CMGR, +CMGL
commands and responses.
9.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSDH=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+CSDH=0
Note: Set value to “do not show”
OK
AT+CSDH?
Note : Current value
+CSDH: 0
OK
Note : Do not show header values
9.8.3 Defined values:
<n>: show indicator
• 0: do not show header values
• 1: show the values in result codes
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 91 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.9 New message indication +CNMI
9.9.1 Description :
This command selects the procedure for message reception from the network.
9.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CNMI=<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Command Possible responses
AT+CNMI=2,1,0,0,0
Note : <mt>=1
OK
AT+CMTI : “SM”,1
Note : message received
AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
Note : <mt>=2
OK
+CMT : “123456”,”98/10/01,12 :30
00+00”,129,4
,32,240, “15379”,129,5<CR><LF>
Note : message received
AT+CNMI=2,0,0,1,0
Note : <ds>=1
OK
AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR>
Happy Birthday !<ctrl-Z>
Note : Send a message in text mode
+CMGS : 7
OK
Note : Successful transmission
+CDS : 2, 116, ”+33146290800”, 145,
“98/10/01,12 :30 :07+04”, “98/10/01 12
:30 :08+04”, 0
Note : message was correctly delivered
9.9.3 Defined values :
<mode> : controls the processing of unsolicited result codes
0: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full,
indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may
be discarded and replaced with the new received indications
1: Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result
codes when TA-TE link is reserved. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE
2: Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved and
flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the
TE
3: Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific
inband used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode
Important note : only <mode>=2 is supported.
Any other value for <mode> (0,1 or 3) is accepted (return code will be
OK
), but the processing of unsolicited result codes will be the same as
with<mode>=2.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 92 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<mt> : sets the result code indication routing for SMS-DELIVER indications.
Default is 1.
0: No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed.
1: SMS-DELIVERs are routed using unsolicited code : +CMTI: “SM”,<index>
2: SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages) are routed using unsolicited
code :
if PDU mode :
+CMT : [<alpha>,] <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu>
if text mode :
+CMT : <oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>, <fo>, <pid>, <dcs>,
<sca>, <tosca>, <length>] <CR><LF><data>
3: Class 3 SMS-DELIVERS are routed directly using code in <mt>=2 ; Other
classes messages result in indication <mt>=1
<bm> : defines the rules for storing the received CBMs (Cell Broadcast
Message) types. They depend also on the coding scheme (text or PDU) and the
setting of Select CBM Types (see +CSCB command). Default is 0.
0: No CBM indications are routed to the TE. The CBMs are stored.
1: The CBM is stored and an indication of the memory location is routed to
the customer application using unsolicited result code: +CBMI: “BM”, <index>
2: New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code.
If PDU mode :
+CBM : <length><CR><LF><pdu> or
If text mode :
+CBM :<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages> <CR><LF> <data>
3: Class 3 CBMs : as <bm>=2.
Other classes CBMs : as <bm>=1.
<ds> for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs. Default is 0.
0: No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed.
1: SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed using unsolicited code :
If PDU mode :
+CDS : <length> <CR> <LF> <pdu> (PDU mode) or
If text mode :
+CDS : <fo>,<mr>, [<ra>] , [<tora>], <scts>,<dt>,<st> (Text mode)
2: SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are stored and routed using the unsolicited result
code : +CDSI: “SR”,<index>
<bfr> Default is 0.
0: TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode> = 1 to 3 is entered (OK response shall be
given before flushing the codes)
1: TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode> 1…3 is entered.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 93 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.10 Read message +CMGR
9.10.1 Description :
This command allows the application to read stored messages. The messages
are read from the memory selected by +CPMS command.
9.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CMGR=<index>
Response syntax for text mode:
+CMGR :<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>,] <scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,
<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> (for SMS-DELIVER
only)
+CMGR : <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>,] [,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, [<vp>], <sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF> <data> (for SMS-SUBMIT only)
+CMGR : <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for SMS-
STATUS-REPORT only)
Response syntax for PDU mode :
+CMGR: <stat>, [<alpha>] ,<length> <CR><LF> <pdu>
A message read with status “REC UNREAD” will be updated in memory with
the status “REC READ”.
Note :
the <stat> parameter for SMS Status Reports is always “READ”.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 94 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Example :
Command Possible responses
AT+CMTI: “SM”,1
Note : New message received
AT+CMGR=1
Note : Read the message
+CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”,
”98/10/01,18 :22 :11+00”,<CR><LF>
ABCdefGHI
OK
AT+CMGR=1
Note : Read the message again
+CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”,
”98/10/01,18 :22 :11+00”,<CR><LF>
ABCdefGHI
OK
Note : Message is read now
AT+CMGR=2
Note : Read at a wrong index
+CMS ERROR: 321
Note : Error : invalid index
AT+CMGF=0 ;+CMGR=1
Note : In PDU mode
+CMGR: 2,,<length> <CR><LF><pdu>
OK
Note : Message is stored but unsent, no
<alpha>field
AT+CMGF=1;+CPMS=”SR”;+CNMI=,,,2
Reset to text mode, set read memory to
“SR”, and allow storage of further SMS
Status Report into “SR” memory
OK
AT+CMSS=3
Send an SMS previously stored
+CMSS: 160
OK
+CDSI: “SR”,1
New SMS Status Report stored in “SR”
memory at index 1
AT+CMGR=1
Read the SMS Status Report
+CMGR: "READ",6,160,
"+33612345678",129,"01/05/31,15:15:09
+00", "01/05/31,15:15:09+00",0
OK
9.10.3 Defined values :
See above.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 95 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.11 List message +CMGL
9.11.1 Description :
This command allows the application to read stored messages, by indicating
the type of the message to read. The messages are read from the memory
selected by the +CPMS command.
9.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax
:
AT+CMGL=<stat>
Response syntax for text mode:
+CMGL : <index>,<stat>,<da/oa>[,<alpha>], [<scts>, <tooa/toda>, <length>]
<CR><LF><data> (for SMS-DELIVER and SMS-SUBMIT, may be followed by
other <CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…)
+CMGL : <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (for
SMS-STATUS-REPORT only, may be followed by other
<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…)
Response syntax for PDU mode :
+CMGL : <index>,<stat>, [<alpha>], <length> <CR><LF> <pdu> (for SMS-
DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT and SMS-STATUS-REPORT, may be followed by other
<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>…)
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGL=“REC UNREAD”
Note : List unread messages in text mode
+CMGL: 1,”REC
UNREAD”,”0146290800”,
<CR><LF> I will be late
+CMGL: 3,”REC UNREAD”, “46290800”,
<CR><LF>See you tonight !
OK
Note : 2 messages are unread, these
messages will then have their status
changed to “REC READ”
AT+CMGL=”REC READ”
Note : List read messages in text mode
+CMGL: 2,”REC READ”,”0146290800”,
<CR><LF> Keep cool
OK
AT+CMGL=”STO SENT”
Note : List stored and sent messages in
text mode
OK
Note : No message found
AT+CMGL=1
Note : List read messages in PDU mode
+CMGL: 1,1,,26
<CR><LF>
07913366003000F3040B913366920547
F40013001190412530400741AA8E5A9C
5201
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 96 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.11.3 Defined values
<stat> possible values (status of messages in memory) :
Text mode
possible values
PDU mode
possible
values
Status of messages in memory
“REC UNREAD” 0 received unread messages
“REC READ” 1 received read messages
“STO UNSENT” 2 stored unsent messages
“STO SENT” 3 stored sent messages
“ALL” 4 all messages
Note :
For SMS Status Reports, only “ALL” / 4 and “READ” / 1 values of the <stat>
parameter will list messages ; other values will only return OK.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 97 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.12 Send message +CMGS
9.12.1 Description :
The <address> field is the address of the terminal to which the message is
sent. To send the message, simply type, <ctrl-Z> character (ASCII 26). The
text can contain all existing characters except <ctrl-Z> and <ESC> (ASCII 27).
This command can be aborted using the <ESC> character when entering text.
In PDU mode, only hexadecimal characters are used (‘0’…’9’,’A’…’F’).
9.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax in text mode
:
AT+CMGS= <da> [ ,<toda> ] <CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z / ESC >
Command syntax in PDU mode
:
AT+CMGS= <length> <CR>
PDU is entered
<ctrl-Z / ESC >
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR>
Please call me soon, Fred. <ctrl-Z>
Note : Send a message in text mode
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
Note : Successful transmission
AT+CMGS=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z>
Note : Send a message in PDU mode
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
Note : Successful transmission
The message reference, <mr>, which is returned to the application is allocated
by the product. This number begins with 0 and is incremented by one for each
outgoing message (successful and failure cases); it is cyclic on one byte
(0 follows 255).
Note:
this number is not a storage number – outgoing messages are not stored.
9.12.3 Defined values :
See above paragraphs.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 98 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.13 Write Message to Memory +CMGW
9.13.1 Description :
This command stores a message in memory (either SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-
DELIVERS). The memory location <index> is returned (no choice possible as
with phonebooks +CPBW).
Text or PDU is entered as described for the Send Message +CMGS command.
9.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax in text mode
:
(<index> is returned in both cases)
AT+CMGW= <oa/da> [,<tooa/toda> [,<stat> ] ] <CR>
enter text
<ctrl-Z / ESC>
Command syntax in PDU mode
:
AT+CMGW= <length> [,<stat>] <CR>
give PDU
<ctrl-Z / ESC>
Response syntax:
+CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if writing fails
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGW=”+33146290800”<CR>
Hello how are you ?<ctrl-Z>
Note : Write a message in text mode
+CMGW: 4
OK
Note : Message stored in index 4
AT+CMGW=<length><CR><pdu><ctrl-Z>
Note : Write a message in PDU mode
+CMGW: <index>
OK
Note : Message stored in <index>
9.13.3 Defined values :
Parameter Definition :
<oa/da> : Originating or Destination Address Value in string format.
<tooa/toda> : Type of Originating / Destination Address.
<stat>: Integer type in PDU mode
(default 2 for +CMGW)
, or string type
in text mode
(default
“
STO UNSENT
”
for +CMGW)
. Indicates
the status of message in memory. If <stat> is omitted, the
stored message is considered as a message to send.
<stat>
0: “REC UNREAD”
1: “REC READ”
2: “STO UNSENT”
3: “STO SENT”
<length> : Length of the actual data unit in bytes
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 99 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.14 Send Message From Storage +CMSS
9.14.1 Description :
This command sends a message stored at location value <index>.
9.14.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da> [,<toda>] ]
Response syntax:
+CMSS : <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> if sending fails
If a new recipient address <da> is given, it will be used instead of the one
stored with the message
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGW=0660123456<CR>
Today is my birthday
Note :
+CMGW : 5
OK
Note :Message stored with index 5
AT+CMSS=5, 0680654321
Note : Send the message 5 to a different
destination number
+CMSS :<mr>
OK
Note : Successful transmission
9.14.3 Defined values
<index>
<da>
<toda>
<mr>
See above descriptions.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 100 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.15 Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP
9.15.1 Description :
This command is used to select a value for <vp>, <pid>, and <dcs>.
9.15.2 Syntax ;
Command syntax : AT+CSMP=<fo>, <vp>, <pid>,<dcs>
Command Possible responses
AT+CSMP?
Note : current values
+CSMP: 0,0,0,0
OK
Note : No validity period
<dcs>= PCCP437 alphabet (8 bits
!
7
bits)
AT+CSMP=17,23,64,244
Note :<vp> = 23 (2 hours, relative format)
<dcs> = GSM 8 bits alphabet
OK
Note : Command correct
9.15.3 Defined values :
The <fo> byte comprises 6 different fields :
b7 b6 B5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
RP UDH
I
SRR VPF RD MTI
RP : Reply Path, not used in text mode.
UDHI : User Data Header Information, b6=1 if the beginning of the User
Data field contains a Header in addition to the short message. This
option is not supported in +CSMP command, but can be used in
PDU mode (+CMGS).
SRR : Status Report Request, b5=1 if a status report is requested. This
mode is supported.
VPF : Validity Period Format
b4=0 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is not present
b4=1 & b3=0 -> <vp> field is present in relative format
Others formats (absolute & enhanced) are not supported.
RD : Reject Duplicates, b2=1 to instruct the SC to reject an SMS-SUBMIT
for an SM still held in the SC which has the same <mr> and the
same <da> as the previously submitted SM from the same <oa>.
MTI : Message Type Indicator
b1=0 & b0=0 -> SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MS)
b1=0 & b0=1 -> SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MS to SC)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 101 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
In text mode <vp> is only coded in “
relative”
format. The default value is 167
(24 hours). This means that one byte can describe different values :
VP value Validity period value
0 to 143 (VP + 1) x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours)
144 to 167 12 hours + ( (VP – 143) x 30 minutes )
168 to 196 (VP – 166) x 1 day
197 to 255 (VP – 192) x 1 week
<pid> is used to indicate the higher layer protocol being used or indicates
interworking with a certain type of telematic device. For example, 0x22 is for
group 3 telefax, 0x24 is for voice telephone, 0x25 is for ERMES (European
Radio Messaging System).
<dcs> is used to determine the way the information is encoded. Compressed
text is not supported. Only GSM default alphabet, 8 bit data and UCS2
alphabet are supported.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 102 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.16 Delete message +CMGD
9.16.1 Description :
This command is used to delete one or several messages from preferred
message storage (“BM” SMS CB ‘RAM storage’, “SM” SMSPP storage ‘SIM
storage’ or “SR” SMS Status-Report storage).
9.16.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CMGD=<Index> [,<DelFalg>]
Command Possible responses
+CMTI:”SM”,3
Note : New message received
AT+CMGR=3
Note : Read it
+CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,”0146290800”,
“98/10/01,18 :19 :20+00” <CR><LF>
Message received!
Note : Unread message received from
0146290800 on the 01/10/1998 at
18H19m 20s
AT+CMGD=3
Note : Delete it
OK
Note : Message deleted
AT+CMGD=1,0 OK
Note : The message from the preferred
message storage at the location 1 is
deleted
AT+CMGD=1,1 OK
Note : All READ messages from the
preferred message storage are deleted
AT+CMGD=1,2 OK
Note : All READ messages and SENT
mobile originated messages are deleted
AT+CMGD=1,3 OK
Note : All READ, SENT and UNSENT
messages are deleted
AT+CMGD=1,4 OK
Note : All messages are deleted
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 103 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.16.3 Defined values
<index>
(1-20) When the preferred message storage is “BM”
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of SIM
Message memory when the preferred message storage is “SM”
or “SR”.
<DelFlag>
0 Delete message at location <index>.
1 Delete All READ messages
2 Delete All READ and SENT messages
3 Delete All READ, SENT and UNSENT messages
4 Delete All messages.
Note :
when the preferred message storage is “SR”, as SMS status reports are
assumed to have a “READ” status, if <DelFlag> is greater than 0, all SMS
status reports will be deleted.
9.17 Service center address +CSCA
9.17.1 Description
This command is used to indicate to which service center the message must
be sent.
The product has no default value for this address. If the application tries to
send a message without having indicated the service center address, an error
will be generated.
Therefore, the application must indicate the SC address when initialising the
SMS. This address is then permanently valid. The application may change it if
necessary.
9.17.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSCA=<sca>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGS= “+33146290800”<CR>
Hello, how are you?<ctrl-Z>
Note : Send a message
+CMS ERROR: 330
Note : service center unknown
AT+CSCA=”0696741234”
Note : Service center initialization
OK
Note :
AT+CMGS=”+33146290800”<CR>
Happy Birthday ! <ctrl-Z>
Note :
+CMGS: 1
OK
Note : Successful transmission
9.17.3 Defined values :
<sca>
See above descriptions
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 104 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.18 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB
9.18.1 Description
This command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME. It is
allowed in both PDU and text modes.
9.18.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CSCB= <mode>, [ <mids>, [ <dcss> ] ]
Important note : Test read command (AT+CSCB ?) is not supported.
Command Possible responses
AT+CSCB=0,”15-17,50,86”,””
Note : Accept SMS-CB types, 15,16,17,50
and 86 in any language
OK
Note : CBMs can be received
+CBM : 10<CR><LF>
00112233445566778899
Note : CBM length of a received Cell
Broadcast message (SMS-CB), CBM bytes
in PDU mode)
AT+CSCB=1
Note : Deactivate the reception of CBMs
OK
Note : CBM reception is completely
stopped
9.18.3 Defined values :
The <bm> parameter of +CNMI command controls the message indication.
The activation of CBM reception (<mode>=0) can select only specific Message
Identifiers (list in <mids>) for specific Languages (list in <dcss>), but the
deactivation stops any reception of CBMs (only AT+CSCB=1 is allowed)
Message Identifiers (<mids> parameter) indicates to which type of message
identifiers the ME should listen.
<dcss> : Supported languages
0 German
1 English
2 Italian
3 French
4 Spanish
5 Dutch
6 Swedish
7 Danish
8 Portuguese
9 Finnish
10 Norwegian
11 Greek
12 Turkish
13 Hungarian
14 Polish
32 Czech.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 105 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.19 Cell Broadcast Message Identifiers +WCBM
9.19.1 Description :
This specific command is used to read the EF-CBMI SIM file.
Remark: The EF-CBMI file is not used with the +CSCB command.
The application should read this file (using AT+WCBM ?) and combine the
Message Identifiers with those required by the application.
9.19.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WCBM= <mids>
Command Possible responses
AT+WCBM=”10,100,1000,10000”
Note : Write 4 messages identifiers in EF-
CBMI
OK
Note : CBMIs are stored in EF-CBMI
AT+WCBM?
Note : Read the CBMIs in EF-CBMI
+WCBM=”10,100,1000,100000”
OK
Note : 4 CBMIs are stored in EF-CBMI
9.19.3 Defined values :
<mids>
See above descriptions
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 106 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.20 Message status modification +WMSC
9.20.1 Description
This commands allow the manipulation of a message status. The accepted
status changes are from READ to NOT READ and vice versa, and from SENT to
NOT SENT and vice versa.
9.20.2 Syntax:
Command syntax : AT+WMSC= <loc>, <status>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGR=2 +CMGR: ”REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01
14:19:44+04” <CR><LF>
Hello All of you !
OK
AT+WMSC=2,“REC UNREAD”
AT+CMGR=2 +CMGR: ”REC UNREAD”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01
14:19:44+04” <CR><LF>
Hello All of you !
OK
Possible responses:
OK if the location is valid
+CMS ERROR: 321 if <loc> is invalid or free
+CMS ERROR: 302 if the new <status> and the previous one are
incompatible (1)
Note 1 :
If all the parameters are correct, the product overwrites the whole SMS in SIM.
Only the first byte (Status byte) is changed.
9.20.3 Defined values :
<loc> location number of the stored message (integer)
<status> new status to be stored, as for +CMGL command :
PDU Mode Text Mode
0 “REC UNREAD”
1 “REC READ”
2 “STO UNSENT”
3 “STO SENT”
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 107 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.21 Message overwriting +WMGO
9.21.1 Description :
The WMGO command is used to specify a location in the SIM, for the next
SMS storing with +CMGW command. The defined location is used only once :
+WMGO has to be used again to perform another overwrite.
Important notes :
• If the external application specifies a free location, and an incoming
message is received before the AT+CMGW command occurs, the
product may store the incoming message at the specified available
location. If the user then issues an AT+CMGW command without
changing the location with another AT+WMGO, the received message
will be overwritten.
• The location number is not kept over a software reset.
9.21.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WMGO= <loc>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMGW=”+33146290800”<CR>
Hello how are you ?<ctrl-Z>
Note : Write a message in text mode
+CMGW: 4
OK
Note : Message stored in index 4
AT+WMGO=4
AT+CMGW=”+33146299704”<CR>
You are overwritten<ctrl-Z>
+CMGW: 4
OK
Note : New Message stored in index 4
AT+WMGO? +WMGO: 4
OK
AT+WMGO=999 +CMS ERROR: 321
AT+WMGO=?
+WMGO: [<range of location>]
OK
9.21.3 Defined values :
<loc> location number of the SIM record to write or overwrite. Number
depending of the SIM capacity.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 108 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
9.22 Unchange SMS Status +WUSS
9.22.1 Description :
The +WUSS command allows to keep the SMS Status to UNREAD after
+CMGR or +CMGL.
9.22.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WUSS = <mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+WUSS=1 OK
+CMTI: "SM",10
Note : SMS has been received in index 10
AT+CMGR=10 +CMGR: "REC
UNREAD","+33660669023",,"03/02/13,18:
36:35+00"<CR><LF>
Do you want to change state ?
OK
AT+CMGR=10 +CMGR: "REC
UNREAD","+33660669023",,"03/02/13,18:
36:35+00"<CR><LF>
Do you want to change state ?
OK
Note : The state hasn’t be updated
AT+WUSS=0 OK
+CMTI: "SM",11
Note : SMS has been received in index 11
AT+CMGR=10 +CMGR: "REC
UNREAD","+33660669023",,"03/02/13,18:
56:55+00"<CR><LF>
It is me again.
OK
AT+CMGR=10 +CMGR: "REC
READ","+33660669023",,"03/02/13,18:56:
55+00"<CR><LF>
It is me again.
OK
Note : The state has been updated
9.22.3 Defined values :
<mode>
<mode> : 1 The SMS Status will not change.
<mode> : 0 The SMS Status will change.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 109 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10 Supplementary Services commands
10.1 Call forwarding +CCFC
10.1.1 Description :
This commands allows control of the "call forwarding" supplementary service.
10.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax :
AT+CCFC= <reason>, <mode> [, <number> [,<type> [,<class> [,<subaddr> [,
<satype> [,<time> ] ] ] ] ] ]
Response syntax:
+CCFC: <status>, <class1> [, <number>, <type> [,<subaddr>,
<satype> [,<time> ] ] ] [ <CR><LF>+CCFC: <status>, <class2> [, <number>,
<type> [,<subaddr>, <satype> [,<time> ] ] ] [ … ] ]
Command Possible responses
AT+CCFC=0,3,”0146290800”
Note : Register to an unconditional call
forwarding
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CCFC=0,2
Note : Interrogate unconditional call
forwarding
+CCFC:1,1,”0146290800”,129
Note : Call forwarding active for voice
<CR><LF>+CCFC:1,2,”0146290802”,129
Note : Call forwarding active for data
<CR><LF>+CCFC:1,4,”0146290804”,129
OK
Note : Call forwarding active for fax
AT+CCFC=0,4
Note : Erase unconditional call forwarding
OK
Note : Command valid
+CCFC responses are not sorted by <class> parameter, but only by the order
of network response.
10.1.3 Defined values
<reason>
0 Unconditional
1 Mobile busy
2 No reply
3 Not reachable
4 All call forwarding
5 All conditional call forwarding
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 110 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<mode>
0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Interrogate
3 Registration
4 Erasure
<type> : TON/NPI (Type of address byte in integer format) (default 145 when
dialling string includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129)
<class>
1 Voice
2 Data
4 Fax
8 Short Messages
7 All classes
Note: The combination of different classes is not supported, it will only result in
the activation / deactivation / status request of all classes (7).
If the FDN phonebook is activated, the registration is restricted to the phone
numbers written in it.
if <Class> parameter is not given in the command, 7 is used as default value.
<subaddr> not managed
<satype> not managed
<time> For <reason> = 2 (No reply), 4 (all calls forwarding) and 5 (all
conditional call forwarding), time to wait (1 to 30) in seconds before call is
forwarded. Default value is 20.
< status >
0 : not active
1 : active
10.2 Call barring +CLCK
10.2.1 Description :
This command allows control of the call barring supplementary service.
Locking, unlocking or querying the status of call barring is possible for all
classes or for a specific class, but not a combination of some.
10.2.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax : AT+CLCK= <fac>, <mode> [, <password> [, <class> ] ]
Response Syntax: (for <mode>=2 and command successful)
+CLCK: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>, <class2> [… ] ]
Command Possible responses
AT+CLCK=”AO”,1,1234
Note :
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CLCK=”AO”,0,5555
Note :
+CME ERROR: 16
Note : Wrong password
AT+CLCK=”AO”,0,1234
Note :
OK
Note : Command valid
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 111 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.2.3 Defined values :
<fac>
“AO”, “OI”, “OX” barring for outgoing calls
“AI”, “IR” barring for incoming calls
“AG”, “AC”,”AB” for all calls barring (<mode>=0 only)
<mode>
0: Unlocks the facility
1: Locks the facility
2: Query status
<class> : see description for +CLCK command (Facility lock) or +CCFC (Call
forwarding).
Note : A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in
the activation / deactivation / status request for all classes (7).
The password code is over 4 digits maximum.
< status >
0 : not active
1 : active
10.3 Modify SS password +CPWD
10.3.1 Description :
This command is used by the application to change the supplementary service
password.
10.3.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax: AT+CPWD=<fac>,<OldPassword>, <NewPassword>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPWD=”AO”,1234,5555
Note : Change Call Barring password
OK
Note : Password changed
AT+CPWD=”AO”,1234,5555
Note : Change password
+CME ERROR: 16
Note : Wrong password
AT+CPWD=”AO”,5555,1234
Note : Change password
OK
Note : Password changed
10.3.3 Defined values :
<fac>
see +CLCK command with only “P2” facility added (SIM PIN2).
Note : Whatever the facility specified, the change of password applies to all
calls barring.
<OldPassword>, <NewPassword>
The password code is over up to 8 digits for P2 facility (4 to 8 digits).
The password code is over up to 4 digits for the other facilities (1 to 4 digits) .
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 112 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.4 Call waiting +CCWA
10.4.1 Description :
This command allows control of the call waiting supplementary service.
The product will send a +CCWA unsolicited result code when the call waiting
service is enabled.
10.4.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax : AT+CCWA=<n>, [ <mode> [, <class> ] ]
Response Syntax: (for <mode>=2 and command successful)
+CCWA: <status> [, <class1> [ <CR><LF>+CCWA: <status>, <class2>
[ … ] ]
Unsolicited result: +CCWA: <number>, <type>, <class> [ ,<alpha>] (when
waiting service is enabled)
Command Possible responses
AT+CCWA=1,1,1
Note : Enable call waiting for voice calls
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CCWA=1,2
Note : Interrogate call waiting
+CCWA:1,1
OK
Note : Call waiting active for voice calls
+CCWA:”0146290800”,145,1,”FREDDY”
Note : Number and name of the waiting
voice call
or
+CCWA:”0146290800”,145,1,”80234596
78FFFF”
Note : Number and name of the waiting
voice call (UCS2 format)
AT+CCWA=1,0,7
Note : Erase call waiting
OK
Note : Command valid
+CCWA:,,1
Note : voice call waiting (no number)
10.4.3 Defined values :
<n> : result code presentation status in the TA
<n>
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
<mode>
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
2 : Query status
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 113 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<class>
1: Voice
2 : Data
4: Fax
8: Short Messages
7: All classes (voice, data and fax)
A combination of different classes is not supported. It will only result in the
activation / deactivation / status request for all classes (7).
<status>
0: not active
1 : active
<alpha> : optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in the ADN or FDN phonebook.
10.5 Calling line identification restriction +CLIR
10.5.1 Description :
This command allows control of the calling line identification restriction
supplementary service.
10.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CLIR=<n>
Response syntax : +CLIR :<n>,<m> (for AT+CLIR ?)
Command Possible responses
AT+CLIR=2
Note :
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CLIR ?
Note : Ask for current functionality
+CLIR :<n>,<m>
OK
Note : <n> and <m> as defined here-
below
10.5.3 Defined values :
<n>: sets the line ID restriction for outgoing calls
0: Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR
service
1: CLIR invocation
2: CLIR suppression
<m>: shows the subscriber CLIR status in the network
0: CLIR not provisioned
1: CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
2: Unknown (no network…)
3: CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
4: CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 114 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.6 Calling line identification presentation +CLIP
10.6.1 Description :
This command allows control of the Calling Line Identifier presentation
supplementary service. When presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identifier) is
enabled (and calling subscriber allows), +CLIP response is returned after every
RING (or +CRING) result code.
10.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CLIP=<n>
Response syntax :
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
(as response to AT+CLIP?)
+CLIP: <number>, <type>[ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ]
(for an
incoming call, after each RING or +CRING indication)
Command Possible responses
AT+CLIP=1
Note : Enable CLIP
OK
Note : CLIP is enabled
AT+CLIP?
Note : Ask for current functionality
+CLIP:<n>,<m>
OK
Note : <n> and <m> defined as below
RING
Note : Incoming call
+CLIP: “0146290800”,129,1,,”FRED”
Note : Incoming call with number and
name presentation
RING
Note : Incoming call
+CLIP:
“0146290800”,129,1,,”8000204212FFFF
”
Note : Incoming call with number and
name presentation (UCS2 format)
AT+CLIP=0
Note : Disable CLIP presentation
OK
Note : Command valid
10.6.3 Defined values :
<n>: parameter sets/shows the result code presentation in the TA
0: Disable
1: Enable
<m>: parameter shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network
0: CLIP not provisioned
1: CLIP provisioned
2: Unknown (no network…)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 115 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.7 Connected line identification presentation +COLP
10.7.1 Description :
This command allows control of the connected line identification presentation
supplementary service - useful for call forwarding of the connected line.
10.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+COLP=<n>
Response syntax:
+COLP: <n>,<m> (as response to AT+COLP?)
+COLP: <number>,<type> [ ,<subaddr>, <satype>, <alpha> ]
after ATD command, before OK or CONNECT <speed>
Command Possible responses
AT+COLP=1
Note : Activate COLP
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+COLP?
Note : Ask for current functionality
+COLP:1,1
OK
Note : COLP is enabled and provisioned
ATD146290928;
Note : Outgoing call
+COLP:”0146290928”,129,,”JOE”
or
+COLP:“0146290800”,129,1,,”80002042
12FFFF”
(UCS2 format)
OK
Note : Connected outgoing line number
and name presentation
AT+COLP=0
Note : Deactivate COLP
OK
Note : Command valid
10.7.3 Defined values
<n>: parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA
0: Disable
1: Enable
<m>: parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network
0: COLP not provisioned
1: COLP provisioned
2: Unknown (no network)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 116 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.8 Advice of charge +CAOC
10.8.1 Description :
This refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service (GSM 02.24 and
GSM 02.86) which enables the subscriber to obtain information on call cost.
With <mode>=0, the command returns the current call meter value (CCM)
from the ME.
If AOC is supported, the command can also enable unsolicited event reporting
on CCM information.
The unsolicited result code +CCCM: <ccm> is sent when the CCM value
changes. Deactivation of unsolicited event reporting is performed with the
same command.
If AOC is supported, the Read command indicates whether unsolicited
reporting is activated or not.
10.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CAOC= <mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CAOC=0
Note : Query CCM value
+CAOC: “000A08”
OK
Note : Display Current Call Meter value
(CCM=2568)
AT+CAOC=1
Note : Deactivate unsolicited report of CCM
value
OK
Note : CCM report deactivated
AT+CAOC=2
Note : Activate unsolicited report of CCM
value
OK
Note : CCM report activated
AT+CAOC ?
Note : Request mode
+CAOC :<mode>
OK
Note : Display unsolicited report mode (1
or 2)
AT+CAOC=?
Note : Request supported modes
+CAOC : (0-2)
OK
Note : 0,1,2 modes supported
10.8.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: query CCM value
1: deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
2: activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value
<ccm> string type; three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal
format (e.g. “00001E” corresponds to the decimal value 30); value is in home
units and bytes are coded in a similar way as the ACMmax value in SIM.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 117 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.9 Accumulated call meter +CACM
10.9.1 Description :
This command resets the Advice of Charge for accumulated call meter value in
SIM file EFACM. The ACM contains the total number of home units for both the
current and preceding calls. SIM PIN2 is required to reset the value. If setting
fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
The Read command returns the current value of the ACM.
The ACM value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6 digits.
10.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CACM :<pin2 passwd>
Possible response : +CACM : <acm value>
Command Possible responses
AT+CACM?
Note : Request ACM value
+CACM: “000400”
OK
Note : Display ACM value (ACM=1024)
AT+CACM= 1234
Note : Request ACM reset, real PIN2 is
“1234”
OK
Note : ACM value is reset
AT+CACM= 0000
Note : Request ACM reset with wrong
PIN2 value
+CME ERROR : 16
Note : Incorrect password
AT+CACM ?
Note : Request ACM value
+CACM: “000000”
OK
Note : Display ACM value (ACM = 0)
10.9.3 Defined values:
<pin2 passwd>
string type
<acm value>
string type coded as <ccm> under +CAOC.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 118 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.10 Accumulated call meter maximum +CAMM
10.10.1 Description :
The set command sets the Advice of Charge related to accumulated call meter
maximum value in SIM file EFACMmax. ACMmax contains the maximum number
of home units the subscriber is allowed to spend. When ACM (see +CACM)
reaches ACMmax, calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value. If
setting fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
The Read command returns the current value of ACMmax.
The ACMmax value (entered or displayed) is in hexadecimal format with 6
digits.
10.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CAMM:<ACMmax>,<pin2 passwd>
Command Possible responses
AT+CAMM=”000400”,1234
Note : Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is
“1234”
OK
Note : ACMmax updated to 1024
AT+CAMM=”000400”,0000
Note : Request ACMmax update, PIN2 is
“1234”
+CME ERROR : 16
Note : Incorrect password
AT+CAMM ?
Note : Request ACMmax value
+CAMM : “000400”
OK
Note : ACMmax = 1024
10.10.3 Defined values:
<ACMmax>
string type coded as <ccm> under +CAOC. Value 0 disables ACMmax feature.
<pin2 passwd>
string type
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 119 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.11 Price per unit and currency table +CPUC
10.11.1 Description :
The set command sets the parameters for Advice of Charge related to price per
unit and the currency table in SIM file EFPUCT. PUCT information can be used
to convert the home units (as used in +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM) into
currency units. SIM PIN2 is required to set the parameters. If setting fails in an
ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned.
10.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CPUC :<currency>,<ppu>,<pin2 passwd>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPUC=”FFR”,”0.82”,1234
Note : Request Currency and Price per unit
update
OK
AT+CPUC=”FFR”,”0.82”,1111
Note : Request Currency and PPU update
(wrong PIN2)
+ CME ERROR : 16
Note : Incorrect password
AT+CPUC?
Note : Request Currency and Price
+CPUC:”FFR”,”0.82”
OK
Note : Currency= “FFR”
Price per unit= “0.82”
10.11.3 Defined values:
<currency>
string type
<ppu>
string type
<pin2 passwd>
string type
10.12 Call related supplementary services +CHLD
10.12.1 Description :
This command is used to manage call hold and multiparty conversation
(conference call). Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released or added to a
conversation.
10.12.2 Syntax:
Command Possible responses
AT+CHLD=<n>
OK
Note : if n is within the defined values
AT+CHLD=?
+CHLD: (0-4, 11-17, 21-27)
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 120 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.12.3 Defined values
<n>
0: Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a
waiting call.
1: Release all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other (held or waiting)
call.
1
X
: Release a specific call
X
(active, held or waiting)
2: Place all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or
waiting) call.
2
X
: Place all active calls on hold except call
X
with which communication is
supported.
3: Adds a held call to the conversation.
4 : Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls
(Explicit Call Transfer).
10.13 List current calls +CLCC
10.13.1 Description :
This command is used to return a list of current calls.
10.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CLCC
Response syntax: OK
(if no calls are available)
Else :
+CLCC : <id1>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [,<number>, <type>
[<alpha>]]
[<CR><LF>
+CLCC: <id2>, <dir>, <stat>, <mode>, <mpty> [ ,<number>, <type>
[<alpha>]][...]]]
<CR><LF>
OK
Command Possible responses
RING
Note: Incoming call
AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"0146294079",129
OK
ATA
Note: Answering the cal
OK
AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,1,1,0,0,"0146294079",129
OK
ATD0146299704;
Note: Outgoing call
OK
AT+CLCC
Note: Before the phone called is ringing
+CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,"0146294079",129
OK
AT+CLCC
Note: The phone called is ringing
+CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,"0146294079",129
OK
AT+CLCC
Note: The call is being answered
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"0146294079",129
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 121 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.13.3 Defined values :
<id
x
> integer type, call identification as described in GSM 02.30
<dir> (direction of the call)
0: mobile originated (MO) call
1: mobile terminated (MT) call
<stat> (state of the call):
0: active
1: held
2: dialling (MO call)
3: alerting (MO call)
4: incoming (MT call)
5: waiting (MT call)
<mode> (teleservice) :
0 : voice
1: data
2: fax
9: unknown
<mpty> (multiparty)
0: call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1: call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> string type phone number in format specified by <type>
<type> type of address byte in integer format
<alpha> optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number>,
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook.
(for UCS2 format see
commands examples +CLIP, +CCWA or +COLP)
10.14 Supplementary service notifications +CSSN
10.14.1 Description :
This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated
notifications.
10.14.2 Syntax:
Command syntax: AT+CSSN= <n>, <m>
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a
mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code
+CSSI:<code1>[,<index>] is sent before any other MO call setup result codes.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 122 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a
call, unsolicited result code +CSSU:<code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>]] is
sent.
10.14.3 Defined values
<n> (parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status) :
0: disable
1: enable
<m> (parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status) :
0 : disable
1 : enable
<code1>
4: closed User Group call, with CUG <index>
5: outgoing calls are barred
6: incoming calls are barred
7: CLIR suppression rejected
<code2>
1: closed User Group call, with CUG <index>
2: call has been put on hold (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields
may be present)
3: call has been retrieved (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may
be present)
4: multiparty call entered (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may
be present)
5: call on hold has been released (during a voice call)
7: call is being connected (alerting) with the remote party in alerting state in
Explicit Call Transfer operation (during a voice call)
8: call has been connected with the other remote party in Explicit Call Transfer
operation (during a voice call, <number> & <type> fields may be present)
<index> Closed User Group index
<number> String type phone number
<type> Type of address
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 123 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.15 Unstructured supplementary service data +CUSD
10.15.1 Description :
The USSD supplementary service is described in GSM 02.90.
It is based on sequences of digits which may be entered by a mobile user with
a handset. A sequence entered is sent to the network which replies with an
alphanumerical string, for display only, or for display plus request for the next
sequence.
This command is used to:
• enable or disable the CUSD indication sent to the application by the
product when an incoming USSD is received
• send and receive USSD strings
10.15.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CUSD = <n> [ ,<str> [ <dcs> ] ]
Note : in case of enabled presentation, a +CUSD (as direct answer to a send
USSD) is then indicated with :
+CUSD: <m> [,<str>,<dcs> ]
10.15.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Disable the result code presentation
1 : Enable the result code presentation
2 : Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<m>
0: no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
1: further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2: USSD terminated by network
4: Operation not supported
<str>: network string (name), converted in the selected character set
<dcs> : the data coding scheme received (GSM TS 03.38).
10.15.4 Syntax To send and receive USSD :
Command syntax: AT+CUSD= <n> [,<str> [,<dcs>]]
Note : Please, be aware that the send USSD command needs the user to re-
enter the <n> parameter !
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 124 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
10.15.5 Defined values To send and receive USSD :
<str> is the USSD string to be sent.
<dcs> the default alphabet and the UCS2 alphabet are supported.
When the product sends a USSD, an OK response is first returned, and the
intermediate +CUSD indication comes subsequently.
In case of error, a “+CUSD:4” indication is returned.
10.16 Closed user group +CCUG
10.16.1 Description :
The Closed User Group Supplementary Service enables subscribers to form
groups with restricted access (both access to and from).
The CUG supplementary service is described in GSM 02.85. This service is
provided on prior arrangement with the service provider. Subscription options
should be selected at implementation.
The +CCUG command is used to:
• activate/deactivate the control of CUG information for all following
outgoing calls,
• select a CUG index,
• suppress outgoing access (OA). OA allows or not a member of a CUG to
place calls outside the CUG.
• suppress the preferential CUG. Preferential is the default CUG used by
the network when it does not receive an explicit CUG index.
10.16.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CCUG = <n> [ ,<index> [ <info> ] ]
10.16.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Disable CUG mode (default)
1 : Enable CUG mode
<index>
0-9: CUG index (0 default),
10: Preferred CUG
<info>
0: No information (default)
1: Suppress OA
2: Suppress preferential CUG
3 : Suppress OA and preferential CUG
Remark : to activate the control of the CUG information by call, add [G] or [g] to
the ATD command. In this case, index and info values will be used.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 125 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11 Data commands
11.1 Using AT Commands during a data connection
To use AT Commands during a data connection (e.g. while the product is in
online mode), it is necessary either to switch to offline mode, or to use the
specific +WMUX command to enable Commands / Data multiplexing.
11.1.1 Switch from online to offline mode
To switch from online mode to offline mode, the “+++” sequence must be
sent. Following this, the product gets back to offline mode with an “OK”
response, and a AT command can be sent.
Note : the “+++” sequence will only work with the +ICF command using one
of the following settings:
• 8 data bits, with no parity
• 7 data bits, with even parity
11.1.2 Switch from offline to online mode
See the ATO command description.
11.2 Bearer type selection +CBST
11.2.1 Description :
This command applies to both outgoing and incoming data calls, but in a
different way. For an outgoing call, the two parameters (e.g. <speed> and
<ce>) are meaningful, whereas for an incoming call, only the <ce> parameter
is used.
Note 1) For incoming calls, if <ce> is set to ‘T’ only and the network offers
only ‘NT’ or vice versa, then the call is released.
Note 2) Values 2 and 3 for <ce> parameter are equivalent to former values
100 and 101. Those values are managed for compatibility purpose, but they
shouldn’t be used in new code (2 as former 100, and 3 as former 101).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 126 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CBST= <speed>, <name>, <ce>
Command Possible responses
AT+CBST=?
Note : Test command
+CBST: (0-8,65,66,68,70,71),(0),(0-3)
OK
Note : Data 14,4 kbps not supported
AT+CBST=?
Note : Test command
+CBST: (0-
8,12,14,65,66,68,70,71,75),(0),(0-3)
OK
Note : Data 14,4 kbps supported
AT+CBST=7,0,1
Note : Ask for a bearer
OK
Note : Bearer supported
AT+CBST?
Note : Current values
+CBST:7,0,1
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CBST=81,0,0
Note : Ask for a bearer
+CME ERROR : 4
Note : Bearer not supported
11.2.3 Defined values :
<speed>
0 (default): Autobauding (modem type : none)
1: 300 bps (modem type: V.21)
2: 1200 bps (modem type: V.22)
3: 1200/75 bps (modem type: V.23)
4: 2400 bps (modem type: V.22bis)
5: 2400 bps (modem type: V.26ter)
6: 4800 bps (modem type: V.32)
7: 9600 bps (modem type: V.32)
8: Specific
12: 9600 bps (modem type: V.34)
14(*): 1400 bps (modem type : V.34)
65: 300 bps (modem type: V.110)
66: 1200 bps (modem type: V.110)
68: 2400 bps (modem type: V.110)
70: 4800 bps (modem type: V.110)
71: 9600 bps (modem type: V.110)
75(*): 14400 bps (modem type: V.110)
(*)This speed configures data and fax 14.4 kbps bearers.
<name>
No data compression is provided and only asynchronous modem is supported :
<name> = 0.
<ce> : Connection element
0: Transparent only
1(default) : Non transparent only
2: Transparent preferred
3: Non transparent preferred
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 127 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.3 Select mode +FCLASS
11.3.1 Description
This command sets the product into a particular operating mode (data or fax).
11.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FCLASS= <n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FCLASS=?
Note : Test command
+FCLASS: (0,1)
OK
Note : Fax class 2 not supported
AT+FCLASS=?
Note : Test command
+FCLASS: (0,1,2)
OK
Note : Fax class 2 supported
AT+FCLASS=0
Note : Data mode requested
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+FCLASS=1
Note : Fax class 1 mode requested
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+FCLASS?
Note : Current value
+FCLASS: 1
OK
Note : Command valid
11.3.3 Defined values :
<n>
0: Data
1: Fax class 1
2: Fax class 2
11.4 Service reporting control +CR
11.4.1 Description :
This command enables a detailed type of service reporting in the case of
incoming or outgoing data calls. Before sending the CONNECT response to the
application, the product will specify the type of data connection that has been
set up.
These report types are :
+CR: ASYNC For asynchronous transparent
+CR: REL ASYNC For asynchronous non-
transparent
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 128 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CR=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CR=0
Note : Extended reports disabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CR=1
Note : Extended reports enabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CR? +CR: 1
OK
AT+CR=? +CR: (0,1)
OK
11.4.3 Defined values:
<mode>:
0: disable extended reports
1: enable extended reports
11.5 Cellular result codes +CRC
11.5.1 Description :
This command allows more detailed ring information for an incoming call
(voice or data). Instead of the string “RING”, an extended string is used to
indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE).
These extended indications are:
+CRING: ASYNC for asynchronous transparent
+CRING: REL ASYNC for asynchronous non-transparent
+CRING: VOICE for normal speech.
+CRING : FAX for fax calls
11.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+CRC=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+CRC=0
Note : Extended reports disabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CRC=1
Note : Extended reports enabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CRC? +CRC: 1
OK
AT+CRC=? +CRC: (0,1)
OK
11.5.3 Defined values:
<mode>:
0: disable extended reports
1: enable extended reports
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 129 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.6 DTE-DCE local rate reporting +ILRR
11.6.1 Description :
This parameter controls whether the extended-format “+ILRR:<rate>”
information text is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE or not. The <rate>
value reported represents the current (negotiated or renegotiated) DTE-DCE
speed rate.
If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted in an incoming or
outgoing data call, after any data compression report, and before any final
result code (CONNECT).
11.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+ILRR = <value>
Command Possible responses
AT+ILRR=0
Note : Local port rate report disabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+ILRR=1
Note : Local port rate report enabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+ILRR? +ILRR: 1
OK
AT+ILRR=? +ILRR: (0,1)
OK
11.6.3 Defined values:
<value>:
0: disable local port rate report
1: enable local port rate report
<rate> can take the following values: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,
19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 (kbps).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 130 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.7 Radio link protocol parameters +CRLP
11.7.1 Description :
This command modifies the radio link protocol parameters used for non
transparent data transmission.
11.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CRLP=<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>, <ver>
Command Possible responses
AT+CRLP=?
Note : Test command
+CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-255),(1,255),(0)
OK
Note : V42bis not supported
AT+CRLP=?
Note : Test command
+CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(40-
255),(1,255),(0,1)
OK
Note : V42bis supported
AT+CRLP=61,61,48,6,0
Note : Set new parameters
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CRLP?
Note : Current values
+CRLP: 61,61,48,6,0
Note : Command valid
11.7.3 Defined values :
<iws> : Down window size, (default is 61)
Range 0 to 61
<mws> : Up window size, (default is 61)
Range 0 to 61
<T1> : Acknowledgement timer in units of 10ms, (default is 48)
Range 40 to 255
<N2> : Retransmission attempts, (default is 6),
Range 1 to 255
<ver> : Version number.
0 : V42bis is not supported.
1 : V42bis is supported
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 131 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.8 Others radio link parameters +DOPT
11.8.1 Description :
This Wavecom specific command modifies some supplementary radio link
protocol parameters.
11.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+DOPT=<reset_allowed>,<dtx_allowed>
Command Possible responses
AT+DOPT=1
Note : Set new parameters (2
nd value is the
default one)
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+DOPT=?
Note : Test command
(0,1),(0,1)
OK
Note : DTX is supported
AT+DOPT=1,1
Note : Set new parameters
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+DOPT?
Note : Current values
1,1
OK
Note : Command valid
11.8.3 Defined values :
<reset_allowed>
0 : Data communication is hung up in case of bad radio link.
1: Data communication is held, even in case of bad radio link (possible loss of
data). Default value
< dtx_allowed >
0 : Normal mode
1 : Economic battery mode (not supported by all networks), default value
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 132 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.9 Select data compression %C
11.9.1 Description :
This command enables or disables data compression negotiation if this feature
is supported by the product.
11.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT%C<n>
Command Possible responses
AT%C0
Note : Command
OK
Note : Feature supported
AT%C2
Note : Command
OK
Note : V42bis supported
AT%C?
Note : Current value
2
OK
Note : Command valid
11.9.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : no compression (default value)
2 : V42bis compression if supported
11.10 V42 bis data compression +DS
11.10.1 Description :
This command enables or disables V.42bis data compression if this feature is
supported by the product. Beware that the product only allows the MNP2
protocol.
11.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+DS=<dir>,<neg>,<P1>,<P2>
Command Possible responses
AT+DS=?
Note : Test command
+DS: (0-3),(0,1),(512-4096),(6-250)
OK
Note:
AT+DS=3,0,4096,250
Note : Set new parameters
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+DS?
Note : Current values
+DS: 3,0,4096,250
OK
Note : Command valid
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 133 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.10.3 Defined values :
< dir >: specifies the desired direction(s) of operation of the data compression
function; from the DTE point of view
0: Negotiated … no compression
1: Transmit only
2: Receive only
3: Both directions, accept any direction (default value)
< neg >: specifies whether or not the DCE should continue to operate if the
desired result is not obtained
0: Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as
specified in <dir> (default value)
1: Disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in
<dir>
< P1 > : specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries that should be
negotiated, (default is 4096)
Range 512 to 4096,
< P2 > : specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated, (default is 20).
Range 6 to 250:
11.11 V42 bis data compression report +DR
11.11.1 Description :
This command determines whether or not the use of V42bis is allowed for an
incoming or outgoing data call, if the feature is provided by the product.
The intermediate result code represents current DCE-DCE data compression
type. The format of this result code is as follows:
+DR: NONE Data compression is not in use
+DR: V42B Rec. V.42 bis is in use in both directions
+DR: V42B RD Rec. V.42 bis is in use in receive direction only
+DR: V42B TD Rec. V.42 bis is in use in transmit direction only
The +DR intermediate result code, if enabled, is issued before the final result
code, after the service report control +CR and before the +ILRR intermediate
report.
11.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+DR=<status>
Command Possible responses
AT+DR=?
Note : Test command
+DR: (0,1)
OK
Note :
AT+DR=1
Note : Reporting enabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+DR?
Note : Current value
+DR: 1
OK
Note : Command valid
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 134 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
11.11.3 Defined values :
<status> : state of the V42bis enabling
0 : disabled (default value)
1 : enabled
11.12 Select data error correcting mode \N
11.12.1 Description :
This command controls the preferred error correcting mode for a data
connection, if the feature is provided by the product. It can only be used for
transparent data transmission.
If the MNP2 feature is provided, the product authorizes MNP error correction
mode.
11.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT\N<n>
Command Possible responses
AT\N0
Note : no error correction
OK
AT\N?
Note : Current value
0
OK
Note : Command valid
AT\N4
+CME ERROR: 3
11.12.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Disables error correction mode (default value)
5 : Selects MNP error correction mode
Note : +E prefixed commands of V.25 ter are not used.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 135 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
12 Fax commands
The fax service provided by the product is class 1 compatible. However, only
the core commands defined by ITU T.31 are supported. This means that
commands such as AT+FAR, +FCC, etc. are not supported.
Autobauding must be enabled to set up the product for fax.
All commands described hereafter will return an ERROR response code if they
are not issued during communication.
12.1 Transmit speed +FTM
12.1.1 Description :
This command sets the fax transmit speed.
12.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FTM=<speed>
Command Possible responses
AT+FTM=?
Note : Test command
(24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,1
46)
OK
Note : Fax 14.4 kbps supported
12.1.3 Defined values :
<speed>
24: 2400 bps (modem type: V.27ter)
48: 4800 bps (modem type: V.27ter)
72: 7200 bps (modem type: V.29)
73: 7200 bps (long) (modem type: V.17)
74: 7200 bps (short) (modem type: V.17)
96: 9600 bps (modem type: V.29)
97: 9600 bps (long) (modem type: V.17)
98: 9600 bps (short) (modem type: V.17)
121: 12000 bps (long) (modem type: V.17)
122: 12000 bps (short) (modem type: V.17)
145: 14400 bps (long) (modem type: V.17)
146: 14400 bps (short) (modem type: V.17)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 136 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
12.2 Receive speed +FRM
12.2.1 Description :
This command sets the fax receive speed.
12.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FRM=<speed>
Command Possible responses
AT+FRM=?
Note : Test command
(24,48,72,73,74,96,97,98,121,122,145,1
46)
OK
Note : Fax 14.4 kbps supported
12.2.3 Defined values :
The speed values are identical to those of the +FTM command
(see 12.1.3).
12.3 HDLC transmit speed +FTH
12.3.1 Description :
This command sets the fax transmit speed, using the HDLC protocol.
12.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FTH=<speed>
Command Possible responses
AT+FTH=?
Note : Test command
(3)
OK
Note :
12.3.3 Defined values :
<speed>
3 : V.21 channels 300 bps.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 137 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
12.4 HDLC receive speed +FRH
12.4.1 Description :
This command sets the fax receive speed, using the HDLC protocol.
12.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FRH=<speed>
Command Possible responses
AT+FRH=?
Note : Test command
(3)
OK
Note :
12.4.3 Defined values :
<speed>
3 : V.21 channels 300 bps.
12.5 Stop transmission and wait +FTS
12.5.1 Description :
This command stops transmission for the specified period.
12.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FTS=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FTS=?
Note : Test command
(0-255)
OK
Note :
AT+FTS=50
Note : Stops transmission and waits for
0.5s
OK
Note : Command valid
12.5.3 Defined values :
<n> : silence period (unit is 10 ms).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 138 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
12.6 Receive silence +FRS
12.6.1 Description :
This command causes the modem to stop listening to the network and report
back to the DTE after the specified period.
It is aborted if any character is received from the application.
12.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FRS=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FRS=?
Note : Test command
(0-255)
OK
Note :
AT+FRS=50
Note : Stops transmission and waits for
0.5s
OK
Note : Command valid
12.6.3 Defined values :
<n> : no-listening period (units is 10 ms).
12.7 Setting up the PC fax application:
The recommended fax application is
Delrina WinFax v8.0
.
It should be configured as follows (menu Setup/Fax Modem Setup):
• Port: any com
• Model: Generic Class 1 (hardware flow control). A generic class 1 with
software flow control can also be selected.
• Init: default string is suitable for the product
• Reset: default string is suitable for the product
• Maximum Transmit Rate: 9600 baud (if higher, rate will be automatically
cut back to 9600 baud).
Other settings are of no relevance for the GSM unit : they can be modified.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 139 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13 Fax class 2 commands
If the feature is supported, the commands +FDT, +FDR, +FET, +FPTS and +FK
must be used during call only.
The other commands, +FBOR, +FBUF, +FCQ, +FCR, +FDCC, +FDIS, +FLID and
+FPHCTO, cannot be used during call.
13.1 Transmit Data +FDT
13.1.1 Description :
This command prefixes data transmission.
13.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FDT
13.1.3 Defined values :
No parameter
13.2 Receive Data +FDR
13.2.1 Description :
This command initiates data reception.
13.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+FDR
13.2.3 Defined values :
No parameter
13.3 Transmit page ponctuation +FET
13.3.1 Description :
This command ponctuates page and document transmission after the +FDT
command. It indicates that the current page is complete, and if there are
additional pages to send.
13.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FET=<ppm>
The remote station should respond with +FPTS:<ppr>
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 140 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.3.3 Defined values :
<ppm>
0: Another page next, same document
1: Another document next
2: No more pages or documents
3: Another partial page next
4: Another page, procedure interrupt
5: Another document, procedure interrupt
6: All done, procedure interrupt
13.4 Page transfer status parameters +FPTS
13.4.1 Description :
This command sets post page transfer response.
13.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FPTS=<ppr>
13.4.3 Defined values :
<ppr>
1: Page good
2: Page bad ; retry requested
3: Page good ; retrain requested
4: Page bad ; interrupt requested
5: Page good ; interrupt requested
13.5 Terminate Session +FK
13.5.1 Description :
This command causes the product to terminate the session.
13.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FK
13.5.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 141 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.6 Page transfer bit order +FBOR
13.6.1 Description :
This command sets the bit order for negotiation and fax page transfer. The
order is related to the bit order on radio link.
13.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FBOR=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FBOR=?
Note : Test command
(0-3)
OK
Note :
13.6.3 Defined values :
<n> Bit order for negotiation Bit order for page transfer
0(default) Same Same
1 Same Reverse
2 Reverse Same
3 Reverse Reverse
13.7 Buffer size report +FBUF
13.7.1 Description :
This command requests the size of the exchange buffer between the modem
and the fax application.
Note : Only the read command is supported.
13.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+FBUF
Command Possible responses
AT+FBUF?
Note : Current value
1024
OK
Note : Command valid
13.7.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 142 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.8 Copy quality checking +FCQ
13.8.1 Description :
This command controls Copy Quality checking for receiving faxes.
13.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+FCQ=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FCQ=?
Note : Test command
(0)
OK
Note :
13.8.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : default value, the only supported
13.9 Capability to receive +FCR
13.9.1 Description :
This commands controls the capability of the modem to accept incoming faxes.
13.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FCR=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FCR=?
Note : Test command
(0,1)
OK
Note :
13.9.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : The modem will not accept incoming faxes.
1 : The modem will accept incoming faxes (default value).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 143 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.10 Current sessions parameters +FDIS
13.10.1 Description :
This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for the
current session.
13.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FDIS=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>
Command Possible responses
AT+FDIS=?
Note :
(0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM not supported
Fax 14,4 kbps supported
(0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM not supported
Fax 14,4 kbps not supported
13.10.3 Defined values :
This command accepts eight numeric parameters (of the T30 standard).
<vr>: Vertical Resolution,
0 : Normal: 98 lpi (default value)
1 : Fine: 196 lpi
<br>: Bit Rate,
0 : 2400 bps (modem type: V.27 ter)
1 : 4800 bps (modem type: V.27 ter)
2 : 7200 bps (modem type: V.29)
3 : 9600 bps (modem type: V.29, V.17). Default value if 14,4 kbps data feature
IS NOTsupported.
4(*) : 12000 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17)
5(*) : 14400 bps (modem type: V.33, V.17). Default value if 14,4 kbps data
feature IS supported.
(*) Only when product supports 14,4 kbps data feature
<wd>: Page Width,
0 : 1728 pixels in 215 mm (default value)
1 : 2048 pixels in 255 mm
2 : 2432 pixels in 303 mm
<ln>: Page Length,
0 : A4, 297 mm
1 : B4, 364 mm
2 : Unlimited (default value)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 144 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<df> : Data Compression Format,
0 : 1-D modified Huffman (default value)
1 : 2-D modified read
2 : 2-D uncompressed mode
3 : 2-D modified modified read
<ec> : Error Correction,
0 : Disable Fax ECM. Default value if fax ECM feature IS NOT supported.
1(*) : Enable Fax ECM, 64 bytes/frame
2(*) : Enable Fax ECM, 256 bytes/frame. Default value if fax ECM feature IS
supported.
(*) Only when product supports fax Error Correction Mode feature
<bf> : Binary File Transfer,
Only <bf> : 0 is supported.
<st> : Scan Time per line,
<st> Description if <vr>=0 Description if <vr>=1
0 (default) 0 ms 0 ms
1 5 ms 5 ms
2 10 ms 5 ms
3 10 ms 10 ms
4 20 ms 10 ms
5 20 ms 20 ms
6 40 ms 20 ms
7 40 ms 40 ms
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 145 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.11 DCE capabilities parameters +FDCC
13.11.1 Description :
This command allows the DTE to parameter the capabilities used for any
session.
13.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FDCC=<vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>
Command Possible responses
AT+ FDCC=?
Note : Test command
(0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM supported
Fax 14,4 kbps supported
(0,1),(0-5),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM not supported
Fax 14,4 kbps supported
(0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0-2),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM supported
Fax 14,4 kbps not supported
(0,1),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2),(0-3),(0),(0),(0-7)
OK
Note : Fax ECM not supported
Fax 14,4 kbps not supported
13.11.3 Defined values :
The parameters and default values are the same as for the +FDIS command
(see 13.10.3)
.
13.12 Local ID string +FLID
13.12.1 Description :
This command allows the local ID string to be defined.
13.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FLID=”<string>”
Command Possible responses
AT+FLID=?
Note : Test command
(20),(32-127)
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 146 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.12.3 Defined values :
<string>
The string has a limited size of 20 characters, and accepts any characters
between 32 and 127 as ASCII codes..
13.13 Page transfer timeout parameter +FPHCTO
13.13.1 Description :
This command sets the time interval during which the modem expects another
page before it assumes there are no more pages and aborts.
13.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+FPHCT0=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+FPHCTO=?
Note : Test command
(0-255)
OK
13.13.3 Defined values :
<n> : waiting period for another page in seconds.
Range : 0 to 255, default value is 30.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 147 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
13.14 Fax Class 2 indication messages
The following messages are used to indicate DCE Responses. They are used in
communication only.
+FCON:
This response indicates connection with a fax machine.
+FDCS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>:
This response reports current session capabilities. The parameters are the
same than those of AT+FDIS command (see 13.10).
+FDIS <vr>,<br>,<wd>,<ln>,<df>,<ec>,<bf>,<st>:
This response reports remote capabilities. The parameters are the same
than those of AT+FDIS command (see 13.10).
+FCFR:
This response indicates confirmation to receive.
+FTSI “<string>”:
This response reports the received transmit station ID string.
+FCSI “<string>”:
This response reports the received called station ID string.
+FPTS <ppr>:
This response reports received page transfer status. The parameter is the
same than the one of AT+FPTS command (see 13.4).
+FET <ppm>:
This response reports post page message response. The parameter is the
same than the one of AT+FET command (see 13.2.3).
+FHNG <cause>:
This response reports the hang-up cause. It indicates that the call has
been terminated.
<cause>
0: Normal end of connection.
10: Unspecified transmit phase A error.
20: Unspecified transmit phase B error.
40: Unspecified transmit phase C error.
50: Unspecified transmit phase D error.
70: Unspecified receive phase B error.
90: Unspecified receive phase C error.
100: Unspecified receive phase D error.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 148 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14 V24-V25 commands
14.1 Fixed DTE rate +IPR
14.1.1 Description
This commands specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept
commands.
Notes :
• Autobauding is supported (operating from 2400 to 57600 baud).
• Any AT command issued by the DTE must start with both capital ‘A’
and ‘T’ (or ‘/’) or both lower case ‘a’ and ‘t’ (or ‘/’), otherwise the DCE
may return some garbage characters and become desynchronized.
Should this happen, the DTE simply issues ‘AT\r’ (at 2400 or 4800
bauds) once or twice or just ‘AT’ (at 9600 bauds) to resynchronize the
modem.
• The DTE waits for 1ms after receiving the last character of the AT
response (which is always ‘\n’ or 0x0A) to send a new AT command at
either the same rate or a new rate. Should this delay be ignored, the DCE
can become desynchronised. Once again, sending ’AT\r’ once or twice or
just ‘AT’ causes the DCE to recover.
Caution:
when starting up, if autobauding is enabled and no AT command has yet been
received, the product sends all unsolicited responses (like RING) at 9600
bauds.
14.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+IPR=<value>
Command Possible responses
AT+IPR?
Note :
+IPR: 9600
OK
Note : Current rate is 9600 bps
AT+IPR=?
Note :
+IPR:
(0,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600),(300,600,1200,11520
0)
OK
Note : Possible values, according to V25 ter Recommandation:
the first set of values indicates the range of auto-detectable baud
rates (including 0). The second set of values indicates the baud
rates supported by the DCE but not auto-detectable.
AT+IPR=38400
Note :
OK
Note : Disable autobauding and set rate to 38400 bps
AT+IPR=0
Note :
OK
Note : Enable autobauding
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 149 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.1.3 Defined values:
<value> : baud rates that can be used by the DCE
• 0 (enables autobauding)
• 300
• 600
• 1200
• 2400
• 4800
• 9600
• 19200
• 38400
• 57600
• 115200
14.2 DTE-DCE character framing +ICF
14.2.1 Description :
This command is used to determine the local serial port start-stop
(asynchronous) character framing used by the DCE.
14.2.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+ICF= <format>[, <parity>]
Command Possible responses
AT+ICF?
Note :
+ICF: 3,4
OK
Note : Current values
AT+ICF=?
Note :
+ICF: (1-6),(0-4)
OK
Note : Possible values
AT+ICF=2,0
Note :
OK
Note : New values
14.2.3 Defined values:
<format>
0 : Autodetect
(not supported)
1 : 8 Data 2 Stop
(supported)
<parity> parameter is ignored.
2 : 8 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop
(supported)
if no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value.
3 : 8 Data 1 Stop
(supported)
<parity> parameter is ignored.
4 : 7 Data 2 Stop
(supported)
<parity> parameter is ignored.
5 : 7 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop
(supported)
if no <parity> provided, 3 is used by default as <parity> value.
6 : 7 Data 1 Stop
(supported)
<parity> parameter is ignored.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 150 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<parity>
0 : Odd
(supported)
1 : Even
(supported)
2 : Mark
(supported)
3 : Space
(supported)
4 : None
(supported)
Notes :
• Setting a character framing different from 8N1 will disable autobauding
if it was activated. Setting it back to 8N1 will not re-enable autobaud.
• Setting the framing to 8N1 will let the autobauding enabled, if it was
already enabled (implying framing was already 8N1).
14.3 DTE-DCE local flow control +IFC
14.3.1 Description :
This command is used to control the operation of local flow control between
the DTE and DCE.
14.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+IFC=<DCE_by_DTE>,<DTE_by_DCE>
Command Possible responses
AT+IFC?
Note :
+IFC: 2,2
OK
Note : Current values
AT+IFC=?
Note :
+IFC: (0,2),(0,2)
OK
Note : Possible values
AT+IFC=0,0
Note :
OK
Note : New values
14.3.3 Defined values :
< DCE_by_DTE >
0 : none
(supported)
1 : Xon/Xoff local circuit 103
(not supported)
2 : RTS
(supported)
3 : Xon/Xoff global on circuit 103
(not supported)
Important note
:
when this parameter is set to 2 (DTE invokes flow control through RTS) DCE
behaviour is as follows:
If the DCE has never detected RTS in the high (or ON) condition since
startup, then it ignores RTS (assuming this signal is not connected).
As soon as the DCE detects RTS high the signal acts on it. Therefore
subsequent RTS transition to OFF will prevent the DCE from sending any
further data in both online and offline modes.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 151 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
This behaviour allows the user to use the default settings (hardware flow
control) and leave RTS disconnected. In the case where RTS is connected
and is high at least once, it acts on the DCE.
< DTE_by_DCE >
0 : none
(supported)
1 : Xon/Xoff circuit 104
(not supported)
2 : CTS
(supported)
When this parameter is set to 0 (none) then CTS is kept high all the time.
14.4 Set DCD signal &C
14.4.1 Description :
This commands controls the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) signal.
14.4.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&C<n>
Command Possible responses
AT&C0
Note : DCD always on
OK
Note : Command valid
AT&C1
Note : DCD matches state of the remote
modem’s data carrier
OK
Note : Command valid
14.4.3 Defined values:
<n>
0 : DCD always on
1 : DCD matches state of the remote modem’s data carrier
14.5 Set DTR signal &D
14.5.1 Description :
This commands controls the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 152 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.5.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&D<n>
Command Possible responses
AT&D0
Note : The DTR signal is ignored
OK
Note : Command valid
AT&D1
Note : Modem switches from data to
command mode when DTR switches from
ON to OFF
OK
Note : Command valid
AT&D2
Note : Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF,
the call is released
OK
Note : Command valid
14.5.3 Defined values:
<n>
0 : The DTR signal is ignored
1 : Modem switches from data to command mode when DTR switches from
ON to OFF
2 : Upon DTR switch from ON to OFF, the call is released
14.6 Set DSR signal &S
14.6.1 Description :
This commands controls the Data Set Ready (DSR) signal.
14.6.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&S<n>
Command Possible responses
AT&S0
Note : DSR always on
OK
Note : Command valid
AT&S1
Note : DSR off in command mode, DSR on
in data mode
OK
Note : Command valid
14.6.3 Defined values:
<n>
0 : DSR always on
1 : DSR off in command mode, DSR on in data mode
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 153 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.7 Back to online mode O
14.7.1 Description
If a connection has been established and the ME is in command mode, this
command allows you to return to online data mode.
14.7.2 Syntax
Command syntax : ATO
Command Possible responses
ATO
Return from offline mode to online mode
OK
14.7.3 Defined values :
No parameter
14.8 Result code suppression Q
14.8.1 Description :
This command determines whether the mobile equipment sends result codes
or not
14.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATQ<n>
Command Possible responses
ATQ0
Note : DCE transmits result codes
OK
Note : Command valid
ATQ1
Note : Result codes are suppressed and
not transmitted
Note : No response
14.8.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : DCE transmits result codes
1 : Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 154 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.9 DCE response format V
14.9.1 Description :
This command determines whether the DCE response format uses or not the
header characters <CR><LF>, and the result codes are provided as numeric or
verbose.
14.9.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATV<n>
Command Possible responses
ATV0
Note : DCE transmits limited headers and
trailers and numeric result codes
0
Note : Command is valid (0 means OK)
ATV1
Note : DCE transmits full headers and
trailers and verbose response text
OK
Note : Command valid
14.9.3 Defined values :
<n>=0 <n>=1
Information responses <text><CR><LF> <CR><LF>
<text><CR><LF>
Result codes <numeric code><CR> <CR><LF>
<verbose code><CR><LF>
14.10 Default configuration Z
14.10.1 Description :
This command restores the configuration profile. Any call is released.
14.10.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATZ
Command Possible responses
ATZ
Note :
Ok
Note : Command valid
14.10.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 155 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.11 Save configuration &W
14.11.1 Description :
This commands writes the active configuration to a non-volatile memory
(EEPROM). Description of the stored parameters is given in appendix
Parameters storage (§19.10)
14.11.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&W
Command Possible responses
AT&W
Note : Writes current configuration to
EEPROM
OK
Note : Command valid
14.11.3 Defined values :
No parameter
14.12 Auto-tests &T
14.12.1 Description :
This command allows to trigger various auto-tests.
14.12.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&T<n>
Command Possible responses
AT&T0
Note : Perform software auto-tests
OK
Note : No software problem detected, all
checksums are correct
AT&T1
Note : Do the audio loop test (close)
OK
Note : Command valid
AT&T2
Note : Stop the audio loop test (open)
OK
Note : Command valid
14.12.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Perform software auto-tests
The response will be OK if no software problem is detected (EEPROM,
RAM and ROM checksums), otherwise a simple ERROR response is sent.
1 : Do the audio loop test (close)
This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker).
2 : Stop the audio loop test (open)
This is used to validate the audio loop (microphone to speaker).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 156 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.13 Echo E
14.13.1 Description :
This command is used to determine whether the modem echoes characters
received by an external application (DTE) or not.
14.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATE<n>
Command Possible responses
ATE0
Note : Characters are not echoed
OK
Note : Done
ATE1
Note : Characters are echoed
OK
Note : Done
14.13.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Characters are not echoed
1 : Characters are echoed
14.14 Restore factory settings &F
14.14.1 Description :
This command is used to restore the factory settings from EEPROM.
It only restores the parameters that can be found in table 19.10 (Parameters
storage) with AT&F column checked. Those parameters are restored in RAM
and in E2P, owerwriting the profile set with AT&W.
14.14.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&F[<n>]
Command Possible responses
AT&F
Note : Ask for restoring the factory settings
OK
Note : Done
AT&F0
Note : idem
OK
Note : Done
14.14.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : restore factory setting
No other value supported
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 157 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.15 Display configuration &V
14.15.1 Description
This command is used to display the modem configuration.
14.15.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT&V<n>
The parameters displayed are the following :
Q:
val1
, V:
val2
, S0:
val3
, S2:
val4
, S3:
val5
, S4:
val6
, S5:
val7
,
+CR:
val8
, +CRC:
val9
, +CMEE:
val10
, +CBST:
val11
,
+SPEAKER:
val12
, +ECHO:
val13
, &C:
val14
, &D:
val15
, %C:
val16
+IPR:
val17
, +ICF:
val18
, +IFC:
val19
Command Possible responses
AT&V
Note : Display active parameters in RAM
Q:0 V:1 S0:000 S2:043 S3:013 S4:010
S5:008
+CR:0 +CRC:0 +CMEE:0 +CBST:0,0,1
+SPEAKER:0 +ECHO:0,0 &C:1 &D:2 %C:0
+IPR:9600 +ICF:3,4 +IFC:2,2
OK
Note : Done
For Echo the first value corresponds to
Echo cancellation 1.
14.15.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Display the modem configuration in RAM. (default value if no parameter
provided)
1 : Display the modem configuration in EEPROM.
2 : Display the modem factory configuration.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 158 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.16 Request identification information I
14.16.1 Description :
This command causes the product to transmit one or more lines of specific
information text.
14.16.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : ATI<n>
Command Possible responses
ATI0
Note : Manufacturer and model
identifications
WAVECOM MODEM
900P
OK
Note : GSM 900 MHz primary band
ATI3
Note : Revision identification
440_09gm.Q2406A 1266500 020503
17:06
OK
Note : Software release 4.40, generated
on the 05th of February 2003
ATI6
Note : Modem data features
DATA RATES:
AUTOBAUD,300,1200,1200/75,2400,480
0,9600,14400
DATA MODES : T/NT,ASYNCHRONOUS
FAX CLASS 1,2
OK
Note : Done
ATI7
Note : Modem voice features
SPEECH CODINGS: FR,EFR,HR
OK
Note : Done
14.16.3 Defined values :
<n>
0 : Display manufacturer followed by model identification.
(equivalent to +CGMI and +CGMM).
3 : Display revision identification
(equivalent to +CGMR).
4 : Display modem configuration in RAM
(equivalent to &V0).
5 : Display modem configuration in EEPROM
(equivalent to &V1).
6 : Display modem data features.
Lists the supported data rates, data modes, and fax classes.
7 : Display modem voice features.
Other values : “OK” string is sent back.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 159 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
14.17 Data / Commands Multiplexing +WMUX
14.17.1 Description
This specific command allows to manage the data / AT commands
multiplexing mode. See appendix 19.13 for the Data / Commands multiplexing
protocol description.
14.17.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WMUX=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+WMUX=? +WMUX: (0-1)
OK
AT+WMUX? +WMUX: 0
OK
Note : Data / Commands multiplexing
disabled.
AT+WMUX=1
Note : Enable Data / Commands
multiplexing.
OK
14.17.3 Defined values
<mode>
0: Multiplexing disabled. When the product is online (data communication in
progress), no AT command can be used (default).
1: Multiplexing enabled. Data flows and AT commands are multiplexed
while in online mode (data communication in progress).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 160 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15 Specific AT commands
15.1 Cell environment description +CCED
15.1.1 Description :
This command can be used by the application to retrieve the parameters of the
main cell and of up to six neighbouring cells.
There are two possible methods for the external application to ascertain these
cell parameters :
• on request by the application or
• automatically by the product every 5 seconds.
Automatic mode is not supported during registration.
15.1.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+CCED=<mode>[, <requested dump>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CCED=0
Note: last request was AT+CCED=0,3
(main cell and neighbors 1 to 6): you
can see MCC,MNC sequences (here
208,20)
+CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,24,,,0
,,,0,208,20,0006,989b,37,835,20,208,2
0,0002,02a9,37,831,12,208,20,0101,79
66,34,818,13,208,20,0006,9899,39,713
,9,208,20,0002,0a72,33,711,12,208,20,
0101,03fb,36,824,10,1
OK
AT+CCED=0,1
Note : Only Main cell request
+CCED:208,20,0002,0418,37,706,25,,,0
,,,0
OK
AT+CCED=0,1
Note: Call in progress : RXLev and
RXQual are empty, RxLevFull,
RxLevSub, RxQualFull and RxQualSub
have data.
+CCED:208,10,189C,,19,85,,31,32,,0,0,
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 161 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.1.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0 : One shot requested
1 : Automatic shots requested
2 : Stop automatic shots
<requested dump>
1 : Main Cell :
• if the Cell Identity is available
MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full,
RxLev Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub, Idle TS
• if the Cell Identity is not available
MCC, MNC, LAC,, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev, RxLev Full, RxLev
Sub, RxQual, RxQual Full, RxQual Sub, Idle TS
2 : Neighbour1 to Neighbour6 :
• if the Cell Identity is available
MCC, MNC, LAC, CI, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev
• if the Cell Identity is not available
MCC, MNC, LAC,, BSIC, BCCH Freq (absolute), RxLev
4 : Timing Advance
8 : Main cell RSSI indications (RxLev), in a range from 0 to 31
Notes:
• The response for the requested dump 1, 2 and 4 will be:
+CCED :<value1>, … , <valuen>
OK
where <value> is the ASCII string of the values (in decimal form except
the LAC and CI values which are in hexadecimal form) of the parameters.
If a field cannot be measured – or is meaningless – the parameter is not
filled in, and two consecutive commas are sent.
• The response for the requested dump 8 will be a +CSQ response and not
a +CCED response. The 07.07 format for +CSQ is respected. The <ber>
is not evaluated by this command, so the <ber> value will always be 99.
+CSQ :<rssi>, 99
OK
When automatic shots are selected, this +CSQ response is sent every
time the <rssi> measured by the product changes. Automatic shots are
supported in idle mode and during communication. The activation or
deactivation of this flow (8) does not affect the other flows.
• In idle mode, only RxLev measurements (on the main cell and on the
neighboring cells) are made.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 162 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
• Combination of the requested dump is supported (addition of the values
1, 2, 4 and 8):
Value Requested dump Value Requested dump
1 +CCED response: Main
Cell only
9 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with Main
Cell only
2 +CCED response:
Neighbors 1 to 6
10 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with
Neighbors 1 to 6
3 +CCED response: Main
Cell, then Neighbors 1 to
6
11 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with Main
Cell, then Neighbors 1 to 6
4 +CCED response: Timing
Advance only
12 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with
Timing Advance only
5 +CCED response: Main
Cell, then Timing
Advance
13 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with Main
Cell, then Timing Advance
6 +CCED response:
Neighbors 1 to 6, then
Timing Advance
14 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with
Neighbors 1 to 6, then
Timing Advance
7 +CCED response: Main
Cell, then its Timing
Advance, then Neighbors
1 to 6, with each Timing
Advance inserted
between cells results
15 +CSQ response, then
+CCED response with Main
Cell, then its Timing
Advance, then Neighbors 1
to 6, with each Timing
Advance inserted between
cells results
8 +CSQ response : Main
Cell RSSI indications
No
value
Last value used for a CCED
request, or 15
• If <requested dump> parameter is not provided, the one of the last
+CCED command will be used, or 15 (default value).
• Values of MCC/MNC are set to 0 in the case of “No service”.
15.2 General Indications +WIND
15.2.1 Description :
Wavecom has introduced a general mechanism to send unsolicited non-
standardized indications to the application. These indications are:
• indication of a physical change on the SIM detect pin from the connector
(meaning SIM inserted, SIM removed)
• indication during mobile originated call setup that the calling party is
ringing.
• Indication of the availability of the product to receive AT commands after
boot.
For each indication, a “bit flow” has to be indicated.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 163 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.2.2 Syntax:
Command syntax: AT+WIND= <IndLevel >
Command Possible responses
AT+WIND? +WIND: 0OK
AT+WIND=255 OK
Note: The SIM has been removed
+WIND: 0
Note: The SIM presence pin has been
detected as “SIM removed”
Note: The SIM has been inserted
+WIND: 1
Note: The SIM presence pin has been
detected as “SIM inserted”
Note: The network service is available
for an emergency call
+WIND: 7
Note: The initialization has been
completed
+WIND: 4
The AT+WIND? command is supported and indicates the <allowed bit flows>.
AT+WIND settings are automatically stored in non volatile memory (EEPROM).
This means the &W command does not need to be used and the selected
flows are always activated after boot.
Default value is 0: no flow activated, no indication.
AT+WIND=? gives the possible value range (0-4095)
The unsolicited response will then be:
+WIND : <event> [ ,<idx> ]
<idx>: Call identifier, defined in +CLCC command.
Or for event 10:
+WIND: <event>,<phonebook>,<status>,…,<phonebook>,<status>
Or for event 11:
+WIND: <event>,[“<checksum of SM>”],[“<checksum of FD>”],[“<checksum
of ON>”],[“<checksum of SN>”] ,[“<checksum of EN>”],[“<checksum of LD>”]
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 164 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.2.3 Defined values :
<IndLevel>
0 : no unsolicited “+WIND: <IndNb>” will occur (default value)
1 (bit 0) : Hardware SIM Insert / Remove indications (Rack open/close) or
SIM presence after software reset
2 (bit 1) : Calling party alert indication
4 (bit 2) : Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks,
AOC, SMS), but still in emergency mode.
8 (bit 3) : the product is ready to process all AT commands, at the end of
init or after swapping to ADN in case of FDN configuration
16 (bit 4) : a new call identifier has been created (after an ATD command,
+CCWA indication)
32 (bit 5) : an active, held or waiting call has been released by network or
other party
64 (bit 6) : Network service available indication
128 (bit 7) : Network lost indication
256 (bit 8) : Audio ON indication
512 (bit 9) : SIM Phonebooks reload status
1024 (bit 10) : Sim phonebooks checksum indication
2048 (bit 11) : Interruption indication (only if FTR_INT is activated)
Combination (addition of the values) is used to allow more than one indication
flow : 0 ≤ Ind Level ≤ 4095
The response is OK if the values are in the previous range.
The supported events are:
<event>
0 : The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM removed”
1 : The SIM presence pin has been detected as “SIM inserted”
2 : Calling party is alerting
3 : Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC,
SMS), at init or after AT+CFUN=1
4 : Product is ready to process all AT commands, end of phonebook init or
swap (FDN to ADN)
5 : Call <idx> has been created (after ATD or +CCWA…)
6 : Call <idx> has been released, after a NO CARRIER, a +CSSU: 5 indication,
or after the release of a call waiting
7 : The network service is available for an emergency call.
8 : The network is lost.
9 : Audio ON.
10 : Show reload status of each SIM phonebook after init phase (after Power-
ON or SIM insertion).
11 : Show the checksum of SIM phonebooks after loading
12 : An interruption has occurred
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 165 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Or for event 10:
<phonebook> : SIM phonebook
“SM”
“FD”
“ON”
“SN”
“EN”
<status> :
0 : Not Reloaded from SIM (no change since last init or SIM removal)
1 : Reloaded from SIM to internal memory (at least one entry has
changed)
Or for event 11:
<checksum> : 128-bit “fingerprint” of the phonebook.
Note : If the service of the phonebook is not loaded or not present, the
checksum is not displayed and two comas without checksum are
displayed (,,).
15.3 Analog digital converters measurements +ADC
15.3.1 Description:
This command gets the (DC level * 1024) of ADC A, ADC B, and possibly ADC
C. These voltages are coded on 10 bits..
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 166 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.3.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+ADC=<n>
Response syntax : +ADC: <ADCValA>,<ADCValB>[,<ADCValC>]
Command Possible responses
AT+ADC=?
Note : Ask for the list of possible values
+ADC: (0-1)
Note : possible values 0 or 1
AT+ADC=0
Note : Select 2 converters (mode 0)
OK
Note : 2 converters mode selected
AT+ADC?
Note : Ask for the current values of
converters in mode 0
+ADC: 500,412
OK
Note : Adc A, Adc B on 10 bits
AT+ADC=1
Note : Select 3 converters (mode 1)
OK
Note : 3 converters mode selected
AT+ADC?
Note : Ask for the current values of
converters in mode 1
+ADC: 712,698,997
OK
Note: Adc A, Adc B, Adc C on 10 bits
15.3.3 Defined values:
<n>
0 : Select 2 converters
1 : Select 3 converters
<ADCValA>
ADC A value, coded on 10 bits. The value returned includes the resistor bridge.
These values are updated every 10 seconds. Displayed on modes 0 and 1.
<ADCValB>
ADC B value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed on modes 0 and 1.
<ADCValC>
ADC C value, coded on 10 bits. Displayed only on mode 1.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 167 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.4 Mobile Equipment event reporting +CMER
15.4.1 Description :
This command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes in the
case of a key press.
15.4.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax: AT+CMER=<mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
Response syntax (key press event report) : +CKEV : <key>, <press>
Response syntax (indicator event report) : +CIEV: <indresp>,<value>.
Command Possible responses
AT+CMER=,1
Note : Ask key press event report
OK
+CKEV:12,1
+CKEV:12,0
Note : Key 12 has been pressed and
released.
AT+CMER? +CMER: 3,1,0,0,0
OK
15.4.3 Defined values :
Important note : The parameters <mode>, <disp> and <bfr> are not handled.
<keyp> (keypad) :
0 : No keypad event reporting.
1 : Keypad event reporting are routed using unsolicited
code. Only the key pressings not caused by +CKPD are indicated.
2 : Keypad event reporting are routed using unsolicited
code. All key pressings are indicated.
Note: As AT software does not manage the emulation of key press, the values
1 and 2 lead to the same results.
<ind>
0 : no indicator event reporting
1 : indicator event reporting using unsolicited result code. Only the indicator
events not caused by +CIND shall be indicated by the TA to the TE
2: indicator event reporting using unsolicited result code. All indicator events
shall be directed from TA to TE
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 168 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<key> : Keyboard map is (5,5)
0 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24
<press>
1: key press
0: key release
<indresp> : indicator order number (as specified for +CIND)
<value> : new value of the indicator
15.5 Indicator control +CIND
15.5.1 Description :
This command is used to read or set the values of ME indicators. If ME does
not allow setting of indicators or ME is not currently reachable, an error code is
returned.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 169 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.5.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax: AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,…]]]
Response syntax :
+CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]
or
+CIND: (<descr>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>,(list of
supported <ind>s)) [,…]]
Command Possible responses
AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>[,…]]] +CME ERROR: <err>
Note : ME not reachable
AT+CIND?
Note: read ME indicators current
values
+CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]
OK
AT+CIND=?
Note: read ME indicators possible
values
+CIND: (<descr>,(list of supported
<ind>s))[,(<descr>,(list of supported <ind>s))
[,…]]
OK
AT+CIND? +CIND : 1,2,1,1,0,0,0
Note : battchg:1 – max=5, signal:2 – max=5,
service:1 - we are registered on the network,
message:1 - a SMS has been received, call:0 - no
call in progress, roam:0 - not roaming, smsfull:0 -
SIM card is not full of SMS
AT+CIND=?
Note: read possible value for ME
indicators
+CIND: ("battchg",(0-5)),("signal",(0-
5)),("service",(0-1)),("message",(0-1)),("call",(0-
1)),("roam",(0-1)),("smsfull",(0-1))
OK
15.5.3 Defined values :
<ind> integer type value, which shall be in range of corresponding <descr> :
0: indicator is OFF or in state which can be identified as “OFF” state
1: indicator is ON or in a state that is more substantial than “OFF” state
2: this value is more substantial than 1, and so on.
Note: If the indicator is a simple ON/OFF style element, it has values 0 and 1.
<descr>:
"battchg" : battery charge level (0 - 5)
"signal" : signal quality (0 - 5)
"service" : service availability (0 - 1)
"message" : message received (0 - 1)
"call" : call in progress (0 - 1)
"roam" : roaming indicator (0 - 1)
"smsfull" : SMS memory storage status in the MT (0 - 1)
0 : memory locations are available
1 : memory full
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 170 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.6 Mobile equipment control mode +CMEC
15.6.1 Description :
This command selects the equipment which operates ME keypad, writes to ME
display and sets ME indicators. If operation mode is not allowed by the ME,
+CME ERROR: <err> is returned
15.6.2 Syntax :
Command Syntax: AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]]
Response syntax : +CMEC: <keyp>,<disp>,<ind>
Command Possible responses
AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] +CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CMEC=[<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>]]] OK
AT+CMEC? +CMEC: 2,0,0
OK
AT+CMEC=? +CMEC: (2),(0),(0)
OK
Note: no change allowed
15.6.3 Defined values:
<keyp>:
0 : ME can be operated only through its keypad (execute command of +CKPD
cannot be used)
1 : ME can be operated only from TE (with command +CKPD)
2 : ME can be operated from both ME keypad and TE
<disp>:
0 : only ME can write to its display (command +CDIS can only be used to read
the display)
1 : only TE can write to ME display (with command +CDIS)
2 : ME display can be written by both ME and TE
<ind>:
0 : only ME can set the status of its indicators (command +CIND can only be
used to read the indicators)
1 : only TE can set the status of ME indicators (with command +CIND)
2 : ME indicators can be set by both ME and TE
15.7 Read Language Preference +WLPR
15.7.1 Description :
Read a Language Preference value of EF-LP. The first indices should have the
highest priority.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 171 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.7.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WLPR= <index >
Response syntax: +WLPR: <value>
Command Possible responses
AT+WLPR?
Note : Read command
+WLPR: 4
OK
Note : Four language preferences are
available in EF-LP
AT+WLPR=1
Note : Read first EF-LP index value
+WLPR: 5
OK
Note : Language preference is 5
15.7.3 Defined values:
<index>
offset in the available languages range (SIM dependant).
<value>
Exemple of values for language : (see 23038)
<value> Language
0 German
1 English
2 Italian
3 French
4 Spanish
5 Dutch
6 Swedish
7 Danish
8 Portuguese
9 Finnish
10 Norwegian
11 Greek
12 Turkish
13 Hungarian
14 Polish
32 Czech
33 Hebrew
34 Arabic
35 Russian
36 Icelandic
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 172 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.8 Write Language Preference +WLPW
15.8.1 Description :
Write a Language Preference value in EF-LP
15.8.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WLPW=<index >,<value>
Response syntax: OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
Command Possible responses
AT+WLPW=1,5
Note : Write Lang Pref equal to 5 in EF-LP
with index 1
OK
Note : EF-LP correctly updated
15.8.3 Defined values :
<index>:
offset in the available languages range (SIM dependant).
<value>
See <value> examples above.
15.9 Read GPIO value +WIOR
15.9.1 Description
Read the requested GPI or GPIO pin value.
• Note : by default (e.g. after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by
the +WIOM command.
• This command is allowed only on a Gpio not allocated by an Open-AT
embedded application or for bus operations.
15.9.2 Syntax
Command syntax: AT+WIOR=<index>
Response syntax: +WIOR: <value>
Command Possible responses
AT+WIOR=0
Read I/O (number 0) value
+WIOR: 0
OK
GPIO number 0 is reset
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 173 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.9.3 Defined values
<index>
Eight I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 7.
<value>
0: I/O port number <index> is reset.
1: I/O port number <index> is set.
15.10 Write GPIO value +WIOW
15.10.1 Description
Set the requested GPO or GPIO pin value.
Note :
• by default (after a reset), the I/O ports configuration is set by the +WIOM
command.
• This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by the Open-AT
embedded application or for bus operations.
15.10.2 Syntax
Command syntax: AT+WIOW=<index >,<value>
Command Possible responses
AT+WIOW=2,0
Reset I/O (number 2)
OK
GPIO value is written
15.10.3 Defined values
<index>
Eight I/O ports are available. The <index> value is between 0 and 7.
<value>
0: I/O port number <index> is reset.
1: I/O port number <index> is set.
15.11 Input/Output Management +WIOM
15.11.1 Description
This specific command allows to set the default GPIOs configuration (input or
output) after reset, and each GPIO default value (if set as an output) after reset.
Note :
• This command is allowed only on a GPIO not allocated by the Open-AT
embedded application or for bus operations.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 174 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.11.2 Syntax
Command Syntax AT+WIOM=[<GpioDir>],[<GpioVal>]
Command Possible responses
AT+WIOM? +WIOM: 255,0
OK
On reset, all GPIOs are set to 0, as an
output.
AT+WIOM=? +WIOM: (0-255),(0-255)
OK
Range allowed for the parameters.
AT+WIOM=254
Set GPIO 0 as an input, and all others as
outputs.
OK
AT+WIOM=,128
Set GPIO 8 (on P32X6 product) or GPO 3
(on Q24X6 product) default output value to
1.
OK
AT+WIOM? +WIOM: 254,128
OK
15.11.3 Defined values
<GpioDir> : Bit table parameter indicating each GPIO direction.
0 : input
1 : output (default value).
Default value : 255 (all GPIOs set as outputs).
<GpioVal> : Bit table parameter indicating each output-configurated GPIO
value (each bit gives the corresponding GPIO default value).
0 : reset (default value)
1 : set
Remark : the GPIOs set as inputs by the <GpioDir> parameter are not affected
by the value set by the <GpioVal> parameter.
Notes :
• <GpioDir> bit values for GPI and GPO are ignored.
• <GpioVal> bit values for GPI are ignored.
• GPO0 is used for the SIM level shifter, if any, for Q24x6 and P32x6
products. If SIM5VONLY or SIM3AND5V features are active, it must not
be modified by AT commands. Its default value depends on SIM feature
(see AT+WFM command):
SIM5VONLY or
SIM3AND5V feature
Use of SIM 3V card default value = 0
Use of SIM 5V card default value =1
AT+WIOM is ignored for GPO0.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 175 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
• Here is the corresponding table between Module GPIO Pin Names and
parameters values (<index>) for AT commands:
Param value for
AT Commands
Wismo Quik
Q24X3 Pin
Names
Wismo Pac
P32X3 Pin
Names
Wismo Quik
Q24X6 Pin
Names
Wismo Pac
P32X6 Pin
Names
0 GPIO 0 GPIO 0 GPIO 0 GPIO 0
1 GPO 1 GPI GPO 1 GPI
2 GPO 2 GPIO 2 GPO 2 GPIO 2
3 GPI GPIO 3 GPI GPIO 3
4 GPIO 4 GPIO 4 GPIO 4 GPIO 4
5 GPIO 5 GPIO 5 GPIO 5 GPIO 5
6 (no GPIO
affected)
(no GPIO
affected)
GPO 0 GPO 0
7 (no GPIO
affected)
(no GPIO
affected)
GPO 3 GPIO 8
15.12 Abort command +WAC
15.12.1 Description
This specific command allows SMS, SS and PLMN selection related
commands to be aborted.
15.12.2 Syntax
Command syntax: AT+WAC
Command Syntax Return
AT+WAC
AT+WAC=? OK
AT+WAC? OK
Example :
Command Possible responses
AT+COPS=?
Note : Available PLMN
AT+WAC
Note : Abort the request of PLMN list
OK
Note : PLMN list request aborted
15.12.3 Defined values :
No parameter
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 176 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.13 Play tone +WTONE
15.13.1 Description :
This specific command allows a tone to be played on the current speaker or on
the buzzer. Frequency, gain and duration can be specified.
15.13.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WTONE=<mode>[,<dest>,<freq>,<gain>,<duration>]
Response syntax: OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
Command Possible responses
AT+WTONE=1,1,300,9,50
Note : Play a tone
OK
Note : Done
AT+WTONE=0
Note : Stop playing
OK
Note : Done
AT+WTONE=?
Note : Test command
OK
Note : Done
AT+WTONE?
Note : Current value
ERROR
Note :
15.13.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: Stop playing.
1: Play a tone
<dest>: This parameter sets the destination (mandatory if <mode>=1)
1: Speaker
2: Buzzer
<freq> : This parameter sets tone frequency (in Hz) (mandatory if <mode>=1).
If <dest> = 1 (speaker), range is 1 Hz to 3999 Hz.
If <dest> = 2 (buzzer), range is 1 Hz to 50000 Hz.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 177 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<gain> : This parameter sets the tone gain. The default value is 9.
Range of values is 0 to 15.
<gain> Speaker (db) Buzzer (db)
0 0 -0.25
1 -0.5 -0.5
2 -1 -1
3 -1.5 -1.5
4 -2 -2
5 -3 -3
6 -6 -6
7 -9 -9
8 -12 -12
9 -15 -15
10 -18 -18
11 -24 -24
12 -30 -30
13 -36 -40
14 -42 -infinite
15 -infinite -infinite
<duration>: This parameter sets tone duration (in unit of 100 ms).
Range of values is 0 to 50 (0 is default value, 1 -> 0,1 s., 50 -> 5 s.)
Remark : when <duration> = 0, the duration is infinite, and the tone should be
stopped by AT+WTONE=0.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 178 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.14 Play DTMF tone +WDTMF
15.14.1 Description :
This specific command allows a DTMF tone to be played on the current
speaker. DTMF, gain and duration can be specified.
Remark : This command is only used to play a DTMF tone. To send a DTMF
over the GSM network, use the +VTS command.
15.14.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WDTMF=<mode>[,<dtmf>,<gain>,<duration>]
Response syntax: OK or +CME ERROR: <err>
Command Possible responses
AT+WDTMF=1,"*",9,50
Note : Play a DTMF tone
OK
Note : Done
AT+WDTMF=0
Note : Stop playing
OK
Note : Done
AT+WDTMF=?
Note : Test command
+WDTMF: (0-1),(0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D),(0-
15),(0-50)
OK
Note : Done
AT+WDTMF?
Note : Current value
ERROR
Note :
15.14.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0: Stop playing.
1: Play a DTMF tone
<dtmf> : This parameter sets the DTMF to play (mandatory if
<mode>=1).
Value must be in {0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D}
<gain>: This parameter sets tone gain. The values are identical to those of the
+WTONE (speaker) command. The default value is 9.
Range of values is 0 to 15 (see array on §15.14.3)
<duration>: This parameter sets the tone duration (in unit of 100 ms).
Range of values is 0 to 50 (0 is default value, 1 -> 0,1 s., 50 -> 5 s.)
Remark : when <duration> = 0, the duration is infinite, and the DTMF tone can
be stopped by AT+WDTMF=0.
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 179 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.15 Wavecom Downloading +WDWL
15.15.1 Description :
This specific command switches the product to download mode.
Downloading is performed using the 1K-XMODEM protocol.
15.15.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WDWL
Command Possible responses
AT+WDWL
Note : Switch on downloading mode
+WDWL: 0
Note : Start the downloading
…
Note : Downloading in progress
AT+CFUN=1
Note : Reset the product at the end
OK
Note : reset completed, new software
running
15.15.3 Defined values :
No parameter
15.16 Wavecom Voice Rate +WVR
15.16.1 Description :
This specific command allows the voice rate for bearer voice to be configured
(available for outgoing calls only).
15.16.2 Syntax:
Command syntax : AT+WVR=<n>
Command Syntax Return
AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0,2,3)
Note : Half Rate available.
AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0,1)
Note : If EFR available.
AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0)
Note : If HR and EFR not available
AT+WVR=? +WVR: (0-5)
Note : If HR and EFR available
AT+WVR? +WVR: <n>
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 180 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+WVR=1
Note : Configure voice type FR and EFR
OK
Note : Bearer is configured
AT+WVR=6
Syntax error
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : Syntax error
AT+WVR?
Note : Ask for the current value
+WVR: 1
OK
15.16.3 Defined values :
<n> : Voice coding type.
0: FR
1: FR and EFR
2: FR, HR with HR preferred
3: HR, FR with FR preferred
4: EFR,HR with HR preferred
5: HR,EFR with EFR preferred.
15.17 Data Rate +WDR
15.17.1 Description :
This specific command allows the data rate for bearer data to be configured
(available for outgoing calls only).
15.17.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WDR=<n>
Command Syntax Return
AT+WDR=<n> OK
AT+WDR=? +WDR: (0-2)
Note : If Half Rate available.
AT+WDR=? +WDR: (0)
Note : If Half Rate not available.
AT+WDR? +WDR: <n>
Command Possible responses
AT+WDR=1
Note : Configure voice type FR,HR with HR
prefered.
OK
Note : Bearer is configured
AT+WDR=3
Syntax error
+CME ERROR: 3
Note :
AT+WDR?
Note : Ask the current value
+WDR: 1
OK
Note :
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 181 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.17.3 Defined values :
<n>: Data coding type.
0: FR
1: FR, HR with HR preferred
2: HR, FR with FR preferred
15.18 Hardware Version +WHWV
15.18.1 Description :
This specific command gets the hardware version.
15.18.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WHWV
Command Possible responses
AT+WHWV
Note : Request Hardware Version
Hardware Version 4.14
OK
Note : Hardware version is 4.14
AT+WHWV
Note : Request Hardware Version
Hardware Version -.--
OK
Note : No hardware version available
15.18.3 Defined values :
No parameter
15.19 Date of Production +WDOP
15.19.1 Description :
This specific command gets the date of production. Format of the date is
Week/Year (ww/yyyy).
15.19.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WDOP
Command Possible responses
AT+WDOP
Note : Request Date of Production
Production date (W/Y): 01/2000
OK
Note : Date of production is WEEK: 01 /
YEAR: 2000 (1st week of year 2000)
AT+WDOP
Note : Request Date of Production
Production date (W/Y): --/----
OK
Note : No date of production available
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 182 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.19.3 Defined values :
No parameter
15.20 Wavecom Select Voice Gain +WSVG
15.20.1 Description :
The product has 2 voice gain controllers, this specific command selects the
microphone gain controller.
15.20.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WSVG = <n>
Command Possible responses
AT+WSVG=<n>
AT+WSVG=0
Note : Select Controller 1 (Default)
OK
Note : Controller 1 selected
AT+WSVG=1
Note : Select Controller 2 (Default)
OK
Note : Controller 2 selected
AT+WSVG=?
Note : Get the list of possible values
+WSVG: (0-1)
Note : possible values 0 or 1
AT+WSVG?
Note : Get the current value
+WSVG: 1
Note : Controller 1 is selected
15.20.3 Defined values
<n> Controller
0 : Controller 1 (Default)
1 : Controller 2
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 183 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.21 Wavecom Status Request +WSTR
15.21.1 Description :
This specific command returns some operation status. It can be used for
example to check the state of the initialisation sequence; the different values
returned are Not started, Ongoing, Finished.
15.21.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WSTR=<status>
Response syntax: +WSTR: <status>,<value>
Command Possible responses
AT+WSTR=<status> +WSTR :<status>,<value>
AT+WSTR=1
Note : Select the status 1 (INIT SEQUENCE)
+WSTR: 1,2
OK
Note : Init finished
AT+WSTR=2
Note : Select the status 2 (NETWORK
STATUS)
+WSTR: 2,1
OK
Note : The network is available
AT+WSTR=?
Note : Ask for the list of possible values
+WSTR: (1-2)
Note : possible values : 1 and 2
15.21.3 Defined values
<status>
1 : Initialisation sequence
<value>
0 : Not started
1 : On going
2 : Finished
2 : Network status
<value>
0 : No network
1 : Network available
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 184 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.22 Wavecom Scan +WSCAN
15.22.1 Description :
This specific command displays the received signal strength indication (<rssi>)
for a specified frequency (in absolute format).
This command is not allowed during communication.
15.22.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WSCAN=<absolute frequency>
Response syntax: +WSCAN: <rssi>
Command Possible responses
AT+WSCAN=50
Note : Request <rssi> of absolute
frequency 50
+WSCAN: 23
OK
Note : <rssi> is 23.
AT+WSCAN=1025
Note : Request power of absolute frequency
1025
CME ERROR: 3
Note : 1025 is not a valid absolute
frequency
15.22.3 Defined values
<absolute frequency> : frequency in absolute format<rssi>
0 : -113 dBm or less
1 : -111 dBm
2-30 : -109 to -53 dBm
31 : -51dBm or more
99 : not known or not detectable
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 185 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.23 Wavecom Ring Indicator Mode +WRIM
15.23.1 Description :
This specific command sets the state of the Ring Indicator Mode.
• In pulse RI mode : an electrical pulse is sent on the Ring Indicator signal
just before sending any unsolicited AT response, in order to lose no AT
responses when client tasks are in sleep state. Still in RI mode, when
receiving incoming calls, electrical pulses are sent on the RI signal.
• In up-down RI mode : no pulses are sent before unsolicited AT response.
Up-down signals are sent when receiving an incoming call.
15.23.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WRIM=<n>
Command Possible responses
AT+WRIM=<n> OK
AT+WRIM=0
Note : Select up-down RI mode
OK
Note : up-down RI mode selected
AT+WRIM=1
Note : Select pulse RI mode
OK
Note : pulse RI mode selected
AT+WRIM=?
Note : Ask for the list of possible values
+WRIM: (0-1)
OK
Note : possible values 0 or 1
AT+WRIM?
Note : Ask for the current value
+WRIM: 1
OK
Note : current RI mode is pulse RI.
15.23.3 Defined values
<n>
0 : up-down RI mode
1 : pulse RI mode
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 186 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.24 Wavecom 32kHz Power down Mode +W32K
15.24.1 Description :
This specific command allows the 32kHz power down mode to be enabled or
disabled.
Note :
• When power down mode is entered, the product uses a 32kHz internal
clock during inactivity stages (despite of its nominal internal clock).
• When enabled, power down mode is active after 1 to 15 minutes. The
mode is not stored in EEPROM : the command has to be repeated after a
reset.
For additional information on power down mode, see APPENDIX F:
Specification of Power Down Control via RS232.
15.24.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+W32K=<mode>
Command Possible responses
AT+W32K=1
Note : Enable 32kHz power down mode
OK
Note : 32kHz power down mode is
enabled
AT+W32K=0
Note : Disable 32kHz power down mode
OK
Note : 32kHz power down mode is
disabled
15.24.3 Defined values
<mode> :
0 : Disable 32kHz power down mode
1 : Enable 32kHz power down mode
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 187 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.25 Wavecom Change Default Melody +WCDM
15.25.1 Description :
This specific command allows the selection of a manufacturer specific melody..
This default melody will be played for any new incoming voice call, either on
the buzzer or on the speaker.
15.25.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WCDM=<melody>,<player>
Command Possible responses
AT+WCDM=0
Note : Select no melody
OK
AT+WCDM=5
Note : Select melody n°5
OK
AT+WCDM?
Note : Indicate the current melody
+WCDM: 5,0
OK
Note : Melody n°5 is currently selected,
and the buzzer is selected to play it.
RING
Note : An incoming call occurs, and the
melody n°5 is played on the buzzer.
AT+WCDM=,1
Note : Select the speaker to play the
melody on.
OK
AT+WCDM? +WCDM: 5,1
OK
Note : Now the speaker is selected to play
the melody if an incoming call occurs.
15.25.3 Defined values
<melody>
0 : No melody (default)
1 - 10 : Melody 1 to 10
<player>
0 : Melody n°<melody> will be played on the buzzer for any new incoming
voice call. (default)
1 : Melody n°<melody> will be played on the speaker for any new incoming
voice call.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 188 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.26 Wavecom Software version +WSSW
15.26.1 Description :
This specific command displays some internal software reference.
15.26.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WSSW
Command Possible responses
AT+WSSW
Note : Get Software version
A00_00gm.2c 000000008F5DC6EA
OK
Note : internal software information
15.26.3 Defined values :
No parameter
15.27 Wavecom Custom Character Set +WCCS
15.27.1 Description :
This specific command allows to edit and display the custom character set
tables. These tables are used by the “CUSTOM” mode of +CSCS and the
+WPCS commands. In this CUSTOM mode, when the user enters a string, it is
converted into GSM alphabet using the Custom To GSM table. In a similar
way, when the user requests a string display, the string is converted from
GSM alphabet using the GSM To Custom table.
In edition mode, the session is terminated by <ctrl-Z>, or aborted by <ESC>.
Only hexadecimal characters (‘0’…’9’, ‘A’…’F’) can be used. The number of
characters entered must be equal to the edition range requested, otherwise the
command will return “+CME ERROR: 3”.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 189 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.27.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WCCS=<mode>,<table>,<char 1>[,<char 2>]
Command Possible responses
AT+WCCS=0,0,120,130
Note : Display from character 120 to
character 130 of the Custom To GSM
conversion table
+WCCS: 11,
78797A2020202020097E05
OK
Note : 11 characters displayed
AT+WCCS=1,0,115<CR>
20<ctrl-Z>
Note : Edit character 115 of the Custom To
GSM conversion table
OK
Note : Edition successful
AT+WCCS=1,1,0,4<CR>
40A324A5E8<ctrl-Z>
Note : Edit the 5 first characters of the
GSM To Custom conversion table
OK
Note : Edition successful
AT+WCCS=1,1,200
Note : Edit character 200 of GSM To
Custom conversion table
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : Index out of range
15.27.3 Defined values
<mode>
0 : Display the table
1 : Edit the table
<table>
0 : Custom To GSM conversion table
1 : GSM To Custom conversion table
<char 1>, <char 2> : Character range to display/edit.
0-127 : for GSM To Custom conversion table
0-255 : for Custom To GSM conversion table
Note : If only <char 1> is provided, only this char is displayed/edited.
See section 19.2 for informative examples on phonebooks.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 190 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.28 Wavecom LoCK +WLCK
15.28.1 Description :
This specific command allows the ME to be locked on a specific network
operator.
Note: Test SIM cards (with MCC=001 & MNC=01) doesn’t check these locks.
15.28.2 Syntax :
Command syntax: AT+WLCK=<fac>,<passwd>,<NetId>[,<GID1>[,GID2]]
[,<CnlType>[,<CnlData>]]
Response syntax: +WLCK: <status>
Command Possible responses
AT+WLCK="PN",12345678,20810
Note : Activate network lock on SFR
(208,10)
OK
Note : Network lock activated
AT+WLCK="PS",12345678,208105923568
974
Note : Activate SIM lock
OK
Note : SIM lock activated
AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,2081035
Note : Activate Network Subset lock on
SFR (208, 10, 35).
OK
Note : Network Subset lock activated
AT+WLCK="PU",12345678,20810
+CME ERROR: 3
Note: Need 7 digits of IMSI to perform a
service provider lock
AT+WLCK=”PP”,12345678,20810,”E5”
Note : Activate Service Provider lock on
SFR (208, 10) and GID1 (0xE5).
OK
Note : Service Provider lock activated.
AT+WLCK=”PC”,12345678,20810,”E5”,”1
0”
Note : Activate Corporate lock on SFR (208,
10), GID1 (0xE5) and GID2 (0x10).
OK
Note : Corporate lock activated.
AT+WLCK=”PN”,12345678,20810,0
Note : Activate Network lock on SFR (208,
10) using co-operative network list from
SIM file EFCNL (must be present in SIM)
OK
Note : Network lock activated on SFR and
co-operative network list present in SIM
AT+WLCK=”PN”,12345678,20801,1,”02F8
02FFFFFF02F801FFFFFF”
Note : Activate Network lock on F ORANGE
(208, 01) with manual co-operative
network list including SFR (208, 10) and
Bouygues Telecom (208, 20)
OK
Note : Network lock activated on F
ORANGE (primary network), SFR and
Bouygues Telecom (co-operative
networks)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 191 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.28.3 Defined values :
<fac> :
“PS” : SIM lock facility with a 8 digits password (PCK).
“PN” : Network lock with a 8 digits password (NCK).
“PU” : Network subset lock with a 8 digits password (NSCK).
“PP” : Service provider lock with a 8 digits password (SPCK).
“PC” : Corporate lock with a 8 digits password (CCK).
<CnlType> : Type of lock for cooperative network list (CNL)
0 : Automatic (co-operative network list retrieved from EFCNL SIM file)
Note : EFCNL file must be present in SIM to use automatic mode.
1 : Manual (cooperative network list is given in the <CnlData> parameter)
<CnlData> : Co-operative network list (hexa string type) using same format as
in EFCNL SIM file (ETSI GSM 11.11 or 3GPP 04.08).
Note : Only if <CnlType> = 1
15.29 CPHS command: +CPHS
15.29.1 Description
This specific command is used to activate, deactivate or interrogate a CPHS
feature (e.g. Voice Mail Indicator, Mail Box Number…)
Note : This command may answer +CME ERROR: 3 if the CPHS feature is
disabled (cf. +WFM command), or if the SIM card does not support this CPHS
feature.
15.29.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId>[,<precision>]
Command Possible responses
AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId>[,<precision>] OK
AT+CPHS=<Mode>,<FctId>[,<precision>] +CME ERROR: 3
AT+CPHS?
+CPHS: <FctId1>,<Status><CR<LF>
+CPHS: <FctId2>,<Status><CR<LF>
…
+CPHS: <FctIdn>,<Status><CR<LF>
OK
AT+CPHS=? OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 192 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.29.3 Defined values:
<Mode>
0 : Deactivate a CPHS feature
1 : Activate a CPHS feature
2 : Interrogate a CPHS status
Note : The deactivate or activate command has not effect for Alternate line
service, Network Operator Name, CPHS information and Customer Profile
Service features.
<FctId>
1 : Voice Mail Indicator
2 : Mail Box Number
3 : Alternate Line Service
4 : Diverted Call Indicator
5 : Network Operator Name
6 : CPHS Information
7 : Customer Service Profile
Note : The Customer Service Profile and Alternate Line Service features are
activated if the field is set in CPHS information and CSP files. The Network
Operator Name is activated if at least one of the two format names exist (Long
or Short format).This is done at initialization.
<precision> :
only used if <Mode>=2 and <FctId>= 5 to 7
if <FctId>=5, this field is <type format> (See +WNON)
if <FctId>=6, this field is <data field> (See +WCPI)
if <FctId>=7, this field is <service> (See +WCSP)
<Status>
0 : CPHS feature disabled
1 : CPHS feature enabled
15.29.4 Examples
AT+CPHS?
Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality
+CPHS: 1,0
The voice mail indicator functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 2,0
The mail box number functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 3,1
The Alternate Line Service functionality is activated
+CPHS: 4,0
The Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 5,1
The Network Operator Name functionality is activated
+CPHS: 6,1
The CPHS Information functionality is activated
+CPHS: 7,1
The Customer Service Profile functionality is activated
OK
AT+CPHS=3,1
Syntax error
+CME ERROR: 3
AT+CPHS=1,1
Activate the voice mail indicator functionality
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 193 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT+CPHS?
Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality
+CPHS: 1,1
The voice mail indicator functionality is activated
+CPHS: 2,0
The mail box number functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 3,1
The Alternate Line Service functionality is activated
+CPHS: 4,0
The Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 5,1
The Network Operator Name functionality is activated
+CPHS: 6,1
The CPHS Information functionality is activated
+CPHS: 7,1
The Customer Service Profile functionality is activated
OK
**** the message box contains 1 message *****
+WVMI: 1,1
A message is waiting on Line 1
***** The message box contains a second message ***
+WVMI: 2,1
A message is waiting on Line 2
AT+CPHS=1,4
Activate the divert call indicator functionality
OK
**** the call forwarding is active on Line 1 *****
+WDCI: 1,1
Call forwarding is activated on Line 1
AT+CPHS=2,1
Interrogate the status of voice mail indicator
functionality
+WVMI: 1,1
a message is waiting on LINE 1
+WVMI: 2,1
a message is waiting on LINE 2
+WVMI: 3,0
no Data waiting
+WVMI: 4,0
no Fax waiting
OK
AT+CPHS=1,2
Activate the mail box number functionality
OK
AT+WALS=1
Interrogate the status of activated Line
+WALS: 2
The current line is number 2
OK
AT+CPHS=0,4
Deactivate the divert call indicator functionality
OK
AT+CPHS?
Interrogate the status of CPHS functionality
+CPHS: 1,1
The voice mail indicator functionality is activated
+CPHS: 2,1
The mail box number functionality is activated
+CPHS: 3,1
The Alternate Line Service functionality is activated
+CPHS: 4,0
The Divert Call Indicator functionality is deactivated
+CPHS: 5,1
The Network Operator Name functionality is activated
+CPHS: 6,1
The CPHS Information functionality is activated
+CPHS: 7,1
The Customer Service Profile functionality is activated
OK
AT+CPHS=2,2
Query current mail box numbers in SIM
+WMBN: 1,"19254871234",129,,1
Mail box number for Line 1
+WMBN: 2,,,1
Mail box number for Line 2
+WMBN: 3,,,1
Mail box number for Data Line
+WMBN: 4,,,1
Mail box number for Fax Line
OK
Only Line1 can be updated
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 194 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.30 Unsolicited result : Wavecom Voice Mail Indicator :
+WVMI
15.30.1 Description
This unsolicited indication gives the status of the LINE 1, LINE 2, DATA or FAX
mailboxes. The +CPHS command can be used to know the status of voice mail
indicator for each line.
15.30.2 Syntax
Response syntax : +WVMI: <LineId>,<Status>
Response syntax (to AT+CPHS=2,1)
+WVMI = <LineId>,<Status>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPHS=1,1
Note : Activate the Voice Mail
indicator feature.
OK
AT+CPHS=2,1
Note :
Get the current status of Voice
mail indicator.
+WVMI: 1,1
a message is waiting on LINE 1
+WVMI: 2,1
a message is waiting on LINE 2
+WVMI: 3,0
no Data waiting
+WVMI: 4,0
no Fax waiting
AT+CPHS=2,1 +CME ERROR: 3
Note :
CPHS Feature is not allowed
AT+CPHS=1,1
Note :
Activation of Voice mail
indicator feature.
OK
Note :
The Voice mail indicator feature is
activated
+WVMI: 1,1
Note :
A message is waiting on Line 1
15.30.3 Defined values
<LineId>
1 : Line 1
2 : Line 2
3 : Data
4 : Fax
<Status>
0 : No message waiting.
1 : At least one message is waiting
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 195 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.31 Unsolicited result : Wavecom diverted call
indicator: +WDCI
15.31.1 Description
This indication provides the call forwarding flags. The +CPHS command can be
used to know the status of Divert call indicator for each line.
15.31.2 Syntax
Response syntax: +WDCI:<LineId>,<flag>
Response syntax (to AT+CPHS=2,4)
+WDCI = <LineId>,<Status>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPHS=1,4
Note :
Activate the Divert Call
indicator feature.
OK
AT+CPHS=2,4
Note :
Get the current status of Divert
call indicator.
+WDCI: 1,1
divert call indicator is active on LINE 1
+WDCI: 2,1
divert call indicator is active on LINE 2
+WDCI: 3,0
divert call indicator is deactivate on Data
+WDCI: 4,1
divert call indicator is active on Fax
AT+CPHS=2,4 +CME ERROR: 3
Note :
CPHS Feature is not allowed
AT+CPHS=1,4
Note :
Activation of Divert call
indicator feature.
OK
Note :
The Divert call indicator feature is
activated
+WDCI: 1,1
Note :
Call forwarding is activate on Line 1
15.31.3 Defined values
<LineId>
1 : Line 1
2 : Line 2
3 : Data
4 : Fax
<flag>, <status>
0 : Call forwarding is deactivated
1 : Call forwarding is activated
Note : The call forwarding SS is set by the AT+CCFC command.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 196 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.32 Wavecom network operator name: +WNON
15.32.1 Description
This indication provides the name of the network operator (as a character
string). This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,5[,<type format>]
command.
15.32.2 Syntax
Command : AT+CPHS=2,5[,<type format>]
Response syntax : +WNON:<type format>,<operator name>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPHS=2,5
Note :
Get the operator name
+WNON: 0,”Orange F”
OK
AT+CPHS=2,5,1
Note :
Get the short format operator
name.
+WNON: 1,”Orange”
OK
AT+CPHS=2,5,0 +CME ERROR: 3
Note :
When CPHS Feature is not
allowed or format name no accessible
AT+CPHS=2,5,1 +CME ERROR: 3
Note :
When NON Feature is not
allowed or format name no accessible
AT+CPHS=0,5
Note :
Deactivation of Network Operator
Name feature.
OK
Note :
No effect.
15.32.3 Defined values
<type format>
0 : Long format operator name
1 : Short format operator name (default value)
<operator name>
The name of the operator, in long or short format
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 197 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.33 Wavecom CPHS information: +WCPI
15.33.1 Description
This indication provide CPHS information; ie. which data field are present in
the SIM. This command is the response to the AT+CPHS 2,6[,<data field>]
command.
15.33.2 Syntax
Command : AT+CPHS=2,6[,<data field >]
Response syntax : +WCPI: <data field>,<status>
Command Possible responses
AT+CPHS=2,6
Note :
Get the current status for all
CPHS info field
+WCPI: 0,”0033000F”
OK
AT+CPHS=2,6,13
Note :
Get the current status for Call
Forward Activated indicator for Line 1.
+WCPI: 13,1
OK
Note :
Call Forward is active for Line 1.
AT+CPHS=2,6,22
Note :
Get the current status for Line 2
Mailbox number.
+WCPI: 22,0
OK
Note :
Mailbox number for Line2 is not
available.
AT+CPHS=2,6,17
+CME ERROR: 3
Wrong data field
AT+CPHS=2,6,22
Note :
Get the current status for Line 2
Mailbox number.
+CME ERROR: 3
Note :
CPHS Feature is not allowed
AT+CPHS=0,6
Note :
Deactivation of CPHS Info
feature.
OK
Note :
No effect.
15.33.3 Defined values
<data field> : value indicating the field of CPHS information (see appendix
19.14)
If <precision> field omitted in the AT+CPHS command, all field of CPHS Info
will be displayed.
<status>
0 : data field is set
1 : data field is unset
When all CPHS information are requested, the status correspond to a bit field
(see appendix 19.14)
Note : The field CSP service (<data field> = 1) is used to set or not the CSP
feature at the initialisation.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 198 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.34 Wavecom customer service profile: +WCSP
15.34.1 Description
This indication indicates if a service is accessible to the customer. This is the
response to the AT+CPHS 2,7,<service > command.
15.34.2 Syntax
Command : AT+CPHS=2,7,<service>
Response syntax: +WCSP: <service>,<status>
Command Possible responses
AT+WCSP=? ERROR
AT+WCSP? ERROR
AT+CPHS=2,7 +CME ERROR: 3
Note :
Syntax error
AT+CPHS=2,7,9
Note :
Get the current status for
Barring of All Outgoing Calls.
+WCSP: 9,1
OK
Note : Barring of All Outgoing Calls is
customer accessible.
AT+CPHS=2,7,11
Note :
Get the current status Barring
of Outgoing International Calls
+WCSP: 11,1
OK
Note :
Barring of Outgoing International
Calls is customer accessible.
AT+CPHS=2,7,2
Note :
Get the current status Call
forwarding on user Busy.
+CME ERROR: 3
Note :
CPHS Feature is not allowed
AT+CPHS=0,7
Note :
Deactivation of CPHS Info.
OK
Note :
No effect.
15.34.3 Defined values
<service> value indicating the field of CSP field to display (see appendix 19.15,
column External Value)
<status>
0 : service is not customer-accessible
1 : service is customer-accessible
Note : The field Alternate Line Service (CPHS Teleservices Group) is used to set
or not the ALS feature at the initialisation.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 199 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.35 Wavecom Battery Charge Management +WBCM
15.35.1 Description
This specific command allows the management of the battery charging
operations (start and stop the charge, enable or disable unsolicited +WBCI
Battery Charge Indications). It also sets the battery charge parameters.
15.35.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WBCM=<Mode>[,[<ChargeInd>][,[<BattLevelMax>],
[<BattLevelMin>],[<TPulseInCharge>],
[<TPulseOutCharge>],[<BattIntRes>]]]
Command Possible responses
AT+WBCM=0
Note :
Stop the battery charging.
OK
AT+WBCM=1,1
Start the battery charging with charge
indications.
OK
+WBCI: 2,4060
Note :
Unsolicited charge indication: the
current battery voltage is 4.06 V. (See
+WBCI description)
AT+WBCM=1,0
Note :
Start the battery charging
without charge indications.
OK
AT+WBCM=2
Note :
Get the battery voltage during
the charging.
+WBCI: 2,4110
OK
Note :
See the description of +WBCI
unsolicited response. The current battery
voltage is 4.11 V.
+WBCI: 1
Note :
The battery voltage has reached
the max level. The battery is considered
as charged and the charging is stopped.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 200 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+WBCM? +WBCM: 0,0,4200,3300,100,5000,0
OK
Note :
Current values.
AT+WBCM=0,1
Note :
Enable the battery charge
unsolicited indications out of charge.
OK
+WBCI: 3,4195
Note :
The current battery voltage is
4.195 V.
AT+WBCM=3,0,3800,3000,500,3000
,0
Note :
Configure the battery charging
parameters.
OK
AT+WBCM=?
Note :
Get the parameters range.
+WBCM: (0-3),(0-1),(4000-5000),(2800-
3800), (100-10000),(100-10000),(0-255)
OK
+WBCI: 0
Note :
The battery voltage has reached
the min level. The battery is considered
as discharged, and the product is turned
off, with the +CPOF command behavior.
15.35.3 Defined values
<Mode>
0 : Stop the battery charging (default).
1 : Start the battery charging.
2 : Get the current battery voltage.
3 : Set the battery charge parameters.
Note :
When <Mode> = 0 or 1, only the <ChargeInd> parameter can be set. When
<Mode> = 2, no additional parameter can be set.
When <Mode> = 3, all others parameters can be set.
<ChargeInd>
0 : Disable the battery charge unsolicited indications (default value).
1 : Enable the battery charge unsolicited indications (see +WBCI description).
<BattLevelMax> : Maximum level for the battery voltage.
When reached, the battery is considered as charged.
The allowed range is [4000 ; 5000] (in mV, default value is 4200)
<BattLevelMin> : Minimum level for the battery voltage.
When reached, the battery is considered as discharged, and the product
is turned off (with the +CPOF command behavior).
The allowed range is [2800 ; 3800] (in mV, default value is 3300)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 201 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Note :
The <BattLevelMax> and <BattLevelMin> parameters cannot be changed
during the battery charging (when <Mode> = 1).
<TPulseInCharge> Time between pulses for the pulsed charge.
The pulse duration lasts one second. When the battery charging is started
with unsolicited charging indications (<ChargeInd> = 1), +WCBI
responses are returned by the ME with a period equals to (<Pulse Time>
(= 1s.) + <TPulseInCharge>).
The allowed range is [100 ; 10000]. (unit is ms, default value is 100).
<TPulseOutCharge> Time between +WBCI unsolicited responses, when the
battery charge is stopped with charging indications requested
(<ChargeInd> = 1). The allowed range is [100 ; 10000] (in ms, default
value is 5000).
<BattIntRes> : Battery Internal Resistor.
This parameter must be set to have correct values with +WBCI
unsolicited results.
The allowed range is [0 ; 255] (in mΩ, default value is 0)
Note :
When the <BattIntRes> parameter is changed, the product must be reset to
take the modification into account.
15.36 Unsolicited result : Wavecom Battery Charge
Indication +WBCI
15.36.1 Description
This unsolicited indication returns information about the battery charge
(maximum level reached, current battery voltage).
15.36.2 Syntax
Unsolicited response syntax : +WBCI: <Status>[,<BattLevel>]
15.36.3 Defined values
<Status>
0 : Minimum battery level reached. The battery is considered as discharged.
The product is turned off (as with the +CPOF command).
1 : Maximum battery level reached. The battery is considered as charged.
The battery charging is stopped
.
2 : Battery currently in charge.
3 : Battery currently out of charge.
<BattLevel> : Current battery voltage during or out of the charging.
The possible range is [2800 ; 5000]. (in mV)
Note :
<Status> = 2 and 3 are solicited, by the AT+WBCM=2 command, or
unsolicited when the <ChargeInd> parameter of the +WBCM command is set
to 1. With these <Status> values, the <BattLevel> parameter is also present.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 202 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.37 Features Management +WFM
15.37.1 Description
This specific command allows some features to be enabled or disabled.
Note :
After a modification, the changes will be taken into account only after a reset of
the product.
15.37.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WFM=<mode>[,<FtrID>]
Response syntax +WFM: <FtrID>,<status>,<resetFlag>
Command Possible responses
AT+WFM=2,”BI9001800” +WFM: “BI9001800”,1,0
OK
Note : Dual-band mode 900/1800 is
enabled
AT+WFM=1,11
Note : Enable the Mono-band 900
mode
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : Band selection are not allowed
with AT+WFM command
AT+WFM=0,61 +CME ERROR: 3
Note : <mode>=0 is not allowed on
<FtrID> values with 2 digits
AT+WFM=0,”EFR”
Note : Disable the Enhanced Full Rate
feature
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 203 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+WFM=2
Note : Interrogate all <FtrID> status
+WFM: "MONO900",0,0
+WFM: "MONO1800",0,0
+WFM: "MONO1900",0,0
+WFM: "BI9001800",1,0
+WFM: "BI9001900",0,0
+WFM: "MONO850",0,0
+WFM: "BI8501900",0,0
+WFM: "QUADBAND",0,0
+WFM: "EFR",0,1
+WFM: "NOHR_NOECHO",0,0
+WFM: "HR",1,0
+WFM: "ECHO",0,0
+WFM: "HR_ECHO",0,0
+WFM: "DTXDATA",1,0
+WFM: "DATA144",1,0
+WFM: "SIM3VONLY",0,0
+WFM: "SIM5VONLY",0,0
+WFM: "SIM3AND5V",1,0
+WFM: "SIMREMOVE",1,0
+WFM: "NOINTERRUPT",0,0
+WFM: "QUICKOFF",0,0
+WFM: "OFFWHENUNPLUG",0,0
+WFM: "INTERRUPT",1,0
+WFM: "SWITCHATT",1,0
+WFM: "CPHS",1,0
+WFM: "SIMSPEEDENH",0,0
+WFM: "LOCA",0,0
OK
Note : The modified features have their
<resetFlag> parameter set to 1
15.37.3 Defined values
<mode>
0 : disable feature <FtrID>
1 : enable feature <FtrID>
2 : interrogate the status of the <FtrID> feature.
If the <FtrID> parameter is not used, the status of all the features are
listed (with several +WFM responses).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 204 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<FtrID>
Numeric value String value Meaning
11 "MONO900" Mono-band mode 900 MHz (def. 0)
12 "MONO1800" Mono-band mode 1800 MHz (def. 0)
13 "MONO1900" Mono-band mode 1900 MHz (def. 0)
14 "BI9001800" Dual-band mode 900/1800 MHz (def. 1)
15 "BI9001900" Dual-band mode 900/1900 MHz (def. 0)
16 "MONO850" Mono-band mode 850 MHz (def. 0)
17 "BI8501900" Dual-band mode 850/1900 MHz (def. 0)
18 "QUADBAND" Quad-band mode 850/900/1800/1900
MHz
2 "EFR": Enhanced Full Rate feature (def. 1)
31 “NOHR_NOECHO” HR and ECHO features are disabled
32 "HR" Half Rate feature (def. 1)
33 "ECHO" Echo Cancel (def. 0)
34 “HR_ECHO” HR and ECHO features are enabled
4 "DTXDATA" Data with DTX feature (def. 1)
5 "DATA144" Data 14.4 kbit/s feature (def. 1)
61 "SIM3VONLY" 3V SIM voltage mode (def. 0)
62 "SIM5VONLY" 5V SIM voltage mode
63 "SIM3AND5V" Both 3 and 5V SIM voltage mode (def. 1)
7 "SIMREMOVE" SIM removal feature (def. 1)
81 "NOINTERRUPT" No management of interruption (def. 0)
82 "QUICKOFF" Quick Off mode (def. 0)
83 "OFFWHENUNPLUG" Off when unplug mode (def. 0)
84 "INTERRUPT" interruption for customer (def. 1)
9 "SWITCHATT" Switch Attenuation feature (def. 1)
A "CPHS" CPHS feature (def. 1)
B "SIMSPEEDENH" SIM speed enhancement feature (def.0)
C "LOCA" Location feature (def. 0)
Notes :
•
The +WFM response only use alphabetical values for the <FtrID>
parameter.
•
For <FtrID> values with two digits (like 1x, 6x or 8x), the <mode> 0
value is not allowed. When a « xa » feature is enabled, enabling an other
« xb » feature will automatically disable the « xa » feature.
For example, if the "MONO900" feature is enabled, if the "BI9001800"
feature is activated, the "MONO900" feature gets automatically disabled.
•
The HR and ECHO features have a particular behavior, due to historical
reasons. The appropriate way to activate or deactivate this pair of
features is to use the corresponding <FtrId> :
“HR” HR only, no ECHO
“ECHO” ECHO only, no HR
“NOHR_NOECHO” Neither HR nor ECHO
“HR_ECHO” Both HR and ECHO
• “MONO900”, “MONO850”, “MONO1800”, “MONO1900”, “BI9001900”,
“BI9001800”, “BI8501900” and “QUADBAND” features are read-only. In
order to change the Band selection use AT+WMBS command, see §
15.53.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 205 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
• When the SIMREMOVE feature is activated if the SIM is removed an
unsolicited response +WIND: 0 is received and if the SIM is inserted an
unsolicited response +WIND: 1 is received.
• When the NOINTERRUPT feature is activated if the pin interrupt is set no
action is taken.
• When the QUICKOFF feature is activated if the pin interrupt is set the
module quickly switches off .Unlike doing an AT+CPOF no IMSI DETACH
is executed.
• When the OFFWHENUNPLUG feature is activated if the pin interrupt is
set an AT+CPOF is executed.
• When the INTERRUPT feature is activated if the pin interrupt is set an
unsolicited response +WIND: 12 is received.
• When the SWITCHATT feature is activated the SWITCHATT algorithm is
available to the AT+ECHO command.
• If feature SIM5VONLY or SIM3AND5V is used, the user must take care of
not using GPO0 pin : it is reserved for SIM level shifter.
<status>
0 : the <FtrID> feature is disabled
1 : the <FtrID> feature is enabled
<resetFlag>
0 : the feature has not been modified since the last boot of the product.
1 : the feature has been modified since the last boot of the product; a reset
must be performed to take the modifications into account.
Note : If a feature is reset to its initial value after a modification, the
<resetFlag> parameter will be reset to 0.
15.38 Commercial Features Management +WCFM
15.38.1 Description
This command enables ou disables Wavecom specific features. Disabling a
feature can be done with no restriction, but a password is required to enable
features.
Note : Once a feature successfully enabled or disabled, the product needs to be
reset to take the modification into account.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 206 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.38.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WCFM=<mode>,[<FtrMask>[,<Password>]]
Command Possible responses
AT+WCFM=0,”0A00”
Note : Disable some features
OK
AT+WCFM=2
Note : Display of the feature status
0000
OK
AT+WCFM=1,”0003”,”1234567890A
BCDEF1234567890ABCDEF12345678
90ABCDEF1234567890ABCDEF”
Note : Enable features
OK
Note : The features are enabled (the
password is correct)
AT+WCFM=1,”0050”,”1234567890A
BCDEF1234567890ABCDEF12345678
90ABCDEF1234567890FFFFFF”
Note : Enable features
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : Incorrect password
15.38.3 Defined values
<mode>
0 : disable some features of <FtrMask>
1 : enable some features of <FtrMask>
2 : display the features state
<FtrMask> : features mask
16 bits hexadecimal string (4 characters from 0 (zero) to ‘F’)
<PassWord> : Password
256 bits hexadecimal string (64 characters from 0 (zero) to ‘F’)
15.39 Wavecom Customer storage mirror +WMIR
15.39.1 Description
This specific command allows to make a mirror copy of the current
configuration parameters in the EEPROM. In case of memory problem for the
storage, if a customer mirror already exists, this one will be restored.
Otherwise, the Wavecom default mirrored parameters are restored.
15.39.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WMIR
Command Possible responses
AT+WMIR=? OK
AT+WMIR
Note : Build the Customer Mirror
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 207 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.39.3 Defined values :
No parameter
15.40 Wavecom Change Default Player +WCDP
15.40.1 Description
This specific command allows the default melody player to be selected.
15.40.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WCDP = <player>
Command Possible responses
AT+WCDP=? +WCDP : (0-1)
OK
AT+WCDP=0
Note : Select the buzzer.
OK
AT+WCDP?
+WCDP: 0
OK
15.40.3 Defined values :
<player>
0 : Buzzer
1 : Speaker
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 208 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.41 Wavecom CPHS Mail Box Number: +WMBN
15.41.1 Description
This specific command sets the different mailbox numbers in SIM. The +CPHS
command can be used to know which mailbox numbers can be updated.
15.41.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type>,<name>
Response syntax (to AT+CPHS=2,2)
+WMBN = <LineId>,<number>,<type>,<name>,<status>
Command Possible responses
AT+WMBN=? OK
AT+WMBN? OK
AT+CPHS=2,2
Note : Get the current Mail Box
Numbers in SIM
+WMBN: 1,"0123456789",129,”Maison”,1
+WMBN: 2,”9876543210”,129,”Travail”,1
+WMBN: 3,,,,1
+WMBN: 4,,,,1
OK
AT+WMBN=1,”+33122334455”,145
Note : Set mailbox number for line1.
OK
Note : Mailbox number for Line1 is set.
AT+WMBN=2
Note : Erase mailbox number & name
for line2
OK
AT+CPHS=2,2
Note : Get the current Mail Box
Numbers again
+WMBN: 1,"+33122334455",145,,1
+WMBN: 2,,,,1
+WMBN: 3,,,,1
+WMBN: 4,,,,1
OK
15.41.3 Defined values
<LineId>
1 : Line 1
2 : Line 2
3 : Data
4 : Fax
<number> : Phone number in ASCII format.
<type> : TON/NPI
(Type of address byte in integer format).
<name> : name of mailbox.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 209 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Notes :
•
For the <name> parameter all strings starting with “80”, “81” or “82”
are considered in UCS2 format. See the APPENDIX E: Coding of Alpha
fields in the SIM for UCS2. If a wrong UCS2 format is entered, the string
is considered as an ASCII string.
•
The AT command +WPCS affect the format of the Mailbox <name>
entry.
<status>
When checked with “AT+CPHS=2,2”, it indicates if the number can be
updated or not:
0 : Update is not possible
1 : Update is possible
15.42 Wavecom Alternate Line Service: +WALS
15.42.1 Description
This specific command allows to set and to get the active line. The +CPHS
command can be used to know which line is activated.
15.42.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WALS = <CmdType>[,<LineId>]
Response syntax (to AT+CPHS=2,3)
+WALS = <LineId>
Command Possible responses
AT+WALS? +WALS: 1
OK
Note : Display the current active line
AT+WALS=? +WALS: (0-1),(1-2)
OK
AT+WALS = 0,1
Note : Activate Line 1
+WALS: 1
OK
AT+WALS = 0,2
Note : Activate Line 2
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : When the ALS feature is not
allowed
AT+WALS = 1
Note : Get the current activate Line
+WALS: 1
Note : Display the current active line
AT+WALS = 1,2 +CME ERROR: 3
Note : Syntax error
AT+CPHS=0,3
Note : Deactivation of ALS feature.
OK
Note : No effect.
AT+CPHS=2,3
Note : Interrogate of ALS Feature
+WALS: 1
Note : Display the current active line
+CME ERROR: 3
Note : in the case where the ALS feature
is not allowed
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 210 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.42.3 Defined values
<CmdType>
0 : Set active line
1 : Get active line
<LineId>:
Only used for <CmdType> = 0
1 : Line 1
2 : Line 2
15.43 Wavecom Open AT control command +WOPEN
15.43.1 Description
This specific command allows to start, stop, delete and get information about
the current Open AT embedded application.
Note :
This command is only available if the Open AT feature is enabled (cf
+WCFM command).
15.43.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WOPEN=<Mode>
Response syntax +WOPEN: <Mode>[,<IntVersion>[<ExtVersion>]]
Command Possible responses
AT+WOPEN=? +WOPEN: (0-4)
OK
AT+WOPEN? +WOPEN: 0
OK
AT+WOPEN=2
Note : Get the Open-AT library
versions.
+WOPEN: 2, “AT v2.00”, “AT v2.00”
OK
Note : Open-AT v2.00 library version. An
embedded application has been
downloaded on this product.
AT+WOPEN=3 OK
Note : The objects flash are erased
AT+WOPEN=1
Note : Start the embedded application.
OK
+WIND: 3
Note : Product reset in order to start the
embedded application.
AT+WOPEN = 3 +CME ERROR: 532
Note : the embedded application is
activated so the objects flash are not
erased.
AT+WOPEN = 4 +CME ERROR: 532
Note : the embedded application is
activated so it cannot be erased
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 211 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible responses
AT+WOPEN=0
Note : Stop the embedded application.
OK
+WIND: 3
Note : Product reset in order to stop the
embedded application.
AT+WOPEN=3 OK
Note : The objects flash are erased
AT+WOPEN=4 OK
Note : the embedded application is
erased
AT+WOPEN? +CME ERROR: 3
Note : The Open AT feature is disabled.
15.43.3 Defined values :
<Mode>
0 : Stop the Open-AT embedded application.
If the product was running, it resets.
1 : Start the Open-AT embedded application.
If the product was stopped, it resets.
2 : Get the Open AT library versions.
3 : Erase the objects flash of the Open-AT embedded application.
4 : Erase the Open-AT embedded application.
Note : Mode = 3 and 4 are only available if Open-AT embedded application is
stopped (AT+WOPEN=0).
<IntVersion>
Ascii string giving the internal Open AT library version.
<ExtVersion>
Ascii string giving the external Open AT library version.
Note :
If no embedded application is loaded, the <ExtVersion> parameter does not
appear.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 212 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.44 Wavecom Reset +WRST
15.44.1 Description
This specific command resets the module after the time specified by the
<delay> parameter.
15.44.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WRST =<Mode>,<Delay>
Response syntax : +WRST: <Mode>,<Delay>,<RemainTime>
Command Possible responses
AT+WRST=? OK
AT+WRST=0
Note : Disable timer
OK
AT+WRST=1,”001:03”
Note : Enable timer and set delay at 1
hour 3 minutes
OK
AT+WRST? +WRST: 1,”001:03”,”001:01”
OK
Note: Timer activated to reset after 1
hour and 3 minutes. At this point, 1
hour and 1 minute remain before next
reset.
15.44.3 Defined values :
<val1> :
0 : timer reset is disabled
1 : timer reset is enabled
<Delay>: sets the time before reset
Range “000:01”- “168:59” (format hhh:mm)
<RemainTime> : time before next reset
Range “000:01”- “168:59” (format hhh:mm)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 213 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.45 Set Standard Tone +WSST
15.45.1 Description :
This specific command allows to set/get the sound level of the Standard Tones.
15.45.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WSST=[<sound level>][,<ring tone level>]
Command Possible responses
AT+WSST=0
Note : Set volume to Max.
OK
AT+WSST=15
Note : Set volume to Min.
OK
AT+WSST=,5
Note : Set ring tone level to 5
OK
AT+WSST?
Note : get current standard tones sound
level
+WSST: 15,5
OK
Note : current standard tones level is
15 (mini.), and ring tone level is 5.
AT+WSST=?
Note : supported parameters
+WSST: (0-15),(0-15)
OK
15.45.3 Defined values :
<sound level>
Range [0 ; 15]
0 : Maximum volume (default)
15 : Minimum volume
<ring tone level>
Range [0 ; 15]
0 : Maximum volume (default)
15 : Minimum volume
15.46 Wavecom Location +WLOC
15.46.1 Description :
This specific command can be used by the application to retrieve the following
local informations : MCC-MNC, LAC, CI, Network measurement, BCCH channel
list, Timing Advance, Date and Time.
Two ways exist for the external application to get these information : on
request of the application, or automatically by the module every x seconds (x
has to be a multiple of 5 different from 0).
The location feature has to be activated to get information.
if the feature is not activated,”ERROR” is sent.
If the data are not valid at the requested time, the network measurement,
BCCH list and Timing Advance cannot be displayed (“,,” is displayed instead).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 214 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.46.2 Syntax :
Command syntax : AT+WLOC =< mode > [,< time period/dump >]
Command Possible responses
AT+WLOC=0
Note : stops the display of local information
OK
AT+WLOC=3,255
Note : set the wished information to
display (255 -> complete information)
OK
AT+WLOC=1
Note : displays once the local information
+WLOC:
02f802,0006,7772,f13101b04cf5127
8
91138e95a846d160,8b49d08d0797c
419e272e10889a0000093021703990
20403c1020a03c5020a03,00,010121
111349ff
OK
AT+WLOC=2,6
Note : 6 is not a multiple of 5
+CME ERROR:3
AT+WLOC=2,10
Note : displays OK then the current local
information immediately for the first time
and then every 10 seconds.
OK
+WLOC:
02f802,0006,7772,ed3001af4cf492780
b040889c74acc23,8b49d08d0797c419e2
72e1
0889a000009302160399020503c1020a0
3c5020
a03,00,010121111354ff
+WLOC:
02f802,0006,7772,f02d01ae4cf41278
4b03c889c846dba5,8b49d08d0797c
419e272e10889a0000093021703990
20403c1020a03c5020903,00,010121
111404ff
…
AT+WLOC=?
Note : The feature “loca” is not activated
+CME ERROR:3
AT+WLOC?
Note : The feature “loca” is not activated
+CME ERROR:3
AT+WLOC=?
Note : The feature “loca” is activated
OK
AT+WLOC?
Note : The location is not in mode
automatic, the period value is set to 5
seconds, the configuration value is set to
255
+WLOC: 0,5,255
OK
AT+WLOC?
Note : The location is in mode automatic,
the period value is set to 10 seconds, the
configuration value is set to 20
+WLOC: 1,10,20
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 215 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.46.3 Defined values :
<mode>
0 : Stop automatic shots
1 : One shot requested
2 : Automatic shots requested (every x seconds)
3 : Configuration of the wished information
for <mode> = 2 :
<time period> optional parameter –
Range : [5 - 255] – in seconds
it has to be a multiple of 5.
default value of time period : 5 seconds
The automatic mode for location is saved in EEPROM, so will be taken into
account after an Init (+WLOC:… will be displayed).
Fields of the response to AT+WLOC=1 or AT+WLOC=2 :
The format of these fields are as specified in 04.08 :
Parameter Type
MCC-MNC 3 bytes
LAC 2 bytes
CI 2 bytes
Network measurement 16 bytes
BCCH channel list Maximum 48 bytes (version V0)
Or 129 bytes (version V1)
Timing Advance 1 byte
Date and Time 7 bytes : Date, time and timezone at
STLK Format
for mode = 3 :
<dump> optional parameter
Range : [1-255] (at least 1 bit set to 1).
if bit 0 set to 1 (value 1) : DaT will be returned in the response
if bit 1 set to 1 (value 2) : TA will be returned in the response
if bit 2 set to 1 (value 4) : BCCH will be returned in the response
if bit 3 set to 1 (value 8) : NetMeas will be returned in the response
if bit 4 set to 1 (value 16) : CI will be returned in the response
if bit 5 set to 1 (value 32) : LAC will be returned in the response
if bit 6 set to 1 (value 64) : MNC-MCC will be returned in the response
Notes :
• After having downloaded the EEPROM configuration: default value of
<dump> is 0xFF (all information returned).
• The <dump> value set with the command “at+wloc=3,xx” is saved in
EEPROM, so it will be taken into account after an Init.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 216 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Fields of the response to AT+WLOC? :
The response is built as follows
+WLOC: <mode>,<timeperiod>,<dump>
<mode> :
0 : no automatic mode
1 : automatic mode
<timeperiod>, <dump> :see above.
15.47 Wavecom Bus Read +WBR
15.47.1 Description
This specific command allows to read a buffer from a specific bus (SPI, I2C
Soft or Parallel).
Note : Bus configuration is set by the +WBM command.
15.47.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WBR=<BusId>,<Size>[,<Address>[,<Opcode>]]
Response syntax : +WBR: <Data><CR><LF>
OK
Command Possible responses
AT+WBR=0,9,”ABFF”,”C9”
Note : Read 9 bytes from the SPI bus, after
having sent the 0xC9 Opcode byte and
ABFF Address.
+WBR: 0A5F98231012345678
OK
AT+WBR=1,5,”2A”
Note : Read 5 bytes from the I2C Soft bus,
at the 0x2A slave address.
+WBR: 0102030405
OK
AT+WBR=2,2,0
Read 2 bytes from the Parallel bus with the
A2 pin set to 0.
+WBR: A000
OK
15.47.3 Defined values
< BusId >
0 : SPI bus.
1 : I2C Soft bus.
2 : Parallel bus.
<Size>
Size of data to read, in bytes (max 256 bytes).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 217 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<Address>
• For SPI bus :
On Q24X3 and P32X3 products :
Up to 2 address bytes as an ASCII hexadecimal string, usable only is
the <opcode> byte is set.
If the address field is not used, the parameter must not be set
(default).
On Q24X6 and P32X6 products :
Up to 4 address bytes as an ASCII hexadecimal string.
If the <address> field is not used, the parameter must not be set
(default).
• For Parallel bus :
0 : set the A2 pin to 0 (default)
1 : set the A2 pin to 1
• For I2C Soft bus :
Slave address byte, in hexadecimal format (default is 0x00).
This is a 7-bits address, shifted to left from 1 bit, padded with the
LSB set to 1 (to read), and sent first on the I2C bus before performing
the read operation.
<Opcode> (for SPI bus only)
On Q24X3 and P32X3 products :
Up to 1 opcode byte as an ASCII hexadecimal string.
If the <opcode> field is not used, the parameter must not be set
(default).
On Q24X6 and P32X6 products :
Up to 4 opcode bytes as an ASCII hexadecimal string.
If the <opcode> field is not used, the parameter must not be set
(default).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 218 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.48 Wavecom Bus Write +WBW
15.48.1 Description
This specific command allows to write a buffer on a specific bus (SPI, I2C soft
or parallel).
Note : Bus configuration is set by the +WBM command.
15.48.2 Syntax
Command syntax: AT+WBW=<BusId>,<Size>[,<Address>]<CR>
<Data Buffer> <ctrl-Z >
Command Possible responses
AT+WBW=0,10<CR>
0123456789ABCDEF0123<ctrl-Z>
Note : Write 10 bytes on the SPI bus.
OK
Note : Data buffer is written on SPI bus.
AT+WBW=1,5<CR>
0246801234<ctrl-Z>
Note : Write 5 bytes on the I2C Soft bus.
OK
Note : Data buffer is written on I2C Soft
bus.
AT+WBW=2,2,0<CR>
434F<ctrl-Z>
Note : Write 2 bytes on the Parallel bus
with the A2 pin set to 0.
OK
Note : Data buffer is written on PARALLEL
bus.
15.48.3 Defined values
<BusId>
0 : SPI bus.
1 : I2C Soft bus.
2 : Parallel bus.
<Size>
Size of data buffer, in bytes. (max. 256 bytes)
<Address>
• For SPI bus :
Not Used
• For Parallel bus :
0 : set the A2 pin to 0 (default)
1 : set the A2 pin to 1
• For I2C Soft bus :
Slave address byte, in hexadecimal format (default “00”).
This is a 7-bits address, shifted to left from 1 bit, padded with the LSB
set to 0 (to write), and sent first on the I2C bus before performing the
writing operation.
<Data Buffer> : Data buffer to write on the specific bus.
This parameter must only contain hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) Its length
must be twice the <Size> parameter.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 219 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.49 Wavecom Bus Management +WBM
15.49.1 Description
This specific command allows to manage specific buses (SPI, I2C Soft, Parallel)
with a given configuration.
15.49.2 Syntax
• Command Syntax for SPI bus
AT+WBM=<BusId>,<Mode>,[<Clock_Speed>],[<Clock_Mode>],
[<ChipSelect>],[<ChipSelectPolarity>],[<LsbFirst>],
[<Gpio ChipSelect>],[<Gpio Handling>]
• Command Syntax for I2C bus
AT+WBM=<BusId>,<Mode>,[<Scl_Gpio>],[<Sda_Gpio>]
• Command Syntax for parallel
The parameters depend on ChipSelect configuration :
if CS is Gpio 5 :
AT+WBM=<BusId>,<Mode>,[<Chip_Select>],[<Order>],[<Gpio_NbWaitS
tate>]
if CS is LCD_EN
AT+WBM=<BusId>,<Mode>,[<Chip_Select>],[<Order>],
[<LCDEN_AddressSetupTime>],
[<LCDEN_SignalPulseDuration>],
[<LCDEN_PolarityControl>]
Command Possible responses
AT+WBM=0,1,1,3,1,0,1
Open SPI bus with configuration :
(on Q24X3 product)
Clock Speed : 812 kHz
Clock Mode : 3
ChipSelect : LCDEN
ChipSelectPolarity : LOW
LsbFirst : MSB
OK
AT+WBM=1,1,0,4
Open I2C Soft bus with configuration :
Scl Gpio : 0
Sda Gpio : 4
OK
AT+WBM=2,1,0,1,10, 31,0
Open PARALLEL bus with configuration :
(on P32X3 product)
ChipSelect : LCDEN
Order: Direct
LcdenAddressSetUpTime: 10
LcdenSignalPulseDuration : 31
PolarityControl : low
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 220 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT+WBM=0,2 +WBM: 0,1,1,3,1,0,1,0,0
OK
AT+WBM=1,0
Close I2C bus.
OK
AT+WBM=1,2 +WBM: 0,0,0,4
OK
AT+WBM=1,1
Open I2C Soft bus with the last
configuration :
Scl Gpio : 0
Sda Gpio : 4
OK
AT+WBM = 1,2
+WBM: 1,1,0,4
OK
15.49.3 Defined values
<BusId>
0 : SPI bus.
1 : I2C bus.
2 : Parallel bus.
(Only on Wismo Pac products)
<Mode>
0 : close bus.
1 : open bus.
2 : get bus status.
15.49.3.1 for SPI bus :
<Clock Speed>
Q24X3 and P32X3 products Q24X6 and P32X6 products
Value Frequency Value Frequency
0 (default) 101 kHz 0 (default) 13 MHz
1 812 kHz 1 6,5 MHz
2 1,625 MHz 2 4,33 MHz
3 3,25 MHz 3 3,25 MHz
4 2,6 MHz
5 2,167 MHz
6 1,857 MHz
7 1,625 MHz
8 1,44 MHz
9 1,3 MHz
10 1,181 MHz
11 1,083 MHz
12 1 MHz
13 926 kHz
14 867 kHz
15 812 kHz
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 221 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<Clock Mode>
0 : rest state is 0, the data is valid on rising edge (default value).
1 : rest state is 0, the data is valid on falling edge.
2 : rest state is 1, the data is valid on rising edge.
3 : rest state is 1, the data is valid on falling edge.
<ChipSelect> (default 0)
0 : GPIO (default value)
Note : See <GpioChipSelect> ans <GpioHandling> parameters.
1 : SPI_EN
on Q24X3 and P32X3 products
Note :
on Q24X6 product
, the SPI_EN pin is replaced by the GPO 3 output
(Gpio ChipSelect = 7, refer to +WIOM command)
on P32X6 product
, the SPI_EN pin is replaced by the GPIO 8 output
(Gpio ChipSelect = 7, refer to +WIOM command)
2 : SPI_AUX
on Q24X3 and P32X3 products
Note :
on Q24X6 and P32X6 products
, the SPI_AUX pin is replaced by theGPO 0
output (Gpio ChipSelect = 6, please refer to the +WIOM command)
<ChipSelectPolarity>
0 : LOW (Chip select signal is valid on low state). (Default value).
1 : HIGH (Chip select signal is valid on high state)
<LsbFirst>
0 : LSB (Data are sent with LSB first)
1 : MSB (Data are sent with MSB first) (default value)
<Gpio ChipSelect > if ChipSelect = GPIO (default GPIO 0, see § 15.12.3)
The GPIO value is between 0 and 7.
It must be a GPIO or a GPO (not a GPI), and not allocated by any Open-AT
embedded application.
Please refer to +WIOM command
<Gpio Handling > if ChipSelect = GPIO
0 : SPI BYTE (GPIO signal pulse on each written or read byte)
1 : SPI FRAME (GPIO signal works as a standard Chip Select signal) (default
value)
15.49.3.2 for I2C bus :
<Scl Gpio> (default value is 0)
The Scl GPIO value is between 0 and 7.
It must be a GPIO (not a GPI or GPO) and not allocated by an Open-AT
embedded application.
<Sda Gpio> (default value is 4)
The Sda GPIO value is between 0 and 7.
It must be a GPIO (not a GPI or GPO) and not allocated by an Open-AT
embedded application.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 222 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.49.3.3 for Parallel bus (only on Pac products) :
<ChipSelect> (default value is 1)
0 : GPIO 5 (it must not be allocated by any Open-AT application)
1 : LCDEN (same pin as SPI_EN, and Gpio 8 on P32X6 products (it must not be
allocated by any Open-AT application))
<Order> (default value is 0)
0 : DIRECT
1 : REVERSE
<LCDEN AddressSetUpTime> if ChipSelect = LCDEN (default value is 0)
The <Lcd AddressSetUpTime> value is between 0 and 31.
The resulting time is :
For P32X3 product
: ( X * 38.5 ) ns ;
For P32X6 product
: ( 1 + 2 X ) * 19 ns.
This is the time between the setting of an address on the bus, and the
activation of the LCD_EN pin (T1 on the figure bellow).
<LCDEN SignalPulseDuration> if ChipSelect = LCDEN (default value is 0)
The <Lcd LcdenSignalPulseDuration> value is between 0 and 31.
The resulting time is :
For P32X3 product
: ( X + 1.5 ) * 38.5 ns ;
For P32X6 product
: ( 1 + 2 * ( X + 1 ) ) * 19 ns
(Warning, for this product, the 0 value in considered as 32).
This is the time during which the LCD_EN signal is valid (T2 on the figure
above).
<LCDEN PolarityControl> if ChipSelect = LCDEN (default value is 0)
0 : LOW (LCD_EN signal is valid on low state)
1 : HIGH (LCD_EN signal is valid on high state)
<GPIO NbWaitState> if ChipSelect = GPIO (default value is 0)
This is the time during which the data is valid on the bus.
0 : 62 ns
1 : 100 ns
2 : 138 ns
3 : 176 ns
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 223 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Notes :
• If one or two IOs are needed by a bus, they are not available any more
for the +WIOR , +WIOW, +WIOM commands. When the
corresponding bus is closed, these commands resume the control of
the IOs.
• A bus may not be available for an open operation if an Open-AT
embedded application has opened it before with the same parameters.
In this case, the +WBM command will return +CME ERROR: 3.
15.50 Wavecom Hang-up +WATH
15.50.1 Description
This specific command is used by the application to disconnect the remote
user, specifying a release cause and the location. In the case of multiple calls,
all calls are released (active, on-hold and waiting calls).
15.50.2 Syntax
Command Syntax AT+WATH=<RelCause>,<location>
AT+WATH=31
Note : Ask for disconnection with release
cause=normal and location=USER
OK
Note : Every call, if any, are released
AT+WATH=? +WATH: (1-127),(0-5,7,10)
AT+WATH=17,2
Note : Ask for disconnection with release
cause=user busy and location=
public
network serving the local user
OK
Note : Every call, if any, are released
15.50.3 Defined values
<RelCause> :
decimal value from 1 to 127 (see the table in appendix 18.4 “Failure Cause
from GSM 04.08 recommendation)
<location> :
optional parameter (default value =0)
values as defined in 04.08
0 : user
1 : private network serving the local user
2 : public network serving the local user
3 : transit network
4 : public network serving the remote user
5 : private network serving the remote user
7 : international network
10 : network beyond interworking point
Notes :
In order to have a “Normal Release”, use ATH command (see paragraph
15.50)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 224 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.51 Write IMEI +WIMEI
15.51.1 Description
The download of the IMEI is available through this specific command. This
operation is possible only if the module contains the default IMEI.
The IMEI can only be downloaded once.
No password is needed. If the download is not correct, only Wavecom can
reset the IMEI.
15.51.2 Syntax
Command syntax AT+WIMEI=<IMEI>
Command Possible responses
AT+WIMEI?
Request IMEI
+WIMEI: 123456789012345
OK
Note: Default IMEI present in EEPROM
AT+WIMEI=123456789099995
First Download
OK
AT+WIMEI=12345
First Download with wrong length of
the string
+CME ERROR: 24
AT+WIMEI=123456789999996
Try to overwrite an IMEI already
downloaded
+CME ERROR: 3
AT+WIMEI?
Request IMEI
+WIMEI: 123456789099995
OK
Note: IMEI present in EEPROM
AT+WIMEI=?
OK
Note: Command valid
15.51.3 Defined values
<IMEI>
14 or 15 digits as defined by GSM 03.03.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 225 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.52 Write IMEI SVN: +WSVN
15.52.1 Description
The update of the IMEI SVN is available through this specific command.
15.52.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WSVN=<IMEISVN>
Command Possible responses
AT+WSVN?
Note: Request IMEI SVN
+WSVN: 10
OK
Note: IMEI SVN present in
EEPROM
AT+WSVN=11
Note: Update the IMEI SVN
OK
AT+WSVN=256
+CME ERROR: 24
Note: wrong length of the string.
1 <= IMEI SVN <= 255
AT+WSVN=? +WSVN: (1-255)
OK
Note: Command valid
15.52.3 Defined values
<IMEI SVN> IMEI SVN value between 1 and 255
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 226 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
15.53 Wavecom multi-band selection command: +WMBS
15.53.1 Description
This command permits to select the GSM bands on which the module have to
work. This command is allowed only if the selected bands are supported. The
module have to be reset to take this change into account.
15.53.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WMBS=<Band>
Command Possible responses
AT+WMBS=<Band>
OK
Note: Band mode selected
AT+WMBS=<Band> +CME ERROR: 3
Note: Band not allowed
AT+WMBS?
+WMBS:<Band>,<ResetFlag>
OK
Note: current selected band
mode is returned
AT+WMBS=?
+WMBS: (0,3,4)
OK
Note: Only 850 mono-band or
850-1900 bi-band are available
AT+WMBS=? +WMBS: (0,1,2,3,4,5,6)
OK
Note: all bands are available
15.53.3 Defined values
<Band> : frequency band configuration to be supported
0 : mono-band mode 850 MHz
1 : mono-band mode 900 MHz
2 : mono-band mode 1800 MHz
3 : mono-band mode 1900 MHz
4 : dual-band mode 850/1900 MHz
5 : dual-band mode 900/1800 MHz
6 : dual-band mode 900/1900 MHz
<ResetFlag>
0 : the feature was not modified since the last boot of the product.
1 : the feature has been modified since the last boot of the product : it has to
be reset in order to take the modification into account.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 227 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16 SIM TOOLKIT
16.1 Overview of SIM Application ToolKit
16.1.1 Summary
SIM ToolKit, also known as “SIM Application ToolKit” introduces
functionalities, which open the way to a broad range of value added services.
The principle is to allow service providers to develop new applications
(e.g.. for
banking, travel, ticket booking, etc.)
for subscribers and to download them into
the SIM.
This solution allows new services to be accessible to the user by adding new
SIM-based applications without modifying the handset.
16.1.2 Functionality
SIM Toolkit refers to the functionalities described in the GSM Technical
specification 11.14.
It introduces twenty five commands for the SIM. Three classes of increasing
ToolKit functionalities have been defined, with class 1 offering a subset of
commands and class 3 offering the full range of commands
(See table 1 in
APPENDIX B)
.
The SIM Application Toolkit supports:
• profile download,
• proactive SIM,
• data download into SIM.
• menu selection,
• call control by SIM.
16.1.3 Profile download
The Profile Download instruction is sent by the customer application to the
SIM as part of the initialization. It is used to indicate which SIM Application
Toolkit features is supported by the customer application.
The AT command used for this operation is +STSF
(SIM ToolKit Set Facilities)
.
16.1.4 Proactive SIM
A proactive SIM provides a mechanism whereby the SIM can ask the customer
application to perform certain actions.
These actions include:
• display menu,
• display given text,
• get user input,
• send a short message,
• play the requested tone,
• set up a call,
• provide location information.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 228 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
This mechanism allows SIM applications to generate powerful menu-driven
sequences on the customer application and to use services available in the
network.
The commands used for this operation are:
+STIN
(SIM Toolkit Indication)
,
+STGI
(SIM Toolkit Get Information)
,
+STGR
(SIM Toolkit Give Response)
.
16.1.5 Data Download to SIM
Data downloading to the SIM
(SMS, phonebook…)
allows data or programs
(Java applets)
received by SMS or by Cell Broadcast to be transferred directly
to the SIM Application.
This feature does not need any AT command. It is transparent to the customer
application.
16.1.6 Menu Selection
A set of menu items is supplied by the SIM Application ToolKit. The menu
selection command can then be used to signal to the SIM Application which
menu item is selected.
The commands used for this operation are +STIN, +STGI and +STGR.
16.1.7 Call control by SIM
The call control mechanism allows the SIM to check all dialed numbers,
supplementary service control strings and USSD strings before connecting to
the network. This gives the SIM the ability to allow, bar or modify the string
before the operation starts.
The commands used for this operation are :
+STCR
(SIM Toolkit Control Response)
,
+STGR
(SIM Toolkit Give Response)
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 229 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.2 Messages exchanged during a SIM ToolKit
operation.
The following scheme shows the SIM Toolkit commands and unsolicited
results that are exchanged.
On the first step, the customer application informs the WAVECOM product
which facilities are supported. This operation is performed with the +STSF
(SIM ToolKit Set Facilities)
command, which also allows to activate or
deactivate the SIM Toolkit functionality.
On the second step, an unsolicited result +STIN
(SIM ToolKit indication)
is sent
by the product, indicating to the customer application which command type
the SIM Application Toolkit is running on the SIM card. The last SIM Toolkit
indication can be requested by the +STIN? command.
On the third step, the customer application uses the +STGI
(SIM ToolKit Get
Information)
command to get all the information about the SIM ToolKit
command, returned by a +STIN message.
On the fourth step, the customer application uses the +STGR
(SIM Toolkit Give
Response)
to send its response
(if any)
to the SIM ToolKit Application.
The +STCR
(SIM Toolkit Control response)
indication is an unsolicited result
sent by the SIM when Call control functionality is activated and before the
customer application has performed any outgoing call, SMS, SS, or USSD.
WAVECOM
Product
Customer
Application
+STSF=X,XXXXXXXX
+STIN=X
+STGI=X
+STGI response
+STGR=X,XXXXXX
STEP 1: Configuration and Activation
STEP 2: SIM sends pro-active command
STEP 3: Customer application gets all the information.
Step 4: User response is sent to the SIM.
+STCR:X
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 230 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3 SIM TOOLKIT COMMANDS
16.3.1 SIM ToolKit Set Facilities (+STSF)
16.3.1.1 Description
This command allows SIM ToolKit facilities to be activated, deactivated or
configured.
16.3.1.2 Syntax
Command syntax :
+STSF=<mode>[,<config>][,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>]
Command Possible responses
+STSF=<Mode>[,<Config>]
[,<Timeout>][,<AutoResponse>]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
+STSF? +STSF:
<Mode>,<Config>,<Timeout>,<Autoresponse>
+STSF=?
+STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F - 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-
255),(0-1)
OK
16.3.1.3 Defined values
<mode>
0 : Deactivates the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
1 : Activates the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
2 : Configures the SIM Toolkit functionalities.
<Config>
(160060C01F – 5FFFFFFF7F)
(hex format)
<Timeout>
Range 1 to 255 : Timeout for user responses (multiple of 10 seconds).
<Autoresponse>
0 : Automatic response is not activated
1 : Automatic response is activated
Notes :
• The activation or deactivation of the SIM Toolkit functionalities
requires the use of the +CFUN
(Set phone functionality)
command to reset the product. This operation is not necessary if
PIN is not entered yet.
• The <Config> parameter gives the coding of the TERMINAL
PROFILE, precisely the list of SIM Application Toolkit facilities
that are supported by the customer application.
• The <Timeout> parameter (multiple of 10 seconds) sets the
maximum time for the user action (to select an item, to input a
text, etc).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 231 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
• When <Autoresponse> is activated, the +STIN indication for Play
Tone (5), Refresh (7), Send SS (8), Send SMS (9) or Send USSD
(10) is automatically followed by the corresponding +STGI
response.
Note:
Some bits are related to the product only and not to the customer application.
The product automatically sets these bits to either 0 or 1 whatever the user
enters with the +STSF command. Those values are given in Appendix C.
Each facility is coded on 1 bit:
• bit = 1: facility is supported by the customer application.
• bit = 0: facility is not supported by the customer
application.
Only the first five bytes of the TERMINAL PROFILE (Class 2) can be configured,
the other are set to 0.
(See structure of TERMINAL PROFILE in APPENDIX C)
16.3.1.4 Error codes
+CME ERROR: 3 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a
wrong parameter is entered.
16.3.1.5 Example
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+WIND=15
Set Wavecom indications
OK
AT+CPAS
Query ME Status
+CPAS: 0
ME is ready.
OK
AT+STSF=?
Test command SIM ToolKit Set Facilities
+STSF: (0-2), (160060C01F – 5FFFFFFF7F),(1-255)
OK
AT+STSF?
+STSF: 0,”160060C000”,3
No activation of SIM ToolKit functionality
OK
AT+STSF=2,”5FFFFFFF7F”
Set all SIM ToolKit facilities (class 3).
OK
AT+STSF=3
Syntax Error
+CME ERROR: 3
AT+STSF=1
Activation of SIM ToolKit functionality
OK
AT+CFUN=1
Reboot Software.
OK
AT+CPIN?
Is the ME requiring a password?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
Yes, SIM PIN required
AT+CPIN=0000
OK
PIN Ok
+WIND: 4
Init phase is complete
AT+STSF?
+STSF: 1,”5FFFFFFF7F”,3
SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 232 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3.2 SIM ToolKit Indication (+STIN)
16.3.2.1 Unsolicited result
In order to allow the customer application to identify the pro-active command
sent via SIM ToolKit, a mechanism of unsolicited SIM ToolKit indications
(+STIN)
is implemented.
Syntax : +STIN: <CmdType>
<CmdType>
0 : a ‘Setup Menu’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
1 : a ‘Display Text’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
2 : a ‘Get Inkey’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
3 : a ‘Get Input’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
4 : a ‘Setup Call’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
5 : a ‘Play Tone’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*)
6 : a ‘Sel Item’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
7 : a ‘Refresh’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*)
8 : a ‘Send SS’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*)
9 : a ‘Send SMS’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*)
10 : a ‘Send USSD’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM. (*)
11 : a ‘SETUP EVENT LIST’ pro-active command has been sent from the SIM.
98 : timeout when no response from user.
99 : a “End Session” has been sent from the SIM.
(*) if the automatic response parameter is activated, this indication is followed
by the corresponding +STGI response.
16.3.2.2 Last SIM toolkit indication
The last SIM toolkit indication sent by the SIM can be requested by the
AT+STIN? command. This command is only usable between the sending of the
STIN indication by the SIM (step 2 : see section 16.2) and the response of the
user with the +STGI command (step 3).
Command syntax : +STIN?
Command Possible responses
+STIN?
Note : Ask for the last SIM toolkit
indication sent by the SIM
+STIN: 0
OK
Note : the last SIM toolkit indication was
a Setup Menu
+STGI=0
Note : Display the SIM toolkit application
menu
+STIN?
Note : Ask for the last SIM toolkit
indication sent by the SIM
+CME ERROR: 4
Note : operation not supported, the
+STGI command has been already used
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 233 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3.3 SIM ToolKit Get Information (+STGI)
16.3.3.1 Description
This command allows to get the information
(text to display, Menu
information, priorities…)
of a pro-active command sent from the SIM.
The information is returned only after receiving a SIM Toolkit indication
(+STIN)
.
16.3.3.2 Syntax
Command syntax : +STGI=<CmdType>
Command Possible responses
+STGI=<CmdType> See Table 1
+CME ERROR: <err>
+STGI=? +STGI: (0-11)
OK
Table 1
Cmd
Type Description Possible responses
0
Get information about
‘Setup Menu’ pro-active
command.
+STGI: <Alpha Identifier menu>
+STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help
Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>
+STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help
Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>
[…]]
No action expected from SIM.
1
Get information about
‘Display text’ pro-active
command.
+STGI: <Prior>,<Text>,<ClearMode>
No action expected from SIM.
2 Get information about ‘Get
Inkey’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <Format>,<HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>]
SIM expects key pressed (+STGR).
3 Get information about ‘Get
Input’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <Format>,<EchoMode>,<SizeMin>,<SizeMax
<HelpInfo>[,<TextInfo>]
SIM expects key input (+STGR).
4
Get information about
‘Setupt call’ pro-active
command.
+STGI: <Type>,<CalledNb>,<SubAddress>,<Class>
SIM expects user authorization (+STGR).
5 Get information about ‘Play
Tone’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <ToneType>[,<TimeUnit>,<TimeInterval>,<TextInfo>]
No action.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 234 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Cmd
Type Description Possible responses
6 Get information about ‘Sel
Item’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <DefaultItem>, <Alpha Identifier menu><CR><LF>
+STGI: <Id1>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id1 Label>,<Help
Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>
+STGI: <Id2>,<NbItems>,<Alpha Id2 Label>,<Help
Info>[,<NextActionId>]<CR><LF>
[…]]
SIM expects an item choice (+STGR).
7
Get information about
‘Refresh’ pro-active
command.
+STGI: <RefreshType>
No action (Refresh done automatically by product).
8 Get information about ‘Send
SS’ pro-active command.
+STGI:<TextInfo>
No action (Send SS done automatically by product).
9 Get information about ‘Send
SMS’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <TextInfo>
No action (Send SMS done automatically by product).
10 Get information about ‘Send
USSD’ pro-active command.
+STGI: <TextInfo>
No action (Send USSD done automatically by product).
11
Get information about
‘SETUP EVENT LIST’ pro-
active command.
+STGI: <Evt>
16.3.3.3 Defined values
Values when CmdType=0 (Setup menu)
<Alpha Idenitifer menu> Alpha identifier of the main menu.
<Idx> (1-255) Menu item Identifier.
<NbItems> (1-255) Number of items in the main menu.
<Alpha Idx Label> Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII
format.
<HelpInfo>
0: No help information available.
1: Help information available.
<NextActionId> Contains a pro-active command
identifier.
(see the table in APPENDIX D)
Compared to other commands the customer application can always get
information about setup menu after having received the +STIN:0 indication.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 235 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Values when CmdType=1 (Display text)
<Prior>
0: Normal priority of display.
1: High priority of display.
<Text> Text to display in ASCII format.
<ClearMode>
0: Clear message after a delay
(3
seconds)
1: Wait for user to clear message.
Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey)
<Format>
0: Digit
(0-9, *, #,and +)
1: SMS alphabet default.
2: UCS2
<HelpInfo>
0: No help information available.
1: Help information available.
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input)
<Format>
0: Digit
(0-9, *, #,and +)
1: SMS alphabet default.
2: UCS2
3: Unpacked format.
4: Packed format.
<EchoMode>
0: Echo off.
1: Echo on.
<SizeMin> (1-255) Minimum length of input.
<SizeMax> (1-255) Maximum length of input.
<HelpInfo>
0: No help information available.
1: Help information available.
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
Values when CmdType=4 (Setup Call)
<Type>
0: Set up call but only if not currently busy on another call.
1: Set up call, putting all other calls
(if any)
on hold.
2: Set up call, disconnecting all other calls
(if any)
.
<CalledNb> Called party number in ASCII format.
<SubAdress> Called party sub-address in ASCII format.
<Class>
0: Voice call.
1: Data call.
2: Fax call
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 236 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Values when CmdType=5 (Play tone)
<ToneType>
0: Tone Dial.
1: Tone Busy.
2: Tone Congestion.
3: Tone Radio ack
4: Tone Dropped.
5: Tone Error.
6: Tone Call waiting.
7: Tone Ringing.
8: Tone General beep.
9: Tone Positive beep.
10: Tone Negative beep.
<TimeUnit>
0: Time unit used is minutes.
1: Time unit used is seconds.
2: Time unit used is tenths of seconds.
<TimeInterval> (1-255) Time required expressed in units.
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
Values when CmdType=6 (Sel Item)
<DefaultItem> (1-255) Default Item Identifier.
<Alpha Idenitifer menu> Alpha identifier of the main menu.
<Idx> (1-255) Identifier items.
<NbItems> (1-255) Number of items in the menu.
<Alpha Idx Label> Alpha identifier label of items in ASCII
format.
<HelpInfo>
0: No help information available.
1: Help information available.
<NextActionId> Contains a pro-active command identifier.
(see the table in APPENDIX D)
Values when CmdType=7 (Refresh)
<RefreshType>
0: SlM initialization and full file change notification.
1 File change notification.
2 SIM initialization and file change notification.
3 SIM initialization.
4 SIM reset.
Values when CmdType=8 (Send SS)
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
Values when CmdType=9 (Send SMS)
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
Values when CmdType=10 (Send USSD)
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 237 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List)
<Evt>
1: Reporting asked for an ‘Idle Screen’ event.
2: Reporting asked for an ‘User Activity’ event.
3: Reporting asked for ‘Idle Screen’ and ‘User Activity’
events.
4: Cancellation of reporting event.
Rem : For the UCS2 format texts are displayed in Hexa Ascii format. Example :
When the SIM sends a TextString containing 0x00 0x41 the text displayed is
“0041”.
16.3.3.4 Error codes
+ CME ERROR: 3 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a
wrong parameter is detected.
+CME ERROR: 4 Operation not supported. This error is returned when the
user wants to get information about a SIM ToolKit pro-
active command (with SIM ToolKit functionality not
activated.)
+CME ERROR: 518 SIM ToolKit indication not received. This error is returned
when the SIM Toolkit indication
(+STIN)
has not been
received.
16.3.3.5 Example
Initially, all facilities are activated, the PIN is not required and SIM toolkit
functionality is activated.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+WIND=15
Set Wavecom indications
OK
AT+STSF?
+STSF: 1,”5FFFFFFF7F”,3
SIM ToolKit functionality activated with all facilities.
OK
+STIN: 0
The main menu has been sent from the SIM.
AT+STIN?
+STIN: 0
OK
AT+STGI=0
Get information about the main menu
+STGI: ”SIM TOOLKIT MAIN MENU”
Main menu contains 3 items.
+STGI: 1,3,”BANK”,0
+STGI: 2,3,”QUIZ”,0
+STGI: 3,3,”WEATHER”,0
OK
AT+STIN?
+CME ERROR: 4
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 238 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3.4 Unsolicited Result : SIM ToolKit Control Response (+STCR)
When the customer application makes an outgoing call or an outgoing SMS
and if the call control facility is activated, CALL CONTROL and SMS CONTROL
responses can be identified. This is also applicable to SS calls.
Syntax : +STCR: <Result>[,<Number>,<MODestAddr>,<TextInfo>]
Option :
<Result>
0: Control response not allowed.
1: Control response with modification.
<Number> Called number, Service Center Address or SS String in
ASCII format.
<MODestAddr> MO destination address in ASCII format.
<TextInfo> Text information in ASCII format.
16.3.5 SIM ToolKit Give Response (+STGR)
16.3.5.1 Description
This command allows the application/user to select an item in the main menu,
or to answer the following proactive commands :
• GET INKEY Key pressed by the user.
• GET INPUT Message entered by the user.
• SELECT ITEM Selected item.
• SETUP CALL User confirmation.
• DISPLAY TEXT User confirmation to clear the message.
• SETUP EVENT LIST Reporting events.
It is also possible to terminate the current proactive command session by
sending a Terminal Response to the SIM, with the following parameters :
• BACKWARD MOVE Process a backward move
• BEYOND CAPABILITIES Command beyond ME capabilities
• UNABLE TO PROCESS ME is currently unable to process
command
• NO RESPONSE No response from the user
• END SESSION User abort.
16.3.5.2 Syntax
Command syntax : +STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data>]
Command Possible responses
+STGR=<CmdType>[,<Result>,<Data
>]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
For GetInput with <Result>=1:
+STGR=3,1<CR>
<Data><Ctrl Z>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
For GetInkey with <Result>=1
+STGR=2,1,”<Data>”
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
+STGR=? OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 239 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3.5.3 Defined values
<CmdType>
0: Item selection in the main menu.
1: User confirmation to clear a ‘Disp Text’.
2: Response for a ‘Get Inkey’.
3: Response for a ‘Get Input’.
4: Response for a ‘Setup call’.
6: Response for a ‘Sel Item’.
11 Reponse for a ‘Setup event list’.
95 Backward move
96 Command beyond ME capabilities
97 ME currently unable to process command
98 No response from the user.
99 User abort.
Values when CmdType=0 (Select an item from the main menu)
<Result>
1: Item selected by the user.
2: Help information required by user.
<Data> Contains the item identifier of the item selected by the
user.
Values when CmdType=1 (Confirm the display text clearing)
No values.
Values when CmdType=2 (Get Inkey)
<Result>
0: Session ended by user.
1: Response given by the user.
2: Help information required by user.
<Data> Contains the key pressed by the user.
Values when CmdType=3 (Get Input)
<Result>
0: Session ended by user.
1: Response given by the user.
2: Help information required by user.
<Data> Contains the string of characters entered by the user.
Note:
For Inputs in UCS2 format, the data are entered in ASCII format. Example : For
“8000410042FFFF” entered, the SIM receives 0x00 0x41 0x00 0x42 with
UCS2 DCS. (See the Appendix E about the different UCS2 syntaxes).
Values when CmdType=4 (Setup call)
<Result>
0: User refuses the call.
1: User accepts call.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 240 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Values when CmdType=6 (Select Item)
<Result>
0: Session terminated by the user
1: Item selected by the user
2: Help information required by the user
3: Return to the back item
<Data> Contains the item identifier selected by the user
Values when CmdType=11 (Setup Event List)
<Result>
1: Idle screen available.
2: User activity event.
Sending a Terminal Response to the SIM :
Values when CmdType=95 (Backward Move)
Values when CmdType=96 (Command beyond ME capabilities)
Values when CmdType=97 (ME currently unable to process command)
Values when CmdType=98 (No response from the user)
Values when CmdType=99 (SIM Toolkit Session aborting by the user)
No values.
It is possible to send a Terminal Response after the +STIN indication (step 2, cf
§16.2), or after the +STGI command (step 3).
Note :
For the SETUP MENU Proactive Command, it is only possible to send a
Terminal Response after the +STIN: 0 indication, not after a +STGI=0 request.
All of the Terminal Responses are not possible with all of the Proactive
Commands. Compatibility between available Terminal Responses and Proactive
Commands is given in Appendix B, Table 2. If a Terminal Response is
attempted during a incompatible Proactive Command session, a +CME ERROR:
3 will be returned.
16.3.5.4 Possible error codes
+ CME ERROR: 3 Operation not allowed. This error is returned when a
wrong parameter is detected.
+CME ERROR: 4 Operation not supported. This error is returned when the
user gives a response with SIM ToolKit functionality not
activated. Or if the SIM Toolkit indication
(+STIN)
has not
been received.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 241 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
16.3.5.5 Example
Initially, all facilities are activated, the PIN is not required and the SIM toolkit
functionality is activated.
+STIN: 0
The main menu has been sent from the SIM.
AT+STGI=0
Get information about the main menu
+STGI: 1,3,”BANK”,0
The main menu contains 3 items.
+STGI: 2,3,”QUIZ”,0
+STGI: 3,3,”WEATHER”,0
OK
AT+STGR=0,1,1
The item 2 of the main menu has been selected.
OK
+STIN: 6
The Sel item menu has been sent from the SIM.
AT+STGI=6
Get information about the BANK menu
+STGI: 1,”BANK”
The BANK menu contains two items.
+STGI: 1,2,”PERSONAL ACCOUNT ENQUIRY”,1
+STGI: 2,2,”NEWS”,0
OK
AT+STGR=6,1,1
Select Item 1.
OK
+STIN: 3
User request to enter Password sent.
AT+STGI=3
Get information about this request.
+STGI: 0,0,4,4,0,”Enter Account Password:’
OK
AT+STGR=3,1<CR>
The user enters the Password.
>0000<Ctrl Z>
OK
+STIN:1
A text info has been sent from the SIM.
AT+STGI=1
Get information about this text.
+STGI: 0,”Password correct, please wait for response”,0
OK
+STIN: 9
SIM requests a bank account update from bank server via the
network (SEND SMS)
AT+STGI=9
Get all information about the SEND SMS
+STGI: ”Send account balance of user, authorization ok”
OK
********* After a short period of time. ********
+STIN: 5
Transaction is complete: BEEP
+STGI=5
Get information about the Tone
+STGI: 9,1,1
+STIN: 1
Display text indication
AT+STGI=1
+STGI: 0,”Your account balance is 1000 $”,0
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 242 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17 GPRS commands
GPRS commands are not available under GSM-only software.
17.1 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT
17.1.1 Description
This command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context
identified by the local context identification parameter, <cid>.
Four PDP contexts can be defined through Wavecom software.
A special form of the set command, +CGDCONT= <cid> causes the values for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, <PDP_type>, the parameter value ranges for each
<PDP_type> are returned on a separate line.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, <PDP_type), the parameter value ranges for each
<PDP_type> are returned on a separate line.
17.1.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
AT+CGDCONT=[<cid> [,<PDP_type> [,<APN>
[,<PDP_addr> [,<d_comp> [,<h_comp>]]]]]]
OK
ERROR
AT+CGDCONT? +CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>,
<APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp>
[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>,
<APN>,<PDP_addr>, <data_comp>, <head_comp>
[...]]
OK
AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),
<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),
(list of supported <h_comp>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),
<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of
supported <h_comp>s)
[...]]
OK
AT+CGDCONT: 1, "IP", "internet";
+GCDCONT=2, "IP", "abc.com"
OK
AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT : (1-4),“IP”,,,(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT : (1-4),”PPP”,,,0,0
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 243 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Command Possible response(s)
AT+CGDCONT? +CGDCONT: 1, "IP", "internet",,0,0
+CGDCONT: 2, "IP", "abc.com",,0,0
OK
17.1.3 Defined values
<cid>: (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used
in other PDP context-related commands. Range of values is 1 to 4.
<PDP_type>: (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies
the type of packet data protocol
• IP: Internet Protocol
• PPP : Point to Point Protocol
<APN>: (Access Point Name) a string parameter, which is a logical name that
is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network.
If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_address>: a string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space
applicable to the PDP.
If the value is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during
the PDP startup procedure or, a dynamic address will be requested. The read
form of the command will return the null string even if an address has been
allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address may be read
using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
• 0 : OFF (default if value is omitted)
• 1 : ON
• Other values are reserved.
<h_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
• 0 : OFF (default if value is omitted)
• 1 : ON
• Other values are reserved.
Notes :
• The data compression algorithm provided in SNDCP is V.42bis.
• 4 cids are available to specifie 4 PDP contexts but only 11 NSAPI
are available for PDP activation. Due to Wavecom Choice, 4 PDP
contexts can be specifie with only one activated at the same time.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 244 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.2 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGQREQ
17.2.1 Description
This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used
when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local
context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that
is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQREQ command is effectively an
extension to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number
of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGQREQ= <cid> causes the requested
profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are
returned on a separate line.
17.2.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGQREQ=[<cid> [,<precedence >
[,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak>
[,<mean>]]]]]]
OK
ERROR
AT+CGQREQ? +CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>,
<reliability>, <peak>, <mean>
[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence
>, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean>
[…]]
OK
AT+CGQREQ=? +CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported
<precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),
(list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of
supported <peak>s), (list of supported
<mean>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of
supported <precedence>s), (list of supported
<delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) ,
(list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported
<mean>s)
[…]]
OK
AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14 OK
AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREG:“IP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31)
+CGQREQ:“PPP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31)
OK
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,1,4,5,2,14
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 245 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.2.3 Defined values
<cid>: numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition.
Range of values is 1 to 3
<precedence>: numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
0 : Subscribed precedence (Subscribed by the Network by default if value
is omitted)
1 : High priority (Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence classes 2 and 3)
2 : Normal priority (Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence class 3.)
3 : Low priority (Service commitments shall be maintained after
precedence classes 1 and 2)
<delay>: numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
0 : Subscribed
1 : Delay class 1
2 : Delay class 2
3 : Delay class 3
4 : Delay class 4
Delay (maximum values)
SDU size: 128 bytes SDU size: 1024 bytes
Delay Class
Mean
Transfer
Delay (sec)
95 percentile
Delay (sec)
Mean
Transfer
Delay (sec)
95 percentile
Delay (sec)
Subscribed Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value
is omitted
1. (Predictive) < 0.5 < 2 < 7
2. (Predictive) < 5 < 25 < 15 < 75
3. (Predictive) < 50 < 250 < 75 < 375
4. (Best Effort) Unspecified
<reliability>: numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
0 : Subscribed
1 : Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s).
2 : Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s).
3 : Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s).
4 : Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s).
5 : Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s).
6 : Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s).
7 : Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s).
8 : Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s).
9 : Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 246 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Reliability
Class
GTP Mode LLC Frame
Mode
LLC Data
Protection
RLC Block
Mode
Traffic Type
0 Subscribed Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value is omitted
1 Acknowled
ged
Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic,
error-sensitive
application that cannot
cope with data loss.
2 Unacknowl
edged
Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic,
error-sensitive
application that can
cope with infrequent
data loss.
3 Unacknowl
edged
Unacknowledge
d
Protected Acknowledged Non real-time traffic,
error-sensitive
application that can
cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS.
4 Unacknowl
edged
Unacknowledge
d
Protected Unacknowledge
d
Real-time traffic, error-
sensitive application
that can cope with data
loss.
5 Unacknowl
edged
Unacknowledge
d
Unprotecte
d
Unacknowledge
d
Real-time traffic, error
non-sensitive
application that can
cope with data loss.
NOTE: For real-time traffic, the QoS profile also requires appropriate settings for delay and throughput.
<peak>: numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class
0 : Subscribed
1 : Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s).
2 : Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s).
3 : Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s).
4 : Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s).
5 : Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s).
6 : Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s).
7 : Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s).
8 : Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbit/s).
9 : Up to 256 000 (2 048 kbit/s).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 247 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<mean>: numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class
0 : Subscribed by the Nwk / default if value is omitted
1 : 100 (~0.22 bit/s).
2 : 200 (~0.44 bit/s).
3 : 500 (~1.11 bit/s).
4 : 1 000 (~2.2 bit/s).
5 : 2 000 (~4.4 bit/s).
6 : 5 000 (~11.1 bit/s).
7 : 10 000 (~22 bit/s).
8 : 20 000 (~44 bit/s).
9 : 50 000 (~111 bit/s).
10 : 100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s).
11 : 200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s).
12 : 500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s).
13 : 1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s).
14 : 2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s).
15 : 5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s).
16 : 10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s).
17 : 20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s).
18 : 50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s).
31 : Best effort.
If a value is omitted for a particular class, then it is considered to be
unspecified.
17.3 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable)
+CGQMIN
17.3.1 Description
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is
checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP
Context Accept message.
The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local
context identification parameter, <cid>. Since this is the same parameter that
is used in the +CGDCONT command, the +CGQMIN command is an extension
to the +CGDCONT command. The QoS profile consists of a number of
parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGQMIN= <cid> causes the minimum
acceptable profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case
no check is made against the negotiated profile.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT
supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are
returned on a separate line.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 248 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.3.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGQMIN=[<cid>
[,<precedence > [,<delay>
[,<reliability.> [,<peak>
[,<mean>]]]]]]
OK
ERROR
AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>,
<reliability>, <peak>, <mean>
[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >,
<delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean>
[…]]
OK
AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported
<precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),
(list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of
supported <peak>s), (list of supported
<mean>s)
[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of
supported <precedence>s), (list of supported
<delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list
of supported <peak>s), (list of supported
<mean>s)
[…]]
OK
AT +CGQMIN=1,1,4,5,2,31 OK
AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN:“IP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31)
+CGQMIN:“PPP”,(1-3),(1-4),(1-5),(1-9),(1-31)
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,1,4,5,2,14
OK
17.3.3 Defined values
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context .
<precedence>: a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class.
<delay>: a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class.
<reliability>: a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class.
<peak>: a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class.
<mean>: a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class.
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 249 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.4 GPRS attach or detach +CGATT
17.4.1 Description
The execution command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from
the GPRS service. After the command has completed, the MT remains in
V.25ter command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the
command is ignored and the OK response is returned. If the requested state
cannot be achieved because the GPRS is not supported by the an ERROR or
+CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by
the +CMEE command.
Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the
attachment state changes to detached.
The read command returns the current GPRS service state.
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS
service states.
17.4.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGATT= [<state>] OK
ERROR
AT+CGATT? +CGATT: <state>
OK
AT+CGATT=? +CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
AT +CGATT=1
OK
17.4.3 Defined Values
<state>: indicates the state of GPRS attachment
• 0 : detached
• 1 : attached
• Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the
execution command.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 250 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.5 PDP context activate or deactivate +CGACT
17.5.1 Description
The execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP
context (s). After the command has completed, the MT remains in V.25ter
command state. If any PDP context is already in the requested state, the state
for that context remains unchanged.
If the requested state for any specified context cannot be achieved, an ERROR
or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled
by the +CMEE command.
If the MT is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is
executed, the MT first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate
the specified contexts. If the attach fails then the MT responds with ERROR or,
if extended error responses are enabled, with the appropriate failure-to-attach
error message.
If no <cid>s are specified the activation form of the command activates the
first activable defined contexts.
If no <cid>s are specified the deactivation form of the command deactivates all
active contexts.
One PDP contexts can be activated through Wavecom software at the same
time.
The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP
contexts.
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP
context activation states.
17.5.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGACT=[<state> [,<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]] OK
ERROR
AT+CGACT? +CGACT: <cid>, <state>
[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>, <state>
[...]]
OK
AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
AT +CGACT=1,1 OK
AT+CGACT? +CGACT: 1, 1
OK
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1)
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 251 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.5.3 Defined Values
<state>: indicates the state of PDP context activation
• 0 : deactivated
• 1 : activated
• Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the
execution command.
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context.
Before the activation of the context, the MT has to attached himself to the
GPRS network if necessary.
17.6 Enter data state +CGDATA
17.6.1 Description
This command causes the MT to perform the necessary actions to set up
communication between the TE and the network. This may include performing
a GPRS attach and one PDP context activation.
If the <cid> value is not defined to the MT, it will return an ERROR or +CME
ERROR response. Otherwise, the MT issues the intermediate result code
CONNECT and enters V.25ter online data state.
GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior
to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the
+CGATT and +CGACT commands.
If no <cid> is given, the MT attempts to activate the context with available
information. The other context parameters are set to their default values (No
APN, default QOS parameters, dynamic IP address requested).
If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.
After data transfer and layer 2 protocol termination procedure completion, the
V.25ter command state is re-entered and the MT returns the final result code
OK.
In case of abnormal termination or start up, the V.25ter command state is re-
entered and the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER or, if enabled,
+CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may be reported.
This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes.
Remark : This command has the same effects than ATD*99***.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 252 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.6.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGDATA=[<cid>] CONNECT
ERROR
AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA:
OK
AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA:
OK
AT +CGDATA=1 CONNECT
17.6.3 Defined Values
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition.
17.7 GPRS mobile station class +CGCLASS
17.7.1 Description
The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified
GPRS mobile class. If the requested class is not supported, an ERROR or +CME
ERROR response is returned.
The read command returns the current GPRS mobile class.
The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS
mobile classes.
17.7.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
AT+CGCLASS= [<class>] OK
ERROR
AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: <class>
OK
AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK
AT +CGCLASS=”CG”
Note : Enter GPRS class C mode
OK
AT +CGCLASS=”CC”
Note : Enter GSM mode
OK
AT +CGCLASS=”A”
Note : Chosen class not supported.
+CME ERROR: 150
AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: ("CG","CC")
OK
AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: "CC"
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 253 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.7.3 Defined Values
<class>: a string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in
descending order of functionality)
• A class A (highest)
• B class B
• CG class C in GPRS only mode
• CC class C in circuit switched only mode (lowest)
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set
command.
If the MT is GPRS attached when the set command is issued with a <class> =
CC specified, a GPRS detach request is sent to the network.
If the MT is GSM attached when the set command is issued with a <class> =
CG specified, a GSM detach request is sent to the network.
Class A is not supported by Wavecom GPRS software.
Remark : During switch-On in CG class, the MS always performs an automatic
GPRS attach (the ATTACH-STATUS parameter of +WGPRS is ignored).
But if the MS is not already GPRS attached when switching from B/CC class to
CG class then no automatic GPRS attach is performed.
Example about automatic attchment (see remark above) :
AT+CGCLASS?
+CGCLASS: “B”
OK
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGCLASS=”CG”
OK
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGATT=1
OK
AT+CPOF
OK
AT+CFUN=1
OK
AT+CGCLASS?
+CGCLASS: “CG”
OK
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 1
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 254 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.8 Select service for MO SMS messages +CGSMS
17.8.1 Description
The set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT
will use to send MO SMS messages.
The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference.
The test command is used for requesting information on the currently available
services and service preferences.
17.8.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
+CGSMS= [<service>] OK
ERROR
+CGSMS? +CGSMS: <service>
OK
+CGSMS=? +CGSMS: (list of currently available
<service>s)
OK
AT +CGSMS=0 OK
AT+CGSMS=? +CGSMS: (0-3)
OK
17.8.3 Defined Values
<service>: a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service
preference to be used
• 0 : GPRS
• 1 : Circuit switched
• 2 : GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS is not available)
• 3 : Circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available)
• Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the
set command.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 255 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.9 GPRS event reporting +CGEREP
17.9.1 Description
Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV:
XXX from MT to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the GPRS MT or the
network.
<mode> controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this
command.
Read command returns the current mode and buffer settings
Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the MT as
compound values.
17.9.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
+CGEREP=[<mode>] OK
ERROR
+CGEREP? +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
OK
+CGEREP=? +CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of
supported <bfr>s)
OK
17.9.3 Defined values
<mode>:
• 0 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full,
the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE.
• 2 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT-TE link is reserved
(e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE when MT-TE link
becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to the TE
<bfr>
• 0 : MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 entered. Only this case is supported by
Wavecom.
• 1 : MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode> 2 is entered. This case is not supported
by Wavecom.
With Wavecom's software, a combinaison of all modes is implemented. When
serial link is available, indications are forwarded directly to the TE. If serial link is
reserved ( e.g. in on-line data mode ), if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest
ones can be discarded.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 256 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Defined events
The following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined:
+CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>
A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the MT was
unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and was
automatically rejected.
+CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that was used
to reactivate the context is provided if known to the MT.
+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to
activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that
was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
+CGEV: NW DETACH
The network has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts
have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
+CGEV: ME DETACH
The mobile equipment has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
+CGEV: NW CLASS <class>
The network has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is
reported.
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>
The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest
available class is reported.
17.10 GPRS network registration status +CGREG
17.10.1 Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's GPRS network
registration status, or code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] when <n>=2 and there
is a change of the network cell.
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer
<stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the
registration of the MT. Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are
returned only when <n>=2 and MT is registered in the network.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 257 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.10.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
AT+CGREG=[<n>] OK
+CGREG: stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
AT+CGREG? +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CGREG=? +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
17.10.3 Defined values
<n>:
• 0 : disable network registration unsolicited result code
• 1 : enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>
• 2 : enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat>:
• 0 : not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register
to
• 1 : registered, home network
• 2 : not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register
to
• 3 : registration denied
• 4 : unknown
• 5 : registered, roaming
<lac>:
string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format.
<ci>:
string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 258 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.11 Request GPRS IP service 'D'
17.11.1 Description
This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to
establish communication between the TE and the external PDN.
The V.25ter 'D' (Dial) command causes the MT to enter the V.25ter online data
state and, with the TE, to start the specified layer 2 protocol. The MT return
CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command prior to entering the V.25ter
online data state. No further commands may follow on the AT command line.
The detailed behaviour after the online data state has been entered is described
briefly in clause 9, for IP, of GSM 07.60. GPRS attachment and PDP context
activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they
have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands.
If <cid> is supported, its usage is the same as in the +CGDATA command. The
+CGDCONT, +CGQREQ, etc. commands may then be used in the modem
initialisation AT command string to set values for for PDP type, APN, QoS etc…
If <cid> is not supported or is supported but omitted, the MT attempt to activate
the context using the 'Empty PDP type' (GSM 04.08). (No PDP address or APN is
sent in this case and only one PDP context subscription record is present in the
HLR for this subscriber.)
17.11.2 Syntax
Command Possible Response(s)
D*<GPRS_SC_IP>[***<cid>]# CONNECT
ERROR
17.11.3 Defined Values
<GPRS_SC_IP>: (GPRS Service Code for IP) a digit string (value 99), which
identifies a request to use the GPRS with IP (PDP types IP and PPP)
<cid>: a digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition.
Example
ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
ATD*99***2#
ERROR
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 259 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.12 Network requested PDP context activation
In this mode of operation, the MT behaves like an answering modem and
accepts the normal V.25ter commands associated with answering a call. If
GPRS-specific configuration commands are required, they may be sent to the MT
as part of the modem initialisation commands.
The +CGAUTO command is used to select modem compatibility mode.
17.12.1 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context
activation 'S0'
The V.25ter 'S0=n' (Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0)
and on (n>0) the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context
activation.
When the 'S0=n' (n>0) command is received, the MT attempt to perform a GPRS
attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR being returned to
the TE. Subsequently, the MT will announce a network request for PDP context
activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING to the TE, followed by the
intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.25ter online data state
and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1
with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified.
NOTE. The 'S0=n' (n=0) command does not perform an automatic GPRS
detach.
17.12.2 Manual acceptance of a network request for PDP context
activation 'A'
The V.25ter 'A' (Answer) command may be used to accept a network request for
a PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING. The MT
responds with CONNECT, enters V.25ter online data state and follows the same
procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <cid> value
specified. It is an error to issue the 'A' command when there is no outstanding
network request.
17.12.3 Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context
activation 'H'
The V.25ter 'H' or 'H0' (On-hook) command may be used to reject a network
request for PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code
RING. The MT responds with OK. It is an error to issue the 'H' command when
there is no outstanding network request.
NOTE: This is an extension to the usage of the 'H' command that is described
in ITU-T V.25ter.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 260 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.13 Automatic response to a network request for PDP
context activation +CGAUTO
17.13.1 Description
The set command disables or enables an automatic positive response (auto-
answer) to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the
network. It also provides control over the use of the V.25ter basic commands 'S0',
'A and 'H' for handling network requests for PDP context activation. The setting
does not affect the issuing of the unsolicited result code RING or +CRING.
The test command returns values of <n> supported by the MT as a compound
value.
When the +CGAUTO=0 command is received, the MT will not perform a GPRS
detach if it is attached. Subsequently, when the MT announces a network
request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or
+CRING, the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the
+CGANS command or may simply ignore the network request.
When the +CGAUTO=1 command is received, the MT will attempt to perform a
GPRS attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR or, if
enabled, +CME ERROR being returned to the TE. Subsequently, when the MT
announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the
unsolicited result code RING or +CRING to the TE, this is followed by the
intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.25ter online data state
and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1
with <cid> values specified.
17.13.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
+CGAUTO=[<n>] OK
ERROR
+CGAUTO? +CGAUTO: <n>
OK
+CGAUTO=? +CGAUTO: (0-3)
OK
17.13.3 Defined values
<n>:
0 turn off automatic response for GPRS only
1 turn on automatic response for GPRS only
2 modem compatibility mode, GPRS only
3 modem compatibility mode, GPRS and circuit switched calls (default)
For <n> = 0 GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the
+CGANS command.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 261 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
For <n> = 1 GPRS network requests are automatically accepted according to the
description above.
For <n> = 2, automatic acceptance of GPRS network requests is controlled by
the 'S0' command. Manual control uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to
accept and reject GPRS requests. (+CGANS may also be used.) Incoming circuit
switched calls can be neither manually nor automatically answered.
For <n> = 3, automatic acceptance of both GPRS network requests and
incoming circuit switched calls is controlled by the 'S0' command. Manual control
uses the 'A' and 'H' commands, respectively, to accept and reject GPRS requests.
(+CGANS may also be used.) Circuit switched calls are handled as described
elsewhere in this specification.
NOTE. In class C GPRS the modem can’t receive simultaneously GPRS and
GSM incoming calls.
Example
AT+CGAUTO=?
+CGAUTO: (0-2)
OK
AT+CGAUTO?
+CGAUTO: 2
OK
AT+CGAUTO=0
OK
17.14 Manual response to a network request for PDP
context activation +CGANS
17.14.1 Description
The execution command requests the MT to respond to a network request for
GPRS PDP context activation which has been signalled to the TE by the RING or
+CRING: unsolicited result code. The <response> parameter allows the TE to
accept or reject the request.
If <response> is 0, the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE.
If <response> is 1, the following procedure is followed by the MT.
PDP context activation procedures take place prior to or during the PDP startup.
One <cid> may be specified in order to provide the values needed for the context
activation request.
During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP address
provided by the network in the Request PDP Context Activation message.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 262 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
If a <cid> is given his informations must matching with the PDP type and PDP
address in the network request as follows -
The PDP type must match exactly.
The PDP addresses are considered to match if they are identical or if the
address in the context definition is unspecified.
If any of this information is in conflict, the command will fail.
The context is activated using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided
by the network, together with the other information found in the PDP context
definition. An APN may or may not be required, depending on the application.
If no <cid> is given, the MT will attempt to activate the context using the values
for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network, together with any other
relevant information known to the MT. The other context parameters will be set
to their default values.
If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.
After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure
has completed successfully, the V.25ter command state is re-entered and the MT
returns the final result code OK
In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to startup, the V.25ter
command state is re-entered and the MT returns the final result code
NO CARRIER or, if enabled, +CME ERROR. Attach, activate and other errors may
be reported. It is also an error to issue the +CGANS command when there is no
outstanding network request.
This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes.
17.14.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
+CGANS=[<response>, [<cid>]] OK
ERROR
+CGANS=? +CGANS: (list of supported
<response>s), (list of supported
<L2P>s)
OK
17.14.3 Defined values
<response>: is a numeric parameter which specifies how the request should be
responded to.
0 reject the request
1 accept and request that the PDP context be activated
If <response> is omitted it is assumed to be 0. Other values are reserved and will
result in the ERROR response.
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 263 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Example
+CRING: GPRS "IP", "122.41.74.238"
AT+CGANS=1
CONNECT
AT+CGANS=?
+CGANS: (0-1)
OK
17.15 Show PDP address +CGPADDR
17.15.1 Description
The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context
identifiers.
The test command returns a list of defined <cid>s
17.15.2 Syntax
Command Possible response(s)
+CGPADDR=[<cid> [,<cid>
[,…]]]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>
[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>
[...]]
OK
+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
OK
17.15.3 Defined values
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. If
no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
<PDP_address>: a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable
to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be
the one set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a
dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context
activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_address>
is omitted if none is available.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 264 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Example
In this example 3 Cids are defined.
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR=1,"107.210.5.4"
OK
AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGAPDDR: (1,2,4)
OK
AT+CGPADDR
+CGPADDR: 1,
+CGPADDR: 2,"10.3.73.151"
+CGPADDR: 4,
17.16 Cellular result codes +CRC
17.16.1 Description :
This command enables a more detailed ring indication, in case of incoming call
(voice or data). Instead of the string “RING”, an extended string is used to
indicate which type of call is ringing (e.g. +CRING: VOICE).
These extended indications are :
+CRING: ASYNC for asynchronous transparent
+CRING: REL ASYNC for asynchronous non-transparent
+CRING: VOICE for normal speech.
+CRING : FAX for fax calls
+CRING: GPRS GPRS network request for PDP context activation
If the MT is unable to announce to the TE the network's request (for example it is
in V.25ter online data state) the MT rejects the request. No corresponding
unsolicited result code is issued when the MT returns to a command state.
17.16.2 Syntax
See 11.5
17.16.3 Defined values
No parameter.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 265 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.17 Service reporting control +CR
17.17.1 Description :
This command enables a more detailed service reporting, in case of data
incoming or outgoing call. Before sending the CONNECT response to the
application, the GSM module will precise the type of data connection that have
been established.
These report types are :
+CR: ASYNC For asynchronous transparent
+CR: REL ASYNC For asynchronous non-transparent
+CR: GPRS For GPRS
17.17.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+CR
Command Possible responses
AT+CR=0
Note : Extended reports disabled
OK
Note : Command valid
AT+CR=1
Note : Extended reports enabled
OK
Note : Command valid
17.17.3 Defined values
No parameter.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 266 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.18 Extended error report +CEER
17.18.1 Description
This command gives the reason of the call release when the last call
setup (originating or answering) failed.
New indication for GPRS is the reason of the last unsuccessful PDP
context activation and the last GPRS detach or PDP context activation.
17.18.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+CEER
Command Possible responses
ATD123456789 ;
Note : Outgoing voice call
NO CARRIER
Note : Call setup failure
AT+CEER
Note : Ask for reason of release
+CEER : Error <xxx>
OK
Note : <xxx>is the cause information
element values form GSM
recommandation 04.08 or specific Call
accepted
The cause information element from GSM 04.08 is given below in chapter
22 for specific GPRS failure causes.
The “NO CARRIER” indicates that the AT+CEER information is available for a
failure diagnostic.
17.18.3 Defined values
No parameters.
17.19 GPRS PARAMETERS CUSTOMIZATION: +WGPRS
17.19.1 Description
This command modify some Wavecom GPRS parameters as the ATTACH-
STATUS (the ME does or not perform automatically a GPRS attachment after
initialisation), the PDP-INIT-STATUS (activate or not automatically some define
PDP Contexts after initialisation) and the use or not of NAT (IP address
translation on PPP).
In addition, this command permits to set automatically “ACTIVABLE” some
define PDP contexts after init.
IMPORTANT NOTE : The Wismo must be rebooted to activate the new setup.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 267 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.19.2 Syntax
Command syntax : AT+WGPRS
Command Possible responses
AT+WGPRS=<mode>,<parameter>,[<cid>]
OK
ERROR
AT+WGPRS=? +WGPRS: <mode>,
<parameter1>,[<cid>]
[<CR><LF>+WGPRS: <mode>,
<parameter>,[<cid>]
[...]]
OK
AT+WGPRS? +WGPRS:<mode>(list of supported
<parameter>),[(list of supported
<cid>)][<CR><LF>+WGPRS:<mod
e>(list of supported
<parameter>),[(list of supported
<cid>)] [...]]
OK
17.19.3 Defined Values
<mode>: a numeric parameter which specifies a Wavecom GPRS parameter.
• 0 : ATTACH-STATUS (the ME don’t make automatically a GPRS
attachment after init)
• 1 : PDP-INIT-STATUS (activate automatically some define PDP Contexts
after init)
• 2 : Set ACTIVABLE automatically after init a define PDP context
• 3 : NAT
<parameter> : a numeric parameter that controls the <mode>
• 0 : OFF
• 1 : ON
<cid> : (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used
in other PDP context-related commands. Range of values is 1 to 32.
Remark
When the module is set in “CG” class, the ME always make automatically a
GPRS attachment after init, so AT+WGPRS? always give +WGPRS: 0,0 for the
parameter 0.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 268 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Example
AT+WGPRS=2,1,3
OK
AT+WGPRS=?
+WGPRS: (0-3),(0-1),(0-4)
OK
AT+WGPRS?
+WGPRS: 0,0
+WGPRS: 1,0
+WGPRS: 2,1,1
+WGPRS: 2,0,2
+WGPRS: 2,0,3
+WGPRS: 2,0,4
+WGPRS: 3,1
OK
<CR><LF>
17.20 Full AT GPRS commands examples
17.20.1 Activation of an IP PDP context
Example 1 :
AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet"; +GCDCONT=2, "IP", "abc.com"
OK
ATD*99***1#
CONNECT
Example 2 :
AT +CGCLASS=”CG”
OK
+CGREG: 1
AT +CGDCONT=1, "IP", "internet"
OK
AT +CGQREQ=1,1,4,5,2,14
OK
AT +CGQMIN=1,1,4,5,2,14
OK
AT +CGATT=1
OK
AT +CGACT=1,1
OK
Remark about +CGDATA : the goal of this command is the same than
ATD*99***
AT +CGDATA=1
CONNECT
…….
Data transfer
…….
+CGEV: NW DETACH
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 269 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
17.20.2 Network request
AT+CGAUTO=0
OK
+CRING: GPRS "IP", "211.45.89.152"
AT+CGANS=1
CONNECT
…….
Data transfer
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 270 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
18 Other AT commands
18.1 V.25 ter recommendation
The commands not listed in this document are not supported. For these
commands, the product will then answer with "ERROR".
All modulation control, error control and data compression commands are not
recognized. An "ERROR" string will be returned.
18.2 GSM 07.05 recommendation
All the 07.05 commands not described in this manual are not implemented.
The product will then answer "ERROR" to these commands.
18.3 GSM 07.07 recommendation
All the 07.07 commands not described in this manual are not implemented.
The product will then answer "ERROR" to these commands.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 271 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19 Appendixes
19.1 ME error result code : +CME ERROR: <error>
<error> Meaning Resulting from the following commands
3 Operation not allowed All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 3)
4 Operation not supported All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 4)
5 PH-SIM PIN required (SIM lock) All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 5)
10 SIM not inserted All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 10)
11 SIM PIN required All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 11)
12 SIM PUK required All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 12)
13 SIM failure All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 13)
16 Incorrect password +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CLCK, +CPWD, +CPIN,
+CPIN2 (+CME ERROR: 16)
17 SIM PIN2 required +CPBW (FDN), +CLCK (FDN),
18 SIM PUK2 required +CACM, +CAMM, +CPUC, +CPBW (FDN), +CPIN,
+CPIN2, +CLCK (FDN), +CPWD
20 Memory full +CPBW
21 Invalid index +CPBR, +CPBW, ATD>[mem]index, +WMGO
22 Not found +CPBF, +CPBP, +CPBN, +CGSN, +WOPN,
ATD>[mem]”name”
24 Text string too long +CPBW, +CPIN, +CPIN2, +CLCK, +CPWD
26 Dial string too long +CPBW, ATD, +CCFC
27 Invalid characters in dial string +CPBW
30 No network service +VTS, +COPS=?, +CLCK, +CCFC, +CCWA, +CUSD
32 Network not allowed – emergency
calls only
+COPS
40 Network personalization PIN
required (Network lock)
All GSM 07.07 commands (+CME ERROR: 40)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 272 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
<error> Meaning Resulting from the following commands
132 service option not supported (#32) +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99
133 requested service option not
subscribed (#33)
+CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99
134 service option temporarily out of
order (#34)
+CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99
148 unspecified GPRS error All GPRS commands
149 PDP authentication failure +CGACT +CGDATA ATD*99
150 invalid mobile class +CGCLASS +CGATT
19.2 Message service failure result code: +CMS ERROR :
<er>
<er> is defined as below :
<er> Meaning Resulting from the following commands
1 to 127 Error cause values from the GSM
recommendation 04.11 Annex E-
2
+CMGS, +CMSS
301 SMS service of ME reserved +CSMS (with +CMS: ERROR 301)
302 Operation not allowed All SMS commands (+CMSS, +CMGL, +CPMS,
+CSMP…
303 Operation not supported All SMS commands
304 Invalid PDU mode parameter +CMGS, +CMGW
305 Invalid text mode parameter +CMGS, +CMGW, +CMSS
310 SIM not inserted All SMS commands
311 SIM PIN required All SMS commands
312 PH-SIM PIN required All SMS commands
313 SIM failure All SMS commands
316 SIM PUK required All SMS commands
317 SIM PIN2 required All SMS commands
318 SIM PUK2 required All SMS commands
321 Invalid memory index +CMGR, +CMSS, +CMGD
322 SIM memory full +CMGW
330 SC address unknown +CSCA?, +CMSS, +CMGS
340 no +CNMA acknowledgement
expected
+CNMA
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 273 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.3 Specific error result codes
<error> Meaning Resulting from the following commands
500 unknown error. All commands
512 MM establishment failure (for
SMS).
+CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 512)
513 Lower layer failure (for SMS) +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 513)
514 CP error (for SMS). +CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 514)
515 Please wait, init or command
processing in progress.
All commands ( “+CME ERROR: 515” or “+CMS
ERROR: 515”)
517 SIM Toolkit facility not
supported.
+STGI
518 SIM Toolkit indication not
received.
+STGI
519 Reset the product to activate or
change a new echo cancellation
algo.
+ECHO, +VIP
520 Automatic abort about get plmn
list for an incoming call.
+COPS=?
526 PIN deactivation forbidden with
this SIM card.
+CLCK
527 Please wait, RR or MM is busy.
Retry your selection later.
+COPS
528 Location update failure.
Emergency calls only.
+COPS
529 PLMN selection failure.
Emergency calls only.
+COPS
531 SMS not sent : the <da> is not
in FDN phonebook, and FDN lock
is enabled. (for SMS)
+CMGS, +CMSS (+CMS ERROR: 531)
532 the embedded application is
activated so the objects flash are
not erased
+WOPEN
533 Missing or Unknown APN ATD*99 +GACT +CGDATA
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 274 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.4 Failure Cause from GSM 04.08 recommendation
(+CEER)
Cause value Dia
g
nostic
1 Unassigned (unallocated) number
3 No route to destination
6 Channel unacceptable
8 Operator determined barring
16 Normal call clearing
17 User busy
18 No user responding
19 User alerting, no answer
21 Call rejected
22 Number changed
26 Non selected user clearing
27 Destination out of order
28 Invalid number format (incomplete number)
29 Facility rejected
30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
31 Normal, unspecified
34 No circuit/channel available
38 Network out of order
41 Temporary failure
42 Switching equipment congestion
43 Access information discarded
44 Requested circuit/channel not available
47 Resources unavailable, unspecified
49 Quality of service unavailable
50 Requested facility not subscribed
55 Incoming calls barred with in the CUG
57 Bearer capability not authorized
58 Bearer capability not presently available
63 Service or option not available, unspecified
65 Bearer service not implemented
68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax
69 Requested facility not implemented
70 Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
79 Service or option not implemented, unspecified
81 Invalid transaction identifier value
87 User not member of CUG
88 Incompatible destination
91 Invalid transit network selection
95 Semantically incorrect message
96 Invalid mandatory information
97 Message type non-existent or not implemented
98 Message type not compatible with protocol state
99 Information element non-existent or not implemented
100 Conditional IE error
101 Message not compatible with protocol state
102 Recovery on timer expiry
111 Protocol error, unspecified
127 Interworking, unspecified
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 275 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Cause value Dia
g
nostic
224 MS requested detach
225 PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore
226 NWK requested Detach
227 Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE
228 Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS
229 Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE REFUSED
230 PDP deactivation requested by Nwk
231 PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation failed
232
PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with same TI
233 PDP deactivation cause GMM abort
234 PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure
235 PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error
236 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject
237 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI available
238 PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse
All other values in the range 0 to 31 shall be treated as cause 31.
All other values in the range 32 to 47 shall be treated as cause 47.
All other values in the range 48 to 63 shall be treated as cause 63.
All other values in the range 64 to 79 shall be treated as cause 79.
All other values in the range 80 to 95 shall be treated as cause 95.
All other values in the range 96 to 111 shall be treated as cause 111.
All other values in the range 112 to 127 shall be treated as cause 127.
19.5 Specific Failure Cause for +CEER
Cause value Dia
g
nostic
240 FDN is active and number is not in FDN
241 Call operation not allowed
252 Call barring on outgoing calls
253 Call barring on incoming calls
254 Call impossible
255 Lower layer failure
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 276 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.6 GSM 04.11 Annex E-2: Mobile originating SM-
transfer
These error causes could appear for SMS commands (+CMGS, +CMSS,
+CMGD…)
Cause no 1: "Unassigned (unallocated) number"
This cause indicates that the destination requested by the Mobile Station
cannot be reached because, although the number is in a valid format, it is
not currently assigned (allocated).
Cause no 8: "Operator determined barring"
This cause indicates that the MS has tried to send a mobile originating
short message when the MS's network operator or service provider has
forbidden such transactions.
Cause no 10: "Call barred"
This cause indicates that the outgoing call barred service applies to the
short message service for the called destination.
Cause no 21: "Short message transfer rejected"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause does not wish
to accept this short message, although it could have accepted the short
message since the equipment sending this cause is neither busy nor
incompatible.
Cause no 27: "Destination out of service"
This cause indicates that the destination indicated by the Mobile Station
cannot be reached because the interface to the destination is not
functioning correctly. The term "not functioning correctly" indicates that a
signaling message was unable to be delivered to the remote user; e.g., a
physical layer or data link layer failure at the remote user, user equipment
off-line, etc.
Cause no 28: "Unidentified subscriber"
This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the PLMN
(e.g.. IMSI not known)
Cause no 29: "Facility rejected"
This cause indicates that the facility requested by the Mobile Station is
not supported by the PLMN.
Cause no 30: "Unknown subscriber"
This cause indicates that the subscriber is not registered in the HLR (e.g..
IMSI or directory number is not allocated to a subscriber).
Cause no 38: "Network out of order"
This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that
the condition is likely to last a relatively long period of time; e.g.,
immediately reattempting the short message transfer is not likely to be
successful.
Cause no 41: "Temporary failure"
This cause indicates that the network is not functioning correctly and that
the condition is not likely to last a long period of time; e.g., the Mobile
Station may wish to try another short message transfer attempt almost
immediately.
Cause no 42: "Congestion"
This cause indicates that the short message service cannot be serviced
because of high traffic.
Cause no 47: "Resources unavailable, unspecified"
This cause is used to report a resource unavailable event only when no
other cause applies.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 277 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Cause no 69: "Requested facility not implemented"
This cause indicates that the network is unable to provide the requested
short message service.
Cause no 81: "Invalid short message transfer reference value"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a
message with a short message reference which is not currently in use on
the MS-network interface.
Cause no 95: "Invalid message, unspecified"
This cause is used to report an invalid message event only when no other
cause in the invalid message class applies.
Cause no 96: "Invalid mandatory information"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a
message where a mandatory information element is missing and/or has a
content error (the two cases are undistinguishable).
Cause no 97: "Message type non-existent or not implemented"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a
message with a message type it does not recognize either because this is
a message not defined or defined but not implemented by the equipment
sending this cause.
Cause no 98: "Message not compatible with short message protocol state"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a
message such that the procedures do not indicate that this is a
permissible message to receive while in the short message transfer state.
Cause no 99: "Information element non-existent or not implemented"
This cause indicates that the equipment sending this cause has received a
message which includes unrecognized information elements because the
information element identifier is not defined or it is defined but not
implemented by the equipment sending the cause.
However, the information element is not required to be present in the
message so that the equipment sends the cause to process the message.
Cause no 111: "Protocol error, unspecified"
This cause is used to report a protocol error event only when no other
cause applies.
Cause no 127: "Interworking, unspecified"
This cause indicates that there has been interworking with a network
which does not provide causes for actions it takes; thus, the precise
cause for a message which is being sent cannot be ascertained.
All values other than specified should be treated as error Cause No 41
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 278 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.7 Unsolicited result codes
Verbose result code Numeric (V0 set) Description
+CALA: < time string>,<index> As verbose Alarm notification
+CBM: <length><pdu> (PDU)
or
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<
pages>… (Text mode)
As verbose Cell Broadcast Message directly
displayed
+CBMI: “BM”,<index> As verbose Cell Broadcast Message stored in mem
at location <index>
+CCCM : <ccm> As verbose Current Call Meter value
+CCED: <values> As verbose
(specific)
Cell Environment Description indication
+CCWA :<number>,<type>, <class>
[,<alpha>]
As verbose Call Waiting number
+CDS: <fo>, <mr>… (text mode)
or +CDS: <length>,… (PDU)
As verbose SMS status report after sending a SMS
+CDSI: <mem>,<index> As verbose Incoming SMS Status Report after
sending a SMS, stored in <mem>
(“SR”) at location <index>
+CKEV: <keynb> As verbose Key press or release
+CLIP : <number>, <type>
[,,,<alpha>]
As verbose Incoming Call Presentation
+CMT: <oa>… (text mode)
or +CMT: [<alpha>,]… (PDU)
As verbose Incoming message directly displayed
+CMTI: <mem>,<index> as verbose Incoming message stored in <mem>
(“SM”) at location <index>
+CREG :<mode>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] As verbose Network registration indication
+CRING : <type> As verbose Incoming call type (VOICE, FAX ...)
+CSQ: <RxLev>,99 As verbose Automatic RxLev indication with
AT+CCED=1,8 command
+CSSU: <code2>[<number>,<type>] As verbose Supplementary service notification
during a call
+STIN: <ind> As verbose
(specific)
SIM Toolkit Indication
+WIND: <IndicationNb> [,<CallId>] As verbose
(specific)
Specific unsolicited indication (SIM
Insert/Remove, End of init, Reset,
Alerting, Call creation/release)
+WVMI: <LineId>,<Status> As verbose
(specific)
Voice Mail Indicator notification (cf.
+CPHS command)
+WDCI: <LineId>,<Status> As verbose
(specific)
Diverted call indicator
RING 2 Incoming call signal from network
+WBCI As Verbose
(specific)
Battery charge indication
+CIEV As Verbose
(specific)
Indicator event reporting
19.8 Final result codes
Verbose result code Numeric (V0 set) Description
+CME ERROR: <err> As verbose Error from GSM 07.05 commands
+CMS ERROR: <err> As verbose Error from SMS commands (07.07)
BUSY 7 Busy signal detected
ERROR 4 Command not accepted
NO ANSWER 8 Connection completion timeout
NO CARRIER 3 Connection terminated
OK 0 Acknowledges correct execution of a
command line
RING 2 Incoming call signal from network
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 279 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.9 Intermediate result codes
Verbose result code Numeric (V0 set) Description
+COLP :<number>,<type> as verbose Outgoing Call Presentation
+CR : <type> as verbose Outgoing Call report control
+ILRR: <rate> as verbose Local TA-TE data rate
CONNECT 300 10 Data connection at 300 bauds
CONNECT 1200 11 Data connection at 1200 bauds
CONNECT 1200/75 12 Data connection at 1200/75 bauds
CONNECT 2400 13 Data connection at 2400 bauds
CONNECT 4800 14 Data connection at 4800 bauds
CONNECT 9600 15 Data connection at 9600 bauds
CONNECT 14400 16 Data connection at 14400 bauds
+CSSI: <code1>[,<index>] As verbose Supplementary service notification
during a call setup
19.10 Parameters storage
Parameters storage mode
Command AT&W
(E2P)
Command
(E2P)
AT+CSAS
(SIM, E2P)
AT&F
(SIM, E2P) Default values
General commands
+CMEE X X 0
+CRSL X X 6
+CSCS X X “PCCP437”
+WPCS X X “TRANSPARENT”
Call Control commands
%D X X 0
ATS0 X X 0 (no auto-answer)
+CICB X X 2 (speech)
+CSNS X X 0 (voice)
+ECHO X X ,1,0,3,10,7 (Algo ID 1)
,3,30,8000,256 (Algo ID 3)
+SIDET X X 1,1
+SPEAKER X X 0 (Spk 1 & Mic 1)
+VGR X X 64 (speaker 1)
32 (speaker 2)
+VGT X X 64 (mic 1 & ctrl 1)
0 (others)
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 280 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Parameters storage mode
Command AT&W
(E2P)
Command
(E2P)
AT+CSAS
(SIM, E2P)
AT&F
(SIM, E2P) Default values
Network Service commands
+COPS X X X 0,2
+CREG X X 0
Phonebook commands
+CSVM X X 0
+WAIP X X 0
Parameters storage mode
Command AT&W
(E2P)
Command
(E2P)
AT+CSAS
(SIM, E2P)
AT&F
(SIM, E2P) Default values
SMS commands
+CNMI X X 0,1,0,0,0
+CMGF X X 1 (text)
+CSCA X SIM dependant (phase 2)
+CSDH X X 0
+CSMP X X 1,167,0,0
+CSMS X 0
+WUSS X X 0
Supplementary Services commands
+CCUG X 0,0,0
+CCWA X X 0
+CLIP X X 0
+COLP X X 0
+CSSN X X 0,0
+CUSD X X 0
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 281 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Data commands
%C X X 0
\N X X 0
+CBST X X 0,0,1
+CR X X 0
+CRC X X 0
+CRLP X X 61,61,48,6,1
+DOPT X X 1,1
+DS X X 3,0,4096,20
+DR X X 0
+ILRR X X 0
Parameters storage mode
Command AT&W
(E2P)
Command
(E2P)
AT+CSAS
(SIM, E2P)
AT&F
(SIM, E2P) Default values
Fax Class 2 commands
+FBOR X X 0
+FCQ X X 0
+FCR X X 1
+FDCC,+FDIS X X 0,5,0,0,2,0,0,0,0
+FPHCTO X X 30
V24 – V25 commands
&C X 1
&D X 2
&S X 1
E X 1
Q X X 0
V X X 1
+ICF X 3,4
+IFC X 2,2
+IPR X 115200
+WMUX X X 0
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 282 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Specific commands
+ADC X X 0
+CMER X X ,0,,0
+CPHS X X 1,0 for VMI
2,0 for MBN
4,0 for DCI
+WBCM X X 0,0,4200,3300,100,5000,0
+WBM X 0,0 for SPI bus
0,4 for I2C Soft bus
+WCDM X X 0,0
+WDR X 2
+WIND X X 0
+WIOM X 255,0
+WRIM X X 0
+WSVG X X 0
+WVR X 5
Parameters storage mode
Command AT&W
(E2P)
Command
(E2P)
AT+CSAS
(SIM, E2P)
AT&F
(SIM, E2P) Default values
SIM Toolkit commands
+STSF X 0,”160060C01F”,3,0
GPRS commands
+CGAUTO X
X 3
+CGCLASS X “B”
+CGDCONT x
+CGEREP X X 0
+CGREG X
X 0
+CGSMS X 1
+WGPRS X
0,1
1,0
3,0
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 283 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.11 GSM sequences list
In accordance with GSM 02.30, the product supports the following GSM sequences, which can be
used through the ATD and the +CKPD commands.
19.11.1 Security
**04*OLDPIN*NEWPIN*NEWPIN# Change PIN code
**042*OLDPIN2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2# Change PIN2 code
**05*PUK*NEWPIN*NEWPIN#
Unlock PIN code
**052*PUK2*NEWPIN2*NEWPIN2# Unlock PIN2 code
*#06#
Show the IMEI number
19.11.2 Call forwarding
*SC# or
Activate
*SC**BS#
**SC*PhoneNumber# or Register and activate
**SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or
**SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T# or
*SC*PhoneNumber# or
*SC*PhoneNumber*BS# or
*SC*PhoneNumber*[BS]*T#
*#SC# or *#SC**BS# Check status
#SC# or
Deactivate
#SC**BS#
##SC# or ##SC**BS#
Unregistered and deactivate
The Service codes (SC) are:
002 all call forwarding
004 all conditional call forwarding
21 call forwarding unconditional
61 call forwarding on no answer
62 call forwarding on not reachable
67 call busy
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 284 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
The Network service codes (BS) are:
No
code
All tele and bearer services
10 All teleservices
11 Telephony
12 All data teleservices
13 Fax services
16 Short Message Services
17 Voice Group Call Service
18 Voice Broadcast Service
19 All teleservices except SMS
20 All bearer services
21 All asynchronous services
22 All synchronous services
24 All data circuit synchronous
25 All data circuit asynchronous
26 All dedicated packet access
27 All dedicated PAD access
The no reply condition timer (T), is only used for SC = 002, 004 or 61.
19.11.3 Call barring
*SC*Password# or *SC*Password*BS#
Activate
*#SC# or *#SC**BS# Check status
#SC*Password# or #SC*Password*BS#
Deactivate
**03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#
Change password for call barring
**03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#
*03*330*OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#
*03**OLDPWD*NEWPWD*NEWPWD#
The Service codes (SC) are the followings:
33 call barring of outgoing call
330 all barring service (only for deactivation)
331 call barring of outgoing international call
332 call barring of outgoing international calls except to HPLMN
333 all outgoing barring service (only for deactivation)
35 call barring of incoming calls
351 call barring of incoming calls if roaming
353 all incoming barring service (only for deactivation)
The Network service codes (BS) are the same as these of the call forwarding sequences.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 285 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.11.4 Call waiting
*43*BS#
Activate
*#43*BS# Check status
#43*BS#
Deactivate
19.11.5 Number presentation
*#30# CLIP check status
*#31# CLIR check status
*31#PhoneNumber
Suppress CLIR for a voice call
#31#PhoneNumber
Invoke CLIR for a voice call
*#76#
COLP check status
19.12 Operator names
This list is extracted from the SE13 and the NAPRD_10_2_4_4 documents
released in November 2002.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
311 140 Sprocket Sprocket
332 011 Blue Sky Blue Sky
A 232 001 A1 A1
A 232 003 T-Mobile A TMO A
A 232 005 A one one
A 232 007 A tele.ring telering
A 232 010 3 AT 3 AT
ABW 363 001 SETAR GSM SETARGSM
AF 412 001 AF AWCC AWCC
AGO 631 002 UNITEL UNITEL
AL 276 001 AMC - AL A M C
AL 276 002 vodafone AL voda AL
ALG 603 001 ALGERIAN MOBILE NETWORK AMN
ALG 603 002 Djezzy Djezzy
AN 344 030 APUA-PCS ANTIGUA APUA-PCS
AND 213 003 STA-MOBILAND M-AND
ANT 362 051 Telcell GSM Telcell
ANT 362 069 ANT CURACAO TELECOM GSM CT GSM
ANT 362 091 UTS Wireless Curacao N.V. UTS
AR 722 034 PERSONAL AR TP
ARG 722 007 UNIFON UNIFON
ARG 722 035 PORT-HABLE P-HABLE
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 286 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
AS 544 011 Blue Sky Blue Sky
AUS 505 001 Telstra Mobile Telstra
AUS 505 002 YES OPTUS AUS Optus
AUS 505 003 VODAFONE AUS VFONE
AUS 505 006 H3GA H3GA
AZE 400 001 AZE - AZERCELL GSM ACELL
AZE 400 002 BAKCELL GSM 2000 BKCELL
B 206 010 B mobistar mobi*
BA 218 003 BA-ERONET ERONET
BA 218 005 MOBI'S MOBI'S
BA 218 090 BIH GSMBIH GSMBIH
BD 470 003 BD ShebaWorld SHEBA
BDA 350 001 TELECOM BDA TELE BDA
BE 206 020 BASE BASE
BEL 206 001 BEL PROXIMUS PROXI
BEN 616 002 TELECEL BENIN TLCL-BEN
BEN 616 003 BJ BENINCELL BENCELL
BEN 616 004 BELL BENIN COMMUNICATION BBCOM
BF 613 002 BF CELTEL CELTEL
BG 284 001 M-TEL GSM BG M-TEL
BG 284 005 BG GLOBUL GLOBUL
BGD 470 001 BGD-GP GP
BGD 470 002 BGD AKTEL AKTEL
BHR 426 001 BATELCO BATELCO
BI 642 001 Spacetel BI SPACETEL
BL 702 067 BTL BTL
BMU 350 002 BTC MOBILITY LTD. MOBILITY
BO 736 002 MOVIL-E BOMOV
BOL 736 001 NUEVATEL VIVA
BRA 724 001 TIM BRASIL TIM
BRA 724 002 TIM BRASIL TIM
BRA 724 003 TIM BRASIL TIM
BRA 724 004 TIM BRASIL TIM
BRA 724 031 Oi Oi
BRU 528 011 BRU-DSTCom DSTCom
BTN 402 017 BT B-Mobile B-Mobile
BUR 642 002 BUSAFA SAFARIS
BW 652 001 BW MASCOM MASCOM
BW 652 002 BW VISTA VISTA
BY 257 001 BY VELCOM VELCOM
BY 257 002 MTS BY MTS
CAM 624 002 Orange CAM Orange
CAN 302 370 Microcell MCELL
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 287 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
CAN 302 720 Rogers AT&T Wireless ROGERS
CD 629 001 CELTEL CD CELTEL
CD 630 089 CD OASIS OASIS
CH 228 001 SWISS GSM SWISS
CH 228 002 sunrise sunrise
CH 228 003 Orange CH Orange
CHN 460 000 CHINA MOBILE CMCC
CHN 460 001 CHN-CUGSM CU-GSM
CI 612 001 CI CORA CORA
CI 612 003 Orange CI Orange
CI 612 005 TELECEL-CI TELCEL
CL 730 001 ENTEL PCS ENTEL PCS
CL 730 010 ENTEL PCS ENTEL PCS
CMR 624 001 MTN CAM 62401
COG 629 010 COG LIBERTIS LIBERTIS
CPV 625 001 CPV MOVEL CMOVEL
CRI 712 001 I.C.E. I.C.E.
CU 368 001 CU/C_COM C_COM
CY 280 001 CY CYTAGSM CY-GSM
CZ 230 001 T-Mobile CZ TMO CZ
CZ 230 002 EUROTEL - CZ ET - CZ
CZ 230 003 OSKAR OSKAR
D 262 001 T-Mobile D TMO D
D 262 002 Vodafone D2 Voda D2
D 262 003 E-Plus E-Plus
D 262 007 o2 - de o2 - de
D 262 013 MobilCom MobilCom
D 262 014 Quam Quam
DK 238 001 TDC MOBIL DK TDC
DK 238 002 DK SONOFON SONO
DK 238 020 TELIA DK TELIA
DK 238 030 Orange Orange
DO 370 001 ORANGE ORANGE
DRC 630 004 CELLCO GSM CELLCO
E 214 001 vodafone ES voda ES
E 214 002 MOVISTAR MSTAR
E 214 003 E AMENA AMENA
E 214 004 XFERA XFERA
E 214 007 MOVISTAR MSTAR
EE 248 001 EE EMT GSM EMT
EE 248 002 EE RLE RLE
EE 248 003 TELE2 TELE2
EGY 602 001 EGY MobiNiL MobiNiL
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 288 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
EGY 602 002 vodafone EG voda EG
ESV 706 001 ESV PERSONAL PERSONAL
ESV 706 010 ESV PERSONAL PERSONAL
ETH 636 001 ETH-MTN ET-MTN
F 208 001 Orange F Orange
F 208 010 F SFR SFR
F 208 020 F - BOUYGUES TELECOM BYTEL
F 340 001 F-Orange Orange
F 340 020 BOUYGTEL-C BOUYG-C
F 547 020 F-VINI VINI
F 647 010 SFR REUNION SFR RU
FI 244 003 FI TELIA TELIA
FI 244 005 FI RADIOLINJA RL
FI 244 009 FI FINNET FINNET
FI 244 014 FI AMT FI AMT
FI 244 091 FI SONERA SONERA
FIN 244 012 FI 2G 2G
FJ 542 001 FJ VODAFONE VODAFONE
FO 288 001 FO FT-GSM FT-GSM
FO 288 002 KALL KALL
FSM 550 001 FSM Telecom FSMTC
GA 628 003 CELTEL GA CELTEL
GAB 628 001 628 01/LIBERTIS LIBERTIS
GAB 628 002 GAB TELECEL TELECEL
GEO 282 001 GEO-GEOCELL GCELL
GEO 282 002 MAGTI-GSM-GEO MAGTI
GH 620 001 GH SPACEFON SPACE
GH 620 002 GH ONEtouch ONEtouch
GH 620 003 GH-MOBITEL mobitel
GIB 266 001 GIBTEL GSM GIBTEL
GL 290 001 TELE Greenland TELE GRL
GM 607 002 AFRICELL AFRICELL
GMB 607 001 GAMCEL GAMCEL
GN 611 002 GN LAGUI LAGUI
GNQ 627 001 GNQ01 GETESA
GR 202 001 GR COSMOTE C-OTE
GR 202 005 vodafone GR voda GR
GR 202 009 GR Q-TELECOM Q-TELCOM
GR 202 010 GR TELESTET TLSTET
HK 454 000 CSL CSL
HK 454 004 HK ORANGE ORANGE
HK 454 006 HK SMARTONE HKSMC
HK 454 010 HK NEW WORLD NWPCS
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 289 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
HK 454 012 HK PEOPLES PEOPLES
HK 454 016 HK SUNDAY SUNDAY
HR 219 001 HR - CRONET CRON
HR 219 010 HR VIP VIP
HU 216 001 H PANNON GSM PANNON
HU 216 030 WESTEL WESTEL
HU 216 070 Vodafone HU Vodafone
I 222 001 I TIM TIM
I 222 010 vodafone IT voda IT
I 222 088 I WIND I WIND
IL 425 001 IL ORANGE ORANGE
IL 425 002 IL Cellcom Cellcom
INA 404 002 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 003 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 005 INA CELFORCE CELFORCE
INA 404 010 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 011 HUTCH HUTCH
INA 404 012 INA - ESCOTEL ESCOTL
INA 404 014 INA SPICE SPICE
INA 404 020 INA MaxTouch MAXTCH
INA 404 021 BPL MOBILE BPL MOBILE
INA 404 022 IDEA IDEA
INA 404 024 IDEA IDEA
INA 404 027 BPL MOBILE BPL MOBILE
INA 404 030 INA HUTCH HUTCH
INA 404 031 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 040 INA AIRTEL AIRTEL
INA 404 041 INA RPG RPG
INA 404 042 INA AIRCEL AIRCEL
INA 404 043 BPL MOBILE BPL MOB
INA 404 044 INA SPICE SPICE
INA 404 045 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 046 BPL MOBILE BPL MOB
INA 404 049 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 078 IDEA IDEA
INA 404 090 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 092 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 093 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 094 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 095 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 096 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 097 AirTel AirTel
INA 404 098 AirTel AirTel
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 290 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
IND 404 001 ESSAR ESSAR
IND 404 013 Hutch HUTCH
IND 404 015 ESSAR ESSAR
IND 404 034 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 038 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 051 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 053 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 054 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 055 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 057 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 058 BSNL MOBILE CBW
IND 404 059 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 060 ESSAR ESSAR
IND 404 062 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 064 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 066 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 068 IN-DOLPHIN DOLPHIN
IND 404 069 IN-DOLPHIN DOLPHIN
IND 404 071 BSNL MOBILE CBW
IND 404 072 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 073 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 074 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 075 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 076 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 077 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 079 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 080 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 081 BSNL MOBILE CellOne
IND 404 086 HUTCH HUTCH
IND 510 000 ACeS ACeS
IND 510 001 IND SATELINDOCEL SAT-C
IND 510 008 LIPPO TEL LIPPOTEL
IND 510 010 IND TELKOMSEL T-SEL
IND 510 011 IND - Excelcom proXL
IND 510 021 IND IM3 IM-3
IR 432 011 IR-TCI 432 11
IR 432 014 IR KISH KIFZO
IRL 272 001 IRL Vodafone IRL Voda
IRL 272 002 02 - IRL 02 - IRL
IRL 272 003 IRL - METEOR METEOR
IS 274 001 IS SIMINN SIMINN
IS 274 002 IS TAL TAL
IS 274 003 IS Islandssimi hf Islandss
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 291 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
IS 274 004 Viking Viking
IT 222 098 IT BLU BLU
ITA 222 099 3 ITA 3 ITA
JAM 338 020 Cable & Wireless JM C&W
JM 338 005 JM DIGICEL DIGICEL
JOR 416 001 Fastlink FSTLNK
JOR 416 077 JO MobCom MobCom
JP 440 010 JP DoCoMo DoCoMo
KE 639 002 Safaricom SAF-COM
KE 639 003 KE-KENCELL KENCELL
KGZ 437 001 BITEL KGZ BITEL
KHM 456 001 MOBITEL - KHM MT-KHM
KHM 456 002 KHM-Hello GSM KHM-SM
KHM 456 018 CAMBODIA SHINAWATRA CAMSHIN
KSA 420 001 ALJAWAL KSA
KT 419 002 KT MTCNet MTC
KT 419 003 KT WATANIYA WATANIYA
KZ 401 001 KZ K-MOBILE K-MOBILE
KZ 401 002 KZ KCELL KCELL
L 270 001 L LUXGSM LUXGSM
L 270 077 L TANGO TANGO
LAO 457 001 LAO GSM LAO GSM
LAO 457 002 ETL MOBILE NETWORK ETLMNW
LAO 457 008 TANGO LAO TANGO
LBR 618 001 LBR Lonestar Cell Lonestar
LI 295 001 telecom FL FLGSM
LI 295 002 Montel Montel
LIE 295 005 FL1 FL1
LIE 295 077 LI TANGO TANGO
LSO 651 001 VCL COMMS VCLCOM
LSO 651 002 LS-ECONET-EZI-CEL EZI-CEL
LT 246 002 LT BITE GSM BITE
LTU 246 001 OMNITEL LT OMT
LTU 246 003 TELE2 TELE2
LV 247 001 LV LMT GSM LMT GSM
LV 247 002 LV TELE2 TELE2
MAC 455 000 Macau SMC SmarTone
MAC 455 001 MAC-CTMGSM CTMGSM
MAC 455 003 Hutchison MAC HT Macau
MD 259 001 MD VOXTEL VOXTEL
MD 259 002 MD MOLDCELL MDCELL
MG 646 001 MG Madacom Madacom
MG 646 002 MG ANTARIS ANTARIS
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 292 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
MKD 294 001 MKD-MOBIMAK MOBI-M
MKD 294 002 MKD, MTS A.D. MTS AD
ML 610 001 MALITEL ML MALITEL
ML 610 002 IKATEL ML IKATEL
MM 414 001 MM 900 MPTGSM
MN 428 099 MN MobiCom MobiCom
MOR 604 000 MOR MEDITEL MEDITEL
MOR 604 001 MOR IAM IAM
MOZ 643 001 MOZ - mCel mCel
MR 609 001 MR MATTEL MATTEL
MRU 617 001 CELLPLUS-MRU CELL +
MRU 617 010 EMTEL-MRU EMTEL
MT 278 001 vodafone MT voda MT
MT 278 021 go mobile gomobile
MV 472 001 MV DHIMOBILE D-MOBILE
MW 650 001 MW CP 900 CP 900
MW 650 010 CELTEL MW CELTEL
MX 334 020 Telcel GSM TELCEL
MY 502 012 MY maxis mobile maxis
MY 502 013 MY TMTOUCH TMTOUCH
MY 502 016 DiGi DiGi
MY 502 017 MY TIMECel TIMECel
MY 502 019 MY CELCOM CELCOM
N 242 001 N Telenor TELENOR
N 242 002 N NetCom GSM N COM
NA 649 001 MTC NAMIBIA MTCNAM
NCL 546 001 NCL MOBILIS MOBNCL
NE 614 002 NE CELTEL CELTEL
NG 621 020 ECONET NG ECONET
NG 621 030 MTN - NG MTN - NG
NG 621 040 NG NITEL NG NITEL
NL 204 004 vodafone NL voda NL
NL 204 008 NL KPN NL KPN
NL 204 012 O2 - NL O2 - NL
NL 204 016 Ben NL Ben NL
NL 204 020 Orange NL Orange
NZ 530 001 VODAFONE NZ VODA
OMN 422 002 OMAN MOBILE OMAN
P 268 001 VODAFONE P vodafone
P 268 003 P OPTIMUS OPTIM
P 268 006 P TMN TMN
PE 716 010 TIM PERU TIM
PGY 744 001 HOLA PARAGUAY VOX
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 293 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
PH 515 001 ISLACOM ISLACOM
PH 515 002 Globe Telecom-PH GLOBE
PH 515 003 SMART SMART
PH 515 005 DIGITEL DIGITEL
PH 515 011 ACeS ACeS
PH 520 020 ACeS ACeS
PK 410 003 PK-UFONE UFONE
PL 260 001 Plus GSM PLUS
PL 260 002 Era Era
PL 260 003 PL IDEA IDEA
PRK 467 193 KP SUN SUNNET
PS 425 005 JAWWAL-PALESTINE JAWWAL
QAT 427 001 QAT QATARNET Q-NET
R 635 010 R-CELL RCELL
RA 283 001 RA-ARMGSM ARMMO1
RC 630 002 CELTEL RC CELTEL
REU 647 000 Orange re Orange
REU 647 002 F-OMT OMT
RL 415 001 RL Cellis CLLIS
RL 415 003 RL LibanCell LibCL
RO 226 001 RO CONNEX CONNEX
RO 226 003 RO Cosmorom Cosmorom
RO 226 010 RO ORANGE ORANGE
ROC 466 092 Chunghwa Telecom LDM CHTLDM
RUS 250 001 MTS-RUS MTS
RUS 250 002 MegaFon RUS MegaFon
RUS 250 004 SIBCHALLENGE RUS RUS_SCN
RUS 250 005 SCS RUS SCS
RUS 250 007 RUS BMT BMT
RUS 250 010 RUS DTC DTC
RUS 250 011 ORENSOT ORENSOT
RUS 250 012 RUS Far East Far East
RUS 250 013 RUS Kuban-GSM KUGSM
RUS 250 016 RUS16 250 16 NTC
RUS 250 017 RUS 17 ERMAK
RUS 250 019 RUS INDIGO INDIGO
RUS 250 020 TELE2 TELE2
RUS 250 028 EXTEL RUS EXTEL
RUS 250 039 RUS SUCT SUCT
RUS 250 044 RUS North Caucasian GSM NC-GSM
RUS 250 092 Primetelefone RUS Primtel
RUS 250 093 Telecom XXI RUS TXXI
RUS 250 099 Bee Line Bee Line
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 294 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
S 240 001 TELIA S TELIA
S 240 003 Orange Orange
S 240 007 S COMVIQ IQ
S 240 008 vodafone SE voda SE
SA 655 001 VodaCom-SA VODA
SA 655 007 Cell C Cell C
SA 655 010 MTN-SA MTN
SEZ 633 001 SEYCEL 633-01
SEZ 633 010 SEZ AIRTEL AIRTEL
SG 525 003 SGP M1-GSM M1-GSM
SGP 525 001 SingTel-G9 SingTel
SGP 525 002 SingTel-G18 SingTel
SGP 525 005 STARHUB-SGP STARHUB
SI 293 040 SI.MOBIL SI.MOBIL
SI 293 041 SI MOBITEL GSM SI-GSM
SI 293 070 SI VEGA 070 VEGA 070
SK 231 001 Orange SK Orange
SK 231 002 EUROTEL-SK ET-SK
SN 608 001 SN ALIZE ALIZE
SN 608 002 SN-SENTEL SG SENTEL
SN 608 002 SN-SENTEL SG SENTEL
SOM 637 001 SOM BARAKAAT BARAKAAT
SOM 637 082 Telsom Mobile telsom
SR 746 001 ICMS SR ICMS
SR 746 002 SR.TELESUR.GSM TeleG
SRI 413 002 SRI DIALOG DIALOG
SRI 413 003 SRI - CELLTEL CELLTEL
STP 626 001 STP CSTmovel CSTmovel
SUD 634 001 MobiTel SDN MobiTel
SV 706 002 Digicel DIGICEL
SYR 417 001 SYRIATEL SYRIATEL
SYR 417 002 94 SYRIA 94 SYRIA
SYR 417 009 SYR MOBILE SYR MOBILE
SYR 417 093 SYRIATEL SYRIATEL
SZ 653 010 Swazi-MTN SwaziMTN
TAI 466 089 T3G T3G
TCD 622 001 CELTEL TCD CELTEL
TD 622 002 TD LIBERTIS LIBERTIS
TG 615 001 TG-TOGO CELL TGCELL
TH 520 001 TH GSM TH GSM
TH 520 015 TH ACT 1900 ACT-1900
TH 520 018 TH-DTAC DTAC
TH 520 023 TH GSM 1800 GSM 1800
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 295 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
TH 520 099 Orange Th Orange
TJK 436 003 TJK MLT MLT
TN 605 002 TUNISIE TELECOM TUNTEL
TON 539 001 U-CALL U-CALL
TR 286 001 TR TURKCELL TCELL
TR 286 002 TR TELSIM TELSIM
TR 286 003 TR ARIA ARIA
TR 286 004 TR AYCELL AYCELL
TTO 374 012 TSTT TSTT
TUN 605 003 TUNISIANA TUNSIANA
TWN 466 001 Far EasTone FET
TWN 466 006 TWN Tuntex GSM 1800 TUNTEX
TWN 466 068 ACeS ACeS
TWN 466 088 KGT-Online KGT
TWN 466 093 TWN MOBITAI TW MOB
TWN 466 097 TWN GSM 1800 TCC
TWN 466 099 TransAsia TransAsi
TZ 640 001 Tritel - TZ TRITEL
TZ 640 002 MOBITEL - TZ MOBITEL
TZ 640 003 ZANTEL-TZ ZANTEL
TZ 640 005 CELTEL TZ CELTEL
UA 255 001 UA UMC UMC
UA 255 003 UA-KYIVSTAR UA-KS
UA 255 005 UA-GT GT
UAE 424 002 UAE ETISALAT ETSLT
UG 641 001 UG CelTel CELTEL
UG 641 010 MTN-UGANDA MTN-UG
UG 641 011 UTL Telecel UTL
UK 234 010 O2 - UK O2 -UK
UK 234 015 UK VODAFONE VODA
UK 234 020 3 UK 3 UK
UK 234 030 T-Mobile UK TMO UK
UK 234 031 T-Mobile UK TMO UK
UK 234 032 T-Mobile UK TMO UK
UK 234 033 ORANGE ORANGE
UK 234 050 JT GSM JT GSM
UK 234 055 Cable & Wireless Guernsey C&W
UK 234 058 Manx Pronto Pronto
UKR 255 002 UKR-WellCOM WellCOM
USA 310 011 USA Wireless 2000 Telepho WTTCKy
USA 310 020 Sprint Sprint
USA 310 026 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 031 T-Mobile TMO
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 296 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
USA 310 050 DIGICEL JAM DC
USA 310 064 USA AE Airadigm ARDGMC
USA 310 150 Cingular Wireless Cingular
USA 310 160 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 170 Cingular Wireless Cingular
USA 310 180 Cingular Wireless Cingular
USA 310 200 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 210 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 220 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 230 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 240 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 250 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 260 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 270 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 310 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 340 WestLink Comm WestLink
USA 310 350 Carolina Phone Carolina
USA 310 380 AT&T Wireless AT&T
USA 310 410 Cingular Wireless Cingular
USA 310 460 USA ONELINK ONELINK
USA 310 530 West Virginia Wireless WVW
USA 310 560 DobsonUS DobsonUS
USA 310 580 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 610 EpicTouch EpicTouch
USA 310 630 AmeriLink PCS AmeriLink
USA 310 640 Einstein PCS Einstein
USA 310 660 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 670 Wireless 2000 PCS W 2000 PCS
USA 310 680 NPI Wireless NPI
USA 310 690 Conestoga Conestoga
USA 310 740 Telemetrix Telemetrix
USA 310 760 PTSI PTSI
USA 310 770 IWS IWS
USA 310 780 AirLink PCS AirLink
USA 310 790 Pinpoint Pinpoint
USA 310 800 T-Mobile TMO
USA 310 980 AT&T Wireless AT&T
UZB 434 001 BUZTEL BUZTEL
UZB 434 002 UZMACOM UZMGSM
UZB 434 004 UZB DAEWOO-GSM DW-GSM
UZB 434 005 UZB CSOCOM GSM COSCOM
UZB 434 007 UZB-UZD UZDGSM
VN 452 001 VN MOBIFONE VMS
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 297 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Country Initials MCC MNC Preferred Presentation of Country Initials and
Mobile Network Name
Abbreviated Mobile
Network Name
VN 452 002 VN VINAPHONE GPC
VUT 541 001 VUT SMILE SMILE
VZ 734 001 VZ INFO INFONT
VZ 734 002 DIGITEL DIGITEL
YE 421 002 SPACETEL SPACETEL
YEM 421 001 YEM-SABA SabaFon
YU 220 001 YU MOBTEL MOBTEL
YU 220 002 ProMonte ProMonte
YU 220 003 YUG 03 YU MTS
YU 220 004 MONET MONET
ZM 645 001 ZM CELTEL CELTEL
ZW 648 001 ZW NET*ONE 64801
ZW 648 003 TELECEL ZW TELECEL
ZW 648 004 ZW ECONET ECONET
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 298 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.13 Data / Commands multiplexing protocol
19.13.1 Introduction
The Wavecom multiplexing protocol operates between a DCE (Data Communication
Equipment: the product) and a DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). It allows a double session over a
serial link interface : one for AT commands and one for DATA communications.
AT+WMUX=1 activates the Multiplexing Mode. With this mode, AT commands and DATA
are encapsulated into packets. The header of these packets allows to recognize whether it is a
DATA packet or an AT command packet. AT+WMUX=0 deactivates the Multiplexing Mode and
gets the product back to the default mode.
This appendix presents how the multiplexing mode handles the DATA and the AT
commands flow. It also describes the format of DATA packets and AT command packets.
19.13.2 AT command packets
An AT command is encapsulated into a packet with a header which allows to separate it
from DATA packets. This packet is formed by a header (3 bytes), the AT command itself and a
checksum (1 byte) :
B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
Start pattern ! 0xAA
AT command length LSB
AT command pattern ! 0x1D AT command length MSB
AT command
Checksum
The 3 bytes of the header are:
" the first byte (0xAA) is used to identify the packet,
" the second byte represents the 8 LSB (Low Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT
command,
" the third byte is made of 2 parts :
- the 3 LSB bits are the 3 MSB (Most Significant Bits) bits of the length of the AT command,
- the 5 MSB bits (0x1D which equals to 0xE8 with the 3 bits offset) are used to identify an
AT command.
The maximum length of an AT command could be 2047 bytes which is greater than all the
existing AT commands.
The checksum is the addition (modulo 256) of all the transmitted bytes (header bytes and AT
command bytes).
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 299 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.13.3 Data packets
Like for AT commands, DATA are encapsulated into packets. These packets are composed of
a header (3 bytes), the data bytes and the checksum (1 byte) :
B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
Start pattern ! 0xDD
Data packet length LSB
Data packet type Data packet length MSB
Data Bytes
Checksum
The 3 bytes of the header are:
" the first byte (0xDD) used to identify the packet,
" the second byte represents the 8 LSB bits of the length of the data field,
" the last byte is made of 2 parts :
- the 3 LSB bits represent the 3 MSB bits of the length of the data field,
- the 5 MSB bits represent the packet type.
Data packets can have different values according to the type of packet:
" 0 – DATA packet : the packet contains the data to transmit on the radio link or received from
the radio link,
" 1 – STATUS packet: the packet contains the status of SA, SB, X bits(1) and the break condition
coding as follow :
SA SB X BRK RI Spare Spare Spare
- the length of data for the status packet is always equal to 1,
- whenever a status changes (except break), all the status bits are included,
- these bits are off by default (and therefore the bits DTR and RTS), so it is necessary to send
a status packet to the target at the beginning of the multiplexing to start the transmission,
" 2 – READY packet : the packet indicates that the target is ready to receive data :
- no data are transmitted in this packet (so the length is null),
" 3 – BUSY packet : the packet indicates that the target is busy and can not receive data :
- like the ready packet, no data are transmitted,
" other values : currently, these values are not used (reserved for future enhancement).
The checksum is calculated like the AT command packet checksum (addition of all the
transmitted bytes including the header bytes).
1 These status bits contain the V24 control information :
- SA contains DTR (signal CT108 – from terminal to IWF) and DSR (signal CT107 – from
terminal to IWF),
- SB contains RTS (signal CT105 – from terminal to IWF) and DCD (signal CT109 – from IWF
to terminal),
- X contains CTS (signal CT106).
For more information, refer to GSM 07.02
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 300 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.13.4 Examples
19.13.4.1 AT command and its answer
When there is no encapsulation the AT command transmitted on the serial link is like this (in
ASCII and hexadecimal):
AT\r\n
$ 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A
and the answer is like this :
\r\nOK\r\n
$ 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A
With the encapsulation in the serial link, the packet transmitted is (in hexadecimal) :
0xAA 0x04 0xE8 0x41 0x54 0x0D 0x0A 0x42
and the answer is like this :
0xAA 0x06 0xE8 0x0D 0x0A 0x4F 0x4B 0x0D 0x0A 0x60
19.13.4.2 Initialisation and Data packet
When the Multiplexing Mode is activated (+WMUX=1), the product sends 2 Data packets
after the establishment of a DATA call (after the CONNECT xxxx message) : 1 READY Packet and 1
STATUS Packet. To set the different signals to the right value, it is necessary to send a STATUS
packet to the product.
Here are some examples of STATUS packets :
0xDD 0x01 0x08 0x40 0x26 $bit RTS is on
to start a data call, all the bits should be on :
0xDD 0x01 0x08 0xC0 0xA6 $bits DTR and RTS are on
19.13.5 Restriction
The autobauding mode is not available when the Multiplexing Mode is activated : the serial
link speed must be set to a fixed rate.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 301 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.14 CPHS Information field
CPHS Information
Signification Data field Bit Field
All information 0 None
CSP service activated and allocated 1 0
SST service activated and allocated 2 1
Mailbox Number service activated and allocated 3 2
Operator Name Shortform service activated and
alloc.
4 3
Information Numbers service activated and
allocated
5 4
RFU 6 5
RFU 7 6
RFU 8 7
Voice Message Waiting indicator for Line 1 9 8
Voice Message Waiting indicator for Line 2 10 9
Data Message Waiting indicator 11 10
Fax Message Waiting indicator 12 11
Call Forward Activated indicator for Line 1 13 12
Call Forward Activated indicator for Line 2 14 13
Call Forward Activated indicator for Data 15 14
Call Forward Activated indicator for Fax 16 15
Reserved 17 16
Reserved 18 17
Reserved 19 18
Reserved 20 19
Line 1 Mailbox Number available 21 20
Line 2 Mailbox Number available 22 21
Data Mailbox Number available 23 22
Fax Mailbox Number available 24 23
EF Mn Updatable 25 24
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 302 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.15 CSP constants
19.15.1 Service Group : Call Offering
Service External value
Call Forwarding Unconditional 1
Call Forwarding On User Busy 2
Call Forwarding on No Reply 3
Call Forwarding On User Not
Reachable
4
Call Transfer 5
19.15.2 Service Group : Call Restriction
Service External value
Barring of All Outgoing Calls 9
Barring of Outgoing International Calls 10
Barring of Outgoing International Calls
except those directed to the Home PLMN
country
11
Barring of All Incoming Calls when
Roaming Outside the Home PLMN country
12
BIC roam 13
19.15.3 Service Group : Other Supplementary Services
Service External value
Multi-Party Service 17
Closed User Group 18
Advice Of Charge 19
Preferential CUG 20
CUG Outgoing
Access
21
19.15.4 Service Group : Group Completion
Service External value
Call Hold 25
Call Waiting 26
Completion of Call to Busy Subscriber 27
Restriction of the menus allowing use of
user to user signalling
28
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 303 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.15.5 Service Group : Teleservices
Service External value
Short Message – Mobile Terminated 33
Short Message – Mobile Originated 34
Short Message – Cell Broadcast 35
Restricts menu options for the ability to set
reply path active on outgoing Short
Messages
36
SMS Delivery Confirmation 37
Restriction of menus for SMS Protocol ID
options
38
Validity Period, restriction of menus for
SMS Validity period options
39
19.15.6 Service Group : CPHS Teleservices
Service External value
Alternate Line
Service
41
19.15.7 Service Group : CPHS Features
Service External value
Reserved : SST in phase 1
CPHS
49
19.15.8 Service Group : Number Identification
Service External value
Calling Line Identification Presentation 57
Connected Line Identification Restriction 59
Connected Line Identification
Presentation
60
Malicious Call Indicator 61
CLI per call mode - default block CLI -
menu to send CLI
63
CLI per call mode - default send CLI -
menu to block CLI
64
19.15.9 Service Group : Phase 2+ Services
Service External value
Menus concerned with GPRS functionality 65
Menus concerned with High Speed Circuit
Switched Data functionality
66
ASCI Voice Group call menus 67
ASCI Voice Broadcast service menus 68
Multi Subscriber profile menus 69
Multiple band : Restriction of menus
allowing user to select a particular GSM
900/ 1800 or 1900 band
70
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 304 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
19.15.10 Service Group : Value Added Services
Service External value
Restriction of menu options for manual
PLMN selection
73
Restriction of menu options for Voice
Mail or other similar menus
74
Restriction of menu options for the ability
to send Short messages with type Paging
75
Restriction of menu options for the ability
to send Short messages with type Email
76
Restriction of menu options for Fax calls 77
Restriction of menu options for Data calls 78
Restriction of menus allowing the user to
change language
80
19.15.11 Service Group : Information Numbers
Service External value
The ME shall only present Information
numbers to the user if this field is set to FF
81
Note :
External values not used in these tables are reserved for further use.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 305 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20 APPENDIX A (informative)
This chapter gives illustrative examples of the general AT commands used for
a communication. The presentation of commands and responses is as close as
possible to what a user can see on its test monitor. Blank lines have been
intentionnaly removed.
20.1 Examples with the PIN required
20.1.1 when the ME has to be powered ON.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the report mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+CREG=1
Report registration
OK
AT+CPAS
Query ME Status
+CPAS: 5
(ME is asleep)
OK
AT+CFUN=1
Set ME to full functionality
OK
AT+COPS=0
Ask for automatic operator selection and registration
.
+CME ERROR: 11
SIM PIN required
.
AT+CPIN=1234
User entered a wrong PIN
+CME ERROR: 16
Incorrect password
.
AT+CPIN=0000
OK
PIN Ok
AT+COPS=0
Ask for automatic operator selection and registration
.
OK
+CREG:1
Registered on the network
AT+COPS=3,0
Select the long name alphanumeric format
.
OK
AT+COPS?
Get the operator name
+COPS: 0,0,”I OMNITEL”
OK
20.1.2 When the ME has already been powered on.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the report mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+CPAS
Get the ME Status
+CPAS: 0
ME is ready to receive commands
OK
AT+CPIN?
Is ME requiring a password?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
Yes, SIM PIN required
AT+CPIN=0000
OK
PIN Ok
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 306 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.2 Examples where a voice call is originated.
20.2.1 When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been
entered.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the reporting of mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+WIND=63
Ask to display the general indications
.
OK
AT+CPIN?
Is ME requiring a password?
+CPIN: READY
product is ready
ATD0607103543;
Make a voice call
+WIND: 5,1
Indication of call
+WIND: 2
Remote party is ringing
.
OK
Call setup was successful
Conversation
…
ATH
Release the call
OK
20.2.2 When a voice call is attempted from a phonebook :
ATD>”John Pamborn”;
+CME ERROR: 22
The “John Pamborn” entry is not found.
ATD>”Joel Guerry”;
+WIND: 5,1
Indication of outgoing call.
+WIND: 2
Remote party is ringing.
OK
Call setup was successful
Conversation…
ATH
Release the call
OK
20.3 Example with incoming calls
20.3.1 When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been
entered.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the report mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+WIND=63
Ask to display the general indications
.
OK
AT+CLIP=1
Enable the calling line identification presentation
.
OK
AT+CRC=1
Enable extended format of incoming indication
.
OK
AT+CNUM
Query own number (voice number) or MSISDN
.
+CNUM: “Speech”,”+33608971019”,145
OK
Call this number from another equipment.
+WIND: 5, 1
Indication of call (Ring)
+CRING: VOICE
Type of call is VOICE
.
+CLIP: "+33607103543",145,,,"John Panborn"
Identification of the remote party
.
+CRING: VOICE
ATA
Answer the call
.
OK
…Conversation…
NO CARRIER
The call has been released by the remote party
.
+WIND: 6,1
Indication of call release
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 307 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.4 Example of a call forwarding
20.4.1 When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been
entered.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the report mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+CFCC=1,3,”0607492638”
Register to a call forwarding when ME is busy
.
OK
AT+CCFC=2,3,”0149293031”,129
Register to a call forwarding when it does answer
.
+CME ERROR: 30
No network service
AT+CCFC=1,2
Interrogate
+CCFC: 1,1,”+33607492638”,145
Call forwarding active for a voice call
.
AT+CFCC=1,4
Delete call forwarding ME busy
OK
20.5 Example of a multiparty call
When the ME is powered on and the SIM PIN has been entered.
AT+CMEE=1
Enable the report mobile equipment errors
OK
AT+WIND=63
Ask to display the general indications
.
OK
AT+CCWA=1,1
Enable call waiting
.
OK
ATD>”John Panborn”;
+WIND: 5,1
Indication of call
.
+WIND: 2
Remote party is ringing
.
OK
Call setup was successful
…Conversation (call1)…
+WIND: 5,2
Indication of another call
.
+CCWA: “+33595984834”,145,”Dolores Claiborne”
Another call is waiting
.
AT+CHLD=2
Put first call on hold and answer the second one
.
OK
…Conversation (call2)…
AT+CHLD=3
Every call is part of a multiparty conversation
.
OK
AT+CHLD=11
Release the first call (with John Panborn) and recover the second call
(with Dolores Claiborne
)
…Conversation (call2)…
ATH
Release the second call
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 308 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.6 Examples about phonebooks
For each example illustrated in this section: the ME is supposed to have been powered on
and the SIM PIN entered.
20.6.1 The whole phonebook of the ME is read
AT+CPBS=?
Query supported phonebook memories
+CPBS: (“SM”,”FD”,”ON”)
ADN, FDN, and MSISDN phonebooks supported
.
AT+CPBS=”SM”
Select ADN phonebook
.
OK
AT+CPBR=?
Read the index range and the length of the elements
.
+CPBR: (1-80),20,14
80 locations (from 1 to 80), max length of 20 for the phone
number, 14 characters max for the text
.
AT+CPBR=1,80
Read all entries (only the ones set are returned).
+CPBR: 1,“0346572834”,129,”Dolores Claiborne”
+CPBR: 2,”1284374523”,129,”Thad Beaumont”
+CPBR: 3, “1243657845”,129,”John Panborn”
OK
20.6.2 Erase or Write a phonebook entry
AT+CPBW=?
Get the phonebook type
.
+CPBW: (1-80),20,(129,145),14
80 locations, max length of 20 for the phone
number,
TON/NPI of 129 or 145 and 14
characters max for the text.
AT+CPBW=3
Erase location 3
OK
AT+CPBW=3,”4356729012”,129,”Carry”
Write at location 3
.
OK
AT+CPBR=1,80
Read all entries (only the ones set are returned)
.
+CPBR: 1,“0346572834”,129,”Dolores Claiborne”
+CPBR: 2,”1284374523”,129,”Thad Beaumont”
+CPBR: 3,”4356729012”,129,”Carry”
OK
20.6.3 Find phonebook entries
AT+CPBF=?
Get the phonebook type
.
+CPBF: 20,14
Max length of 20 for the phone number, 10 characters for
the text.
AT+CPBF=”D”
Read entries starting with “D”.
+CPBF: 1,“0346572834”,129,”Dolores Clairborne”
OK
AT+CPBF=”W”
Read entries with “W”.
+CME ERROR: 22
Entry not found
.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 309 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.6.4 Phonebook and custom character set
AT+CPBS?
Query the current phonebook
+CPBS: 3,80
ADN selected, 3 entries stored
OK
AT+WPCS?
Query the current phonebook charset
+WPCS: “TRANSPARENT”
Transparent mode selected
OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,”0146290800”,129,”S bastien”
GSM character “é” is not displayed
OK
AT+WCCS=1,0,0,255
>202020202020202020200A20200D202020202020205F202020202020202020202021
22230225262728292A2B2C2D2E2F303132333435363738393A3B3C3D3E3F00414243
4445464748494A4B4C4D4E4F505152535455565758595A2020202011206162636465
666768696A6B6C6D6E6F707172737475767778797A20202020202020202020202020
202020202020202020272720202020202020202020202020204020012403205F20202
020202D202020202020272020202020202020202060414141415B0E1C09451F454549
494949445D4F4F4F4F5C200B5555555E59201E7F6161617B0F1D63040565650769696
9207D086F6F6F7C200C0675757E792079
OK
AT+WCCS=1,1,0,127
>40A324A5E8E9F9ECF2C70AD8F80DC5E5205F20202020202020202020C6E6DFC9202
12223A425262728292A2B2C2D2E2F303132333435363738393A3B3C3D3E3FA141424
34445464748494A4B4C4D4E4F505152535455565758595AC4D6D1DCA7BF61626364
65666768696A6B6C6D6E6F707172737475767778797AE4F6F1FCE0
OK
Set the custom character set tables to enable a GSM to default font
conversion
AT+WPCS=”CUSTOM”
Use the custom character set
OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,”0146290800”,129,”Sébastien”
GSM character “é” is correctly displayed
OK
20.7 Examples about short messages
20.7.1 Send a short message
AT+CNMI=0,1,1,1,0
SMS-DELIVERs are directly stored, SMS-STATUS- REPORTs are
displayed
OK
AT+CSMP=17,169,0,0
SMS-SUBMIT message with a validity period (one day)
OK
AT+CMGF=1 ” ”
Text mode to send a Short Message
OK
AT+CSCA=”+33608080706”
Set Service Center Address to +33608080706
OK
AT+CMGS=0601290800
Send a SMS-SUBMIT to mobile phone
Product sends a 4 characters sequence: 0x0D 0x0A 0x3E 0x20
This is the first text line
Edit first line and press carriage return (<CR>, 0x0D)
This is the last text line
Edit last line and send message by pressing <ctrl-Z> (0x1A)
+CMGS: 5
Success: message reference 5 is returned from the SMS Service
Center
+CDS: 2,5,”0601290800”,129,”99/05/01 14:15:10+04
” ” ” ”
Success: report of successful message
delivery received
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 310 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.7.2 Read short messages
AT+CMGF=1
Text mode to read Short Messages
AT+CMGL=”ALL”
List all stored messages
+CMGL: 1,”REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:15:10+04”
I will be late
This is the first message
+CMGL: 2,”REC UNREAD”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:19:44+04”
Traffic jam on Broadway
This is the second message
OK
AT+CMGR=1 ” ”
Read the first message
+CMGR: ”REC READ”,”+336290918”,,”99/05/01 14:19:44+04”
OK
20.8 Examples about Fax class 2
The normal characters are DTE generated. The bold characters are modem generated.
20.8.1 Send a fax class 2
AT+FCLASS=2
Select fax class 2
OK
AT+FLID="LocalFax"
OK
ATD0601234567
Call establishment
+FCON
Connection OK
[+FCSI:"RemoteFax"]
+FDIS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+FDT
Beginning of the data transfer
+FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0
CONNECT
<0x11h>
Send carrier
First page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>
OK
Page transmitted
AT+FET=0
Send another page
+FPTS:1
First page acquitted
OK
AT+FDT
CONNECT
<0x11h>
Send carrier
Second page data terminated by <0x10h><0x03h>
OK
Page transmitted
AT+FET=2
No more page
+FPTS:1
First page acknowledged
+FHNG:0
Normal end of connection
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 311 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
20.8.2 Receive a fax class 2
AT+FCR=1
OK
AT+FLID="LocalFax"
OK
RING
Incoming call
ATA
Answer
+FCON
Connection OK
[+FTSI:"RemoteFax"]
+FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0
OK
AT+FDR
+FCFR
+FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0
CONNECT
<0x12h>
Receive page carrier
First page data terminated by
<0x10h><0x03h>
OK
Page received
+FPTS:1
First page acknowledged
+FET:0
To receive another page
OK
AT+FDR
+FDCS:0,3,0,2,0,0,0,0
CONNECT
<0x12h>
Receive page carrier
Second page data terminated by
<0x10h><0x03h>
OK
Page received
+FPTS:1
Second page acknowledged
+FET:2
No more page to receive
OK
AT+FDR
+FHNG:0
Normal end of connection
OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 312 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
21 APPENDIX B: Support of SIM ToolKit by the
M.E.
TABLE 1 – Support of SIM Toolkit classes
This has been extracted from the GSM Technical
specification 11.14.
Classes
Command description 1 2 3
CALL CONTROL X X
CELL BROADCAST DOWNLOAD X X
DISPLAY TEXT X X
EVENT DOWNLOAD
- MT call X
- Call connected X
- Call disconnected X
- Location status X
- User activity X
- Idle screen available X
GET INKEY X X
GET INPUT X X
GET READER STATUS $(MultipleCard)$ Lc
MENU SELECTION X X
MO SHORT MESSAGE CONTROL X
MORE TIME X X
PERFORM CARD APDU $(MultipleCard)$ Lc
PLAY TONE X X
POLLING OFF X X
POLL INTERVAL X X
POWER ON CARD $(MultipleCard)$ Lc
POWER OFF CARD $(MultipleCard)$ Lc
PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION X X
REFRESH X X X
RUN AT COMMAND $(AT$) Lc
SELECT ITEM X X
SEND SHORT MESSAGE X X
SEND SS X X
SEND USSD X
SET UP CALL X X
SET UP EVENT LIST X
SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT $(IdleModeText)$ X
SET UP MENU X X
SMS-PP DOWNLOAD X X X
TIMER MANAGEMENT $(Timer)$ Lc
TIMER EXPIRATION $(Timer)$ Lc
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 313 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
TABLE 2 - Compatibility between available Terminal Responses and Proactive Commands
Proactive commands
Terminal
Reponses
Setup
Menu
(0)
Display
Text(1)
Get
Inkey
(2)
Get
Input
(3)
Setup
Call
(4)
Play
Tone
(5)
Select
Item
(6)
Refresh
(7)
Send
SS
(8)
Send
SMS
(9)
Send
USSD
(10)
Setup
event
list
(11)
Backward
Move
(95)
• • •
•
Command
beyond ME
capabilities
(96)
• • • • • • • • • • • •
ME
currently
unable to
process
command
(97)
• • • • • • • • • • • •
No
response
from the
user
(98)
• • •
•
SIM
session
terminated
by the user
(99)
• • • • • •
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 314 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
22 APPENDIX C: Structure of TERMINAL
PROFILE
First byte (Download):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Profile download User choice
SMS-PP data download Set by product to 1
Cell Broadcast data download
Set by product to 1
Menu selection User choice
'9E XX' response code for SIM
data download error
Set by product to 1
Timer expiration Set by product to 0
USSD string data object
supported in Call Control
User choice
RFU, bit=0
Second byte (Other):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Command result User choice
Call Control by SIM User choice
Cell identity included in Call
Control by SIM
User choice
MO short message control by SIM
User choice
Handling of the alpha
identifier according to
subclause 9.1.3
User choice
UCS2 Entry supported User choice
UCS2 Display supported User choice
Display of the extension text
User choice
Third byte (Proactive SIM):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Proactive SIM: DISPLAY TEXT User choice
Proactive SIM: GET INKEY User choice
Proactive SIM: GET INPUT User choice
Proactive SIM: MORE TIME User choice
Proactive SIM: PLAY TONE User choice
Proactive SIM: POLL INTERVAL
Set by product to 1
Proactive SIM: POLLING OFF Set by product to 1
Proactive SIM: REFRESH User choice
Fourth byte (Proactive SIM):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Proactive SIM: SELECT ITEM User choice
Proactive SIM: SEND SHORT
MESSAGE
User choice
Proactive SIM: SEND SS User choice
Proactive SIM: SEND USSD User choice
Proactive SIM: SET UP CALL User choice
Proactive SIM: SET UP MENU User choice
Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION (MCC, MNC, LAC,
Cell ID & IMEI)
Set by product to 1
Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION (NMR)
Set by product to 1
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 315 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Fifth byte (Event driven information):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Proactive SIM: SET UP EVENT LIST
Set by product to 1
Event: MT call Set by product to 1
Event: Call connected Set by product to 1
Event: Call disconnected Set by product to 1
Event: Location status Set by product to 1
Event: User activity User choice
Event: Idle screen available User choice
Event: Card reader status Set by product to 0
Sixth byte: (reserved for Event driven information extensions)
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
RFU, bit = 0
Seventh byte (Multiple card proactive commands) for class "a"
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Proactive SIM: POWER ON CARD Set by product to 0
Proactive SIM: POWER OFF CARD Set by product to 0
Proactive SIM: PERFORM CARD APDU
Set by product to 0
Proactive SIM: GET READER STATUS Set by product to 0
RFU, bit = 0 Set by product to 0
Eighth byte (Proactive SIM):
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Proactive SIM: TIMER
MANAGEMENT (start, stop)
Set by product to 1
Proactive SIM: TIMER
MANAGEMENT (get current value)
Set by product to 1
Proactive SIM: PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION (date, time and
time zone)
Set by product to 0
Binary choice in GET INKEY Set by product to 0
SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT Set by product to 0
RUN AT COMMAND (e.g.. class
"b" is supported)
Set by product to 0
2nd alpha identifier in SET UP
CALL
Set by product to 0
2nd capability configuration
parameter (see 9.1.6)
Set by product to 0
Ninth byte:
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
Sustained DISPLAY TEXT (see
6.4.1)
Set by product to 0
SEND DTMF command (see 6.4.24)
Set by product to 0
RFU, bit = 0
RFU, bit = 0
RFU, bit = 0
RFU, bit = 0
RFU, bit = 0
RFU, bit = 0
Subsequent bytes:
b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1
RFU, bit = 0
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 316 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
23 APPENDIX D: Command Type and Next
Action Indicator.
This table has been extracted from the GSM Technical specification 11.14.
Value Name Used for Type of
Command coding
used for Next Action
Indicator coding
'00' - -
'01' REFRESH X
'02' MORE TIME X
'03' POLL INTERVAL X
'04' POLLING OFF X
'05' SET UP EVENT LIST X
'10' SET UP CALL X X
'11' SEND SS X X
'12' SEND USSD X X
'13' SEND SHORT MESSAGE X X
'14' SEND DTMF X
'20' PLAY TONE X X
'21' DISPLAY TEXT X X
'22' GET INKEY X X
'23' GET INPUT X X
'24' SELECT ITEM X X
'25' SET UP MENU X X
'26' PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION X
'27' TIMER MANAGEMENT X
'28' SET UP IDLE MODEL TEXT X X
'30' PERFORM CARD APDU class "a" only X X
'31' POWER ON CARD class "a" only X X
'32' POWER OFF CARD class "a" only X X
'33' GET READER STATUS class "a" only X X
'34' RUN AT COMMAND class "b" only X
'81' End of the proactive session not applicable X
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 317 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
24 APPENDIX E: Coding of Alpha fields in the
SIM for UCS2
The coding can take one of the three following structures, or GSM default alphabet. If the ME
supports UCS2 coding of alpha fields in the SIM, it will support all three coding schemes for
character sets containing 128 characters or less. For character sets containing more than 128
characters, the ME will at least support the first coding scheme. Within a record, only one coding
scheme, either GSM default alphabet, or one of the three described below, can be used.
1) If the first byte in the alpha string is '0x80', then the other bytes are 16 bit UCS2 characters.
The most significant byte (MSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the lower numbered byte
of the alpha field, and the less significant byte (LSB) of the UCS2 character is coded in the
higher numbered alpha field byte. In other words, byte 2 of the alpha field contains the most
significant byte (MSB) of the first UCS2 character, and byte 3 of the alpha field contains the
less significant byte (LSB) of the first UCS2 character (as shown below). Unused bytes shall
be set to 'FF' : if the alpha field has an even length in bytes, the last (unusable) byte will be
set to 'FF'.
Example 1
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9
'80' Ch1MSB Ch1LSB Ch2MSB Ch2LSB Ch3MSB Ch3LSB 'FF' 'FF'
2) If the first byte of the alpha string is '0x81', then the 2nd byte contains a value indicating the
number of characters in the string.The 3rd byte contains an 8 bit number which defines
bits 15 to 8 of a 16 bit base pointer, where bit 16, and bits 7 to 1 would be set to zero.
These sixteen bits represent a base pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space, to be
used with some or all of the remaining bytes in the string. The 4th and subsequent bytes in
the string contain codings as follows :
• if bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining bits of the byte contain a GSM
Default Alphabet character
• if bit 8 of the byte is set to one, the remaining bits are an offset value to add to the
16 bit base pointer defined by byte 3, and the resulting 16 bit value is a UCS2 code
point, and defines a UCS2 character.
Example 2
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9
'81' '05' '13' '53' '95' 'A6' '28' 'FF' 'FF'
In the example above;
• Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string
• Byte 3 indicates bits 15 to 8 of the base pointer, and indicates a bit pattern of
0hhh hhhh h000 0000 as the 16 bit base pointer number. Bengali characters for
example start at code position 0980 (0
000 1001 1
000 0000), which is indicated by the
coding '13' in byte 3 (shown by the italicised underlined digits).
• Byte 4 indicates GSM Default Alphabet character ‘53’, e.g.. "S".
• Byte 5 indicates a UCS2 character offset to the base pointer of '15', expressed in binary
as follows 001 0101, which, when added to the base pointer value results in a sixteen
bit value of 0000 1001 1001 0101, e.g.. '0995', which is the Bengali letter KA.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 318 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
• Byte 8 contains the value 'FF' : as the string length is 5, this a valid character in the
string, where the bit pattern 111 1111 is added to the base pointer, yielding to a sixteen
bit value of 0000 1001 1111 1111 for the UCS2 character (that is '09FF').
• Byte 9 contains the padding value OxFF.
3) If the first byte of the alpha string is set to '0x82', then the 2nd byte contains the length of
the string (number of characters).
The 3rd and 4th bytes contain a 16 bit number which defines the complete 16 bit base
pointer to a "half-page" in the UCS2 code space, for use with some or all of the remaining
bytes in the string.
The 5th and subsequent bytes in the string contain coding as follows :
• if bit 8 of the byte is set to zero, the remaining seven bits of the byte contain a
GSM Default Alphabet character,
• if bit 8 of the byte is set to one, the remaining seven bits are an offset value added
to the base pointer defined in bytes 3 and 4, and the resulting 16 bit value is a
UCS2 code point, and defines a UCS2 character.
Example 3
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9
'82' '05' '05' '30' '2D' '82' 'D3' '2D' '31'
In the example above :
• Byte 2 indicates there are 5 characters in the string
• Bytes 3 and 4 contain a 16 bit base pointer number of '0530', pointing to the first
character of the Armenian character set.
• Byte 5 contains a GSM Default Alphabet character of '2D', which is a dash "-".
• Byte 6 contains a value '82', which indicates it is an offset of '02' added to the base
pointer, resulting in a UCS2 character code of '0532', which represents Armenian
character Capital BEN.
• Byte 7 contains a value 'D3', an offset of '53', which when added to the base pointer
results in a UCS2 code point of '0583', representing Armenian Character small PIWR.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 319 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
25 APPENDIX F: Specification of Power Down
Control via RS232
This appendix describes how to activate and deactivate the power down mode of the product via
the RS232 serial link. Refer to +W32K to activate or deactivate the power down mode.
In this document, the term “DTE” refers to the customer device driving the product, which is
referred to as the “DCE”.
The terms referring to the RS232 signals and levels are used according to the V.24 and V.28
recommendations. Here are some points to remind :
• DTR is the circuit 108/2,
• TX is the circuit 103,
• RX is the circuit 102,
• CTS is the circuit 106.
• The logical level “HIGH or ON” corresponds to the electrical level of +12 V, and the level
“LOW or OFF” corresponds to –12 V.
• The activation and deactivation are always initiated from the DTE and is carried out
through the handshaking of DTR and CTS.
The power down mode can be triggered only when the DCE is idle, that means when there is no
connection to the network in progress.
When the DTE requests the DCE to enter the power down mode, it (DTE) drops (ON-to-OFF
transition) DTR. From this time on, it (DTE) must not send any more characters on the TX line : the
TX FIFO must be empty.
The DCE acknowledges its entry in the power down mode by dropping CTS, within a time interval
of 5s. after the DTR drop. During that period the DTE is prohibited from sending any more AT
commands.
AT responses can be sent to the DTE even if the DCE is in power down mode : for this, it (DCE)
suspends its power down mode, sends the resquested AT response and recovers the power down
mode. Therefore the DTE can trigger DCE power down mode without having to take care of any AT
responses
The DCE exits the power down mode by raising the DTR. DCE is not ready to receive further AT
commands until it raises in turn CTS, within a time interval of 2s. after the DTR raise.
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 320 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
Here below is a diagram depicting the handshaking:
Description of the steps:
1: the DTE sends an AT command
2: the DTE drops DTR to make the DCE enter the power down mode. Warning: this mode will not
really enter until CTS is dropped (step 4). The DTE could also have dropped DTR after having
received the AT response (step 3).
3: the DCE sends back the AT response (if any)
4: the DCE drops CTS : it enters the power down mode.
5: the DCE sends back an unsolicited response (for instance a RING or +SMTI (incoming SMS
indication))
6: the DTE wants to reply to that unsolicited response so it raises the DTR, causing the DCE to exit
the power down mode.
7: the DCE acknowledges the exit of the power down mode by raising CTS.
8) & 9) exchange of AT commands/responses.
Note 1): The DTE must not send any AT commands from steps 2 to 7.
Note 2): During the latency period (between steps 2 and 4) should the DTE want to abort the
power down mode, it raises DTR and should wait for 150µs before assessing CTS. If CTS is still
high than the DCE has aborted the power down mode and is ready to receive AT commands.
The 150µs wait should get around the race condition between DTR raise and CTS drop.
DTR
CTS
T
X
RX
XXXX
XXXX XXXX XXXX
XXXX
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
3
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 321 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
26 APPENDIX G: Conditions for command
execution and dependence to SIM
These arrays list all the AT command. For each, a column indicates the
command execution condition (if +WIND:4 must have occurred OK, for
example). SIM dependency column indicates if the command behaviour will
vary if another card is used (for example, it will be the case for phonebook
reading commands). The Intermediate column indicates if intermediate
responses can occur for the considered command.
26.1 General commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CGMI None N N
AT+CGMM None N N
AT+CGMR None N N
AT+CGSN None N N
AT+CSCS +WIND: 4 N N
AT+WPCS +WIND: 4 N N
AT+CIMI +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CCID +WIND: 1 Y N
AT+GCAP None N N
A/ Depends on previous command Depends on prev.
command
N
AT+CPOF +WIND: 3 without SIM,
+WIND: 1 with SIM
N N
AT+CFUN None N N
AT+CPAS None N N
AT+CMEE None N N
AT+CKPD Depends of the sequence used Y/N N
AT+CCLK +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CALA None N Y
AT+CRMP None N N
AT+CRSL None N N
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 322 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
26.2 Call Control commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
ATD Depends of sequence used Y/N Y
ATH None N N
ATA None N N
AT+CEER +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+VTD None N N
AT+VTS None N N
ATDL None N Y
AT%D None N N
ATS0 None N N
AT+CICB None N N
AT+CSNS None N N
AT+VGR None N N
AT+VGT None N N
AT+CMUT None N N
AT+SPEAKER None N N
AT+ECHO None N N
AT+SIDET None N N
AT+VIP None N N
26.3 Network service commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CSQ None N N
AT+COPS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CREG None N Y
AT+WOPN None N N
AT+CPLS PIN Y N
AT+CPOL +WIND: 7 Y Y
AT+COPN +WIND: 1 N N
26.4 Security commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CPIN +WIND: 1 Y N
AT+CPIN2 after PIN entered Y N
AT+CPINC +WIND: 1 Y N
AT+CLCK +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPWD +WIND: 4 Y N
26.5 Phonebook commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CPBS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPBR +WIND: 4 Y Y
AT+CPBF +WIND : 4 Y Y
AT+CPBW +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPBP +WIND : 4 Y Y
AT+CPBN +WIND: 4 Y Y
AT+CNUM +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+WAIP None N N
AT+WDCP +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CSVM +WIND: 4 N N
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 323 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
26.6 Short Messages commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CSMS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CNMA +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPMS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CMGF +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CSAS Y N
AT+CRES Y N
AT+CSDH +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CNMI +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CMGR +WIND : 4 Y Y
AT+CMGL +WIND: 4 Y Y
AT+CMGS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CMGW +WIND: 4 Y Y
AT+CMSS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CSMP +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CMGD +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CSCA Y N
AT+CSCB +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+WCBM +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+WMSC +WIND : 4 Y Y
AT+WMGO +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+WUSS None N N
26.7 Supplementary Services commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CCFC +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CLCK +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPWD +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CCWA +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CLIR +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CLIP +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+COLP +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CAOC +WIND: 4 Y Y
AT+CACM +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CAMM +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CPUC +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CHLD +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+CLCC None N N
AT+CSSN None N N
AT+CUSD None N N
AT+CCUG +WIND : 4 Y Y
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 324 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
26.8 Data commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CBST None N N
AT+FCLASS None N N
AT+CR None N N
AT+CRC None N N
AT+ILRR +WIND: 4 N N
AT+CRLP None N N
AT+DOPT None N N
AT%C None N N
AT+DS None N N
AT+DR None N N
\N None N N
26.9 Fax commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+FTM None N N
AT+FRM None N N
AT+FTH None N N
AT+FRH None N N
AT+FTS None N N
AT+FRS None N N
26.10 Class 2 Commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+FDT None N N
AT+FDR None N N
AT+FET None N N
AT+FPTS None N N
AT+FK None N N
AT+FBOR None N N
AT+FBUF None N N
AT+FCQ None N N
AT+FCR None N N
AT+FDIS None N N
AT+FDCC None N N
AT+FLID None N N
AT+FPHCTO None N N
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 325 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
26.11 V24-V25 commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+IPR None N N
AT+ICF None N N
AT+IFC None N N
AT&C None N N
AT&D None N N
AT&S None N N
ATO +WIND: 4 N N
ATQ None N N
ATV None N N
ATZ None N N
AT&W None N N
AT&T None N N
ATE None N N
AT&F None N N
AT&V None N N
ATI None N N
AT+WMUX None N N
26.12 Specific AT commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CCED None N N
AT+WIND None N N
AT+ADC None N N
AT+CMER None N N
AT+CIND None N N
AT+CMEC None N N
AT+WLPR +WIND: 1 N N
AT+WLPW +WIND: 1 N N
AT+WIOR None N N
AT+WIOW None N N
AT+WIOM None N N
AT+WAC None N N
AT+WTONE None N N
AT+WDTMF None N N
AT+WDWL None N N
AT+WVR None N N
AT+WDR None N N
AT+WHWV None N N
AT+WDOP None N N
AT+WSVG None N N
AT+WSTR None N N
AT+WSCAN None N N
AT+WRIM None N N
AT+W32K None N N
AT+WCDM None N N
AT+WSSW None N N
AT+WCCS +WIND: 4 N N
AT+WLCK None (PIN for auto CNL) N (Y for auto CNL) N
AT+CPHS +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+WBCM None N N
AT+WFM None N N
AT+WCFM None N N
AT+WMIR None N N
AT+WCDP None N N
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 326 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+WMBN PIN Y N
AT+WALS +WIND:4 Y N
AT+WOPEN None N N
AT+WRST None N N
AT+WSST None N N
AT+WLOC PIN Code Y N
AT+WBR None N N
AT+WBW None N N
AT+WBM None N N
AT+WATH None N N
AT+WIMEI None N N
AT+WSVN None N N
AT+WMBS None N N
26.13 SIM Toolkit commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+STSF None N N
AT+STIN +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+STGI +WIND: 4 Y N
AT+STGR +WIND: 4 Y N
26.14 GPRS commands
AT commands Conditions SIM dependence Intermediate
AT+CGDCONT +WIND:4
AT+CGQREQ +WIND:4
AT+CGQMIN +WIND:4
AT+CGATT +WIND:4
AT+CGACT +WIND:4
AT+CGDATA +WIND:4
AT+CGCLASS +WIND:3 N N
AT+CGCLASS +WIND:4
AT+CGSMS +WIND:4
AT+CGREP +WIND:4
AT+CGREG +WIND:4
AT+CGAUTO +WIND:4
AT+CGANS +WIND:4
AT+CGADDR +WIND:4
AT+WGPRS +WIND:4
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 327 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
27 APPENDIX H: Interoperability commands
always reply OK
All the commands listed below are only used for interoperability with other
applications. They have no action and always reply OK.
Command Responses
ATB OK
ATC OK
ATG OK
ATL OK
ATM OK
ATN OK
ATP OK
ATT OK
ATW OK
ATX OK
ATY OK
AT\K OK
AT&E OK
AT&G OK
AT&K OK
AT&P OK
AT&Q OK
AT&R OK
AT&Y OK
AT+GOI OK
AT+GCI OK
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 328 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
28 Alphabetical Index for AT commands and
responses
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
\N Data 11.12
%C Data 11.9
%D Call Control 5.8
&C V24-V25 14.4
&D V24-V25 14.5
&F V24-V25 14.14
&S V24-V25 14.6
&T V24-V25 14.12
&V V24-V25 14.15
&W V24-V25 14.11
+ADC Specific 15.3
+CACM Supplementary services 10.9
+CALA General 4.17
+CAMM Supplementary services 10.10
+CAOC Supplementary services 10.8
+CBST Data 11.2
+CCED Specific 15.1
+CCFC Supplementary services 10.1
+CCID General 4.8
+CCLK General 4.16
+CCUG Supplementary services 10.16
+CCWA Supplementary services 10.4
+CEER Call Control, GPRS 5.5, 17.18
+CIEV Specific 15.4
+CFUN General 4.12
+CGACT GPRS 17.5
+CGANS GPRS 17.14
+CGATT GPRS 17.4
+CGAUTO GPRS 17.13
+CGCLASS GPRS 17.7
+CGDATA GPRS 17.6
+CGDCONT GPRS 17.1
+CGEREP GPRS 17.9
+CGMI General 4.1
+CGMM General 4.2
+CGMR General 4.3
+CGPADDR GPRS 17.15
+CGQMIN GPRS 17.3
+CGQREQ GPRS 17.2
+CGREG GPRS 17.10
+CGSMS GPRS 17.8
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 329 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
+CGSN General 4.4
+CHLD Supplementary services 10.12
+CICB Call Control 5.10
+CIMI General 4.7
+CIND Specific 15.5
+CKEV Specific 15.4
+CKPD General 4.15
+CLCC Supplementary services 10.13
+CLCK Security,
Supplementary services
7.4,
10.2
+CLIP Supplementary services 10.6
+CLIR Supplementary services 10.5
+CMEC Specific 15.7
+CMEE General 4.14
+CMER Specific 15.4
+CMGD Short Messages 9.16
+CMGF Short Messages 9.5
+CMGL Short Messages 9.11
+CMGR Short Messages 9.10
+CMGS Short Messages 9.12
+CMGW Short Messages 9.13
+CMSS Short Messages 9.14
+CMUT Call Control 5.13
+CNMA Short Messages 9.3
+CNMI Short Messages 9.9
+CNUM Phonebook 8.7
+COLP Supplementary services 10.7
+COPN Netwoek services 6.7
+COPS Network services 6.2
+CPAS General 4.13
+CPBF Phonebook 8.3
+CPBN Phonebook 8.6
+CPBP Phonebook 8.5
+CPBR Phonebook 8.2
+CPBS Phonebook 8.1
+CPBW Phonebook 8.4
+CPHS Specific 15.29
+CPIN Security 7.1
+CPIN2 Security 7.2
+CPINC Security 7.3
+CPLS Network services 6.5
+CPMS Short Messages 9.4
+CPOF General 4.11
+CPOL Network services 6.6
+CPUC Supplementary services 10.11
+CPWD Security
Supplementary services
7.5
10.3
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 330 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
+CR Data
GPRS
11.4
17.17
+CRC Data
GPRS
11.5
17.16
+CREG Network services 6.3
+CRES Short Messages 9.7
+CRLP Data 11.7
+CRMP General 4.18
+CRSL General 4.19
+CSAS Short Messages 9.6
+CSCA Short Messages 9.17
+CSCB Short Messages 9.18
+CSCS General 4.5
+CSDH Short Messages 9.8
+CSMP Short Messages 9.15
+CSMS Short Messages 9.2
+CSNS Call Control 5.11
+CSQ Network services 6.1
+CSSN Supplementary services 10.14
+CSVM Phonebook 8.10
+CUSD Supplementary services 10.15
+DOPT Data 11.8
+DR Data 11.11
+DS Data 11.10
+ECHO Call Control 5.15
+FBOR Class 2 13.6
+FBUF Class 2 13.7
+FCLASS Data 11.3
+FCFR Class 2 13.14
+FCON Class 2 13.14
+FCQ Class 2 13.8
+FCR Class 2 13.9
+FCSI Class 2 13.14
+FDCC Class 2 13.11
+FDCS Class 2 13.14
+FDIS Class 2 13.10, 13.14
+FDR Class 2 13.2
+FDT Class 2 13.1
+FET Class 2 13.3, 13.14
+FHNG Class 2 13.14
+FPTS Class 2 13.4, 13.14
+FTSI Class 2
13.14
+FK Class 2 13.5
+FLID Class 2 13.12
+FPHCTO Class 2 13.13
+FRH Fax 12.4
+FRM Fax 12.2
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 331 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
+FRS Fax 12.6
+FTH Fax 12.3
+FTM Fax 12.1
+FTS Fax 12.5
+GCAP General 4.9
+ICF V24-V25 14.2
+IFC V24-V25 14.3
+ILRR Data 11.6
+IPR V24-V25 14.1
+SIDET Call Control 5.16
+SPEAKER Call Control 5.14
+STCR SIM toolkit
(unsolicited.response) 16.3.4
+STGI SIM Toolkit 16.3.3
+STGR SIM Toolkit 16.3.5
+STIN SIM Toolkit 16.3.2
+STSF SIM Toolkit 16.3.1
+VGR Call Control 5.12
+VGT Call Control 5.12
+VIP Call Control 5.17
+VTD Call Control 5.6
+VTS Call Control 5.6
+W32K Specific 15.24
+WAC Specific 15.12
+WAIP Phonebook 8.8
+WALS Specific 15.42
+WATH Specific 15.50
+WBCI Specific 15.36
+WBCM Specific 15.35
+WBM Specific 15.49
+WBR Specific 15.47
+WBW Specific 15.48
+WCCS Specific 15.27
+WCBM Short Messages 9.19
+WCDM Specific 15.25
+WCDP Specific 15.40
+WCFM Specific 15.38
+WCPI Specific 15.33
+WCSP Specific 15.34
+WDCI Specific 15.31
+WDCP Phonebook 8.9
+WDOP Specific 15.19
+WDR Specific 15.17
+WDTMF Specific 15.14
+WDWL Specific 15.15
+WFM Specific 15.37
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 332 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
+WGPRS GPRS 17.19
+WHWV Specific 15.18
+WIMEI Specific 15.51
+WIND Specific 15.2
+WIOM Specific 15.11
+WIOR Specific 15.9
+WIOW Specific 15.10
+WLCK Specific 15.28
+WLOC Specific 15.46
+WLPR Specific 15.7
+WLPW Specific 15.8
+WMBN Specific 15.41
+WMBS Specific 15.53
+WMGO Short Messages 9.21
+WMIR Specific 15.39
+WMSC Short Messages 9.20
+WMUX V24-V25 14.17
+WNON Specific 15.32
+WOPEN Specific 15.43
+WOPN Network services 6.4
+WPCS General 4.6
+WRIM Specific 15.23
+WRST Specific 15.44
+WSCAN Specific 15.22
+WSST Specific 15.45
+WSSW Specific 15.26
+WSTR Specific 15.21
+WSVG Specific 15.20
+WSVN Specific 15.52
+WTONE Specific 15.13
+WUSS Short Messages 9.22
+WVMI Specific 15.30
+WVR Specific 15.16
A Call Control
GPRS
5.3
17.12.2
A/ General 4.10
D Call Control
GPRS
5.1
17.11
DL Call Control 5.7
E V24-V25 14.13
H Call Control
GPRS
5.2
17.12.3
I V24-V25 14.16
O V24-V25 14.7
Q V24-V25 14.8
S0 Call Control
GPRS
5.9
17.12.1
V V24-V25 14.9
WM_ASW_OAT_UGD_004- 011
20 June 2003
confidential © Page : 333 / 335
This document is the sole and exclusive property of WAVECOM. Not to be distributed or divulged
without prior written agreement. Ce document est la propriété exclusive de WAVECOM. Il ne peut
être communiqué ou divulgué à des tiers sans son autorisation préalable.
AT command / response Type of Command Paragraph Nb
Z V24-V25 14.10
WAVECOM S.A. - 12, boulevard Garibaldi - 92442 Issy-les-Moulineaux Cedex - France - Tel: +33 (0)1 46 29 08 00 - Fax: +33 (0)1 46 29 08 08
WAVECOM Inc. - 610 West Ash Street, Suite 1400 - San Diego, CA 92101 - USA - Tel: +1 619 235 9702 - Fax: +1 619 235 9844
WAVECOM Asia Pacific Ltd. - 5/F, Shui On Centre - 6/8 Harbour Road - Hong Kong, PRC - Tel: +852 2824 0254 - Fax: +852 2824 0255
www.wavecom.com
- WAVECOM, WISMO and WISMO Within are trademarks filed by WAVECOM S.A, is a copyrighted material © copyright WAVECOM S.A 10/01
pochette MUSE 19/11/01 15:56 Page 6

Navigation menu